雜阿含經 卷第二十九Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 29
「有一法,多修習已,乃至能令二法滿足。何等為一法?謂安那般那念」〔T02 0208a18〕。這一卷三十二經說安那般那念與三學,而所說只是一事:學有門,有次第,有時節。息是門,念處覺分明解脫是次第,隨時是時節。
一、門
尊者阿難問:「頗有一法,修習多修習,令四法滿足;四法滿足已,七法滿足;七法滿足已,二法滿足」〔T02 0208a11〕。世尊答以安那般那念,而親以十六行配四念處、四念處配七覺分、七覺分配明解脫,結之曰:「是名法法相類、法法相潤。如是十三法,一法為增上,一法為門,次第增進,修習滿足」〔T02 0208c06〕。道品前四卷所說念處、覺分、聖道,各似一法;此卷說一門入之,諸法自相類相潤。門不是最小的法,是最先的法。
二、繫念
十六行一語:「念於內息,繫念善學,念於外息,繫念善學」〔T02 0206a27〕。息長息短、一切身、身行息,喜樂心行、心行息,心、心悅、心定、心解脫,無常、斷、無欲、滅——所觀之境自身至法,所行之事只是繫念而善學。如來二月坐禪,亦住此念;天子見之以為命盡,而「此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳」〔T02 0207a28〕。不淨觀令比丘厭身至死,世尊乃說「住微細住,隨順開覺,已起、未起惡不善法速令休息,如天大雨,起、未起塵能令休息」〔T02 0207c27〕。繫念於息,麁者細,動者息,學者住之以斷五蓋,如來住之以五蓋已斷。
三、善學
後半卷說三學。三學之序自戒起:「重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上,不重於慧,慧不增上;於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」〔T02 0210b21〕,世尊不說此人不堪能——戒增上者斷三結,定增上者斷五下分結,慧增上者三漏心解脫。「彼地未等覺者」一語反覆,果位之差只是等覺之差。有戒而無定慧者有之,有慧者必有戒定,故「無上慧壽而活」〔T02 0210b10〕。二百五十戒半月一說,三學「能攝諸戒」〔T02 0210b16〕:不是以少代多,是以所以然攝所然。前半卷入出息皆「善學」,後半卷每段「受持而學」,是同一學字。
四、隨時
田夫「隨時耕磨,隨時溉灌,隨時下種」〔T02 0212a27〕,不念今日果實,「而彼種子已入地中,則自隨時生長,果實成熟」〔T02 0212b02〕;伏鷄「隨時消息,冷暖愛護」〔T02 0212b11〕,不念以口啄瓜刮,「其子自然安隱得生」〔T02 0212b14〕。比丘於三學亦然:不念今日得,不待神力得,「隨彼時節,自得不起諸漏,心善解脫」〔T02 0212b09〕。驢隨群牛而自以為牛,「其實去比丘大遠」〔T02 0212b26〕;跋耆子不堪二百五十戒,世尊問「汝堪能隨時學三學不」〔T02 0212c14〕,隨時精勤,不久漏盡。一卷自沙門果起,至一人得阿羅漢止。門已示,念已繫,學已善,所餘只是隨時。
“There is one dharma which, cultivated much, up to, can cause two dharmas to be fulfilled. What is the one dharma? Namely, mindfulness of breathing.” The thirty-two discourses of this fascicle teach mindfulness of breathing and the three trainings, and what they teach is only one thing: training has a gate, has a sequence, and has a season. The breath is the gate; the foundations of mindfulness, the factors of awakening, and knowledge and liberation are the sequence; in season is the season.
I. The Gate
The venerable Ānanda asks: “Is there one dharma which, cultivated and cultivated much, causes four dharmas to be fulfilled; the four dharmas fulfilled, seven dharmas fulfilled; the seven dharmas fulfilled, two dharmas fulfilled?” The World-Honored One answers with mindfulness of breathing, and himself pairs the sixteen steps with the four foundations of mindfulness, the four foundations of mindfulness with the seven factors of awakening, and the seven factors of awakening with knowledge and liberation, concluding: “This is called dharma akin to dharma, dharma nourishing dharma. Thus these thirteen dharmas, with one dharma as the higher and one dharma as the gate, advance in sequence and are cultivated to fulfilment.” The foundations of mindfulness, the factors of awakening, and the noble path taught in the four previous fascicles of the Connected Discourses on the Path each seem to be one dharma; this fascicle teaches one gate by which to enter, and the dharmas are of themselves akin to and nourish one another. The gate is not the smallest dharma; it is the first.
II. Binding Mindfulness
The sixteen steps have one phrase: “mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well; mindful of the breath without, one binds mindfulness and trains well.” The breath long, the breath short, the whole body, the stilling of bodily activity; joy, pleasure, mental activity, the stilling of mental activity; the mind, the gladdening of the mind, the concentrating of the mind, the liberating of the mind; impermanence, cutting off, dispassion, cessation—the objects contemplated run from the body to dharmas, and what is done is only binding mindfulness and training well. The Tathāgata, sitting in meditation for two months, dwells in this mindfulness too; the gods who see him take his life to be ended, but “this is a dwelling of cultivation, it is the stillness of an arhat, that is all.” When the contemplation of the impure makes the bhikṣus so weary of the body that they die, the World-Honored One teaches, “dwell in the subtle dwelling, open to awakening in accordance with it, and swiftly bring to rest the evil, unwholesome dharmas already arisen and not yet arisen, as a great rain from the sky can bring to rest the dust already risen and not yet risen.” Mindfulness bound to the breath: the coarse becomes subtle, the moving comes to rest; one in training dwells in it to cut off the five hindrances, the Tathāgata dwells in it with the five hindrances already cut off.
III. Training Well
The second half of the fascicle teaches the three trainings. The sequence of the three trainings begins with the precepts: “he values the precepts, and the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, and concentration is not higher; does not value wisdom, and wisdom is not higher; and as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents,” and the World-Honored One does not say that this person is incapable—one in whom the precepts are higher cuts off the three bonds, one in whom concentration is higher cuts off the five lower bonds, one in whom wisdom is higher is liberated in mind from the three outflows. The phrase “one not yet fully awakened at that stage” is repeated again and again; the difference between fruits is only a difference in full awakening. There are those with precepts and no concentration or wisdom; one with wisdom necessarily has precepts and concentration; therefore one “lives by the life of unsurpassed wisdom.” More than two hundred and fifty precepts are recited every half month, and the three trainings “can gather all the precepts”: this is not replacing the many with the few; it is gathering what follows by what it follows from. In the first half of the fascicle each in-breath and out-breath says “one trains well,” and in the second half each passage says “takes them up and trains”: it is the same word, training.
IV. In Season
The farmer “ploughs and harrows in season, irrigates in season, sows in season,” and does not think of fruit today, “and yet once the seed has entered the ground, it grows of itself in season, and the fruit ripens”; the brooding hen “in season tends them, cherishing them in cold and warmth,” and does not think of pecking and scratching with beak and claw, “and her chicks are born safe of themselves.” So too a bhikṣu in the three trainings: he does not think of attaining today, he does not wait to attain by supernormal power, but “in its own season he attains of himself the non-arising of outflows and a mind well liberated.” The donkey follows the herd of cattle and takes himself for an ox, “yet in truth is far indeed from a bhikṣu”; Baqizi is not able for the two hundred and fifty precepts, and the World-Honored One asks, “are you able to train in the three trainings in season?”—diligent in season, before long his outflows end. The fascicle begins with the fruits of an ascetic and ends with one man attaining arhatship. The gate has been shown, mindfulness has been bound, training has been done well; what remains is only the season.
宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈道品·卷第二十九〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0205b24〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷32經)。
〔T02 0205b24〕雜阿含經卷第二十九 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0205b27〕(七九七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有沙門法及沙門果。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。何等為沙門法?謂八聖道——正見乃至正定。何等為沙門果?謂須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果。何等為須陀洹果?謂三結斷。何等為斯陀含果?謂三結斷,貪、恚、癡薄。何等為阿那含果?謂五下分結盡。何等為阿羅漢果?謂貪、恚、癡永盡,一切煩惱永盡。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0205c08〕(七九八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有沙門法、沙門、沙門義。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。何等為沙門法?謂八聖道——正見乃至正定。何等為沙門?謂成就此法者。何等為沙門義?謂貪欲永斷,瞋恚、癡永斷,一切煩惱永斷。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0205c15〕(七九九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者:「有沙門果。何等為沙門果?謂須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0205c20〕(八〇〇) 如是婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果。梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說。 〔T02 0205c23〕(八〇一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有五法,多所饒益修安那般那念。何等為五?住於淨戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足,於微細罪能生怖畏,受持學戒,是名第一多所饒益修習安那般那念。復次,比丘!少欲、少事、少務,是名二法多所饒益修習安那般那念。 〔T02 0206a01〕復次,比丘!飲食知量,多少得中,不為飲食起求欲想,精勤思惟,是名三法多所饒益修安那般那念。復次,比丘!初夜、後夜不著睡眠,精勤思惟,是名四法多所饒益修安那般那念。復次,比丘!空閑林中,離諸憒閙,是名五法多種饒益修習安那般那念。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0206a08〕(八〇二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當修安那般那念。若比丘修習安那般那念多修習者,得身止息及心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0206a14〕(八〇三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「修習安那般那念。若比丘修習安那般那念,多修習者,得身心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足。何等為修習安那般那念多修習已,身心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足?是比丘若依聚落、城邑止住,晨朝著衣持鉢,入村乞食,善護其身,守諸根門,善繫心住。乞食已,還住處,舉衣鉢,洗足已,或入林中、閑房、樹下,或空露地,端身正坐,繫念面前,斷世貪愛,離欲清淨,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔、疑斷,度諸疑惑,於諸善法心得決定。遠離五蓋煩惱於心,令慧力羸,為障礙分,不趣涅槃。念於內息,繫念善學,念於外息,繫念善學。息長息短,覺知一切身入息,於一切身入息善學,覺知一切身出息,於一切身出息善學。覺知一切身行息入息,於一切身行息入息善學,覺知一切身行息出息,於一切身行息出息善學。覺知喜,覺知樂,覺知心行,覺知心行息入息,於覺知心行息入息善學;覺知心行息出息,於覺知心行息出息善學。覺知心,覺知心悅,覺知心定,覺知心解脫入息,於覺知心解脫入息善學,覺知心解脫出息,於覺知心解脫出息善學,觀察無常,觀察斷,觀察無欲,觀察滅入息,於觀察滅入息善學;觀察滅出息,於觀察滅出息善學,是名修安那般那念,身止息、心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0206b15〕(八〇四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當修安那般那念。安那般那念修習多修習者,斷諸覺想。云何安那般那念修習多修習斷諸覺想?若比丘依止聚落、城邑住……」如上廣說,乃至「於出息滅善學,是名安那般那念修習多修習斷諸覺想。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如斷覺想,如是不動搖,得大果大福利,如是得甘露、究竟甘露,得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說。 〔T02 0206b25〕(八〇五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「如我所說安那般那念,汝等修習不?」時,有比丘名阿梨瑟吒,於眾中坐,即從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,右膝著地,合掌白佛言:「世尊!世尊所說安那般那念,我已修習。」佛告阿梨瑟吒比丘:「汝云何修習我所說安那般那念?」比丘白佛:「世尊!我於過去諸行不顧念,未來諸行不生欣樂,於現在諸行不生染著,於內外對礙想善正除滅。我已如是修世尊所說安那般那念。」佛告阿梨瑟吒比丘:「汝實修我所說安那般那念,非不修,然其比丘於汝所修安那般那念所,更有勝妙過其上者。何等是勝妙過阿梨瑟吒所修安那般那念者?是比丘依止城邑、聚落……」如前廣說,乃至「於滅出息觀察善學,是名,阿梨瑟吒比丘!勝妙過汝所修安那般那念者。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0206c14〕(八〇六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊於晨朝時著衣持鉢,入舍衛城乞食。食已,還精舍,舉衣鉢,洗足已,持尼師檀入安陀林,坐一樹下,晝日禪思。時,尊者罽賓那亦晨朝時著衣持鉢,入舍衛城乞食。還,舉衣鉢,洗足已,持尼師檀入安陀林,於樹下坐禪,去佛不遠,正身不動,身心正直,勝妙思惟。爾時,眾多比丘晡時從禪覺,往詣佛所,稽首禮佛足,退坐一面。佛語諸比丘:「汝等見尊者罽賓那不?去我不遠,正身端坐,身心不動,住勝妙住。」諸比丘白佛:「世尊!我等數見彼尊者正身端坐,善攝其身,不傾不動,專心勝妙。」佛告諸比丘:「若比丘修習三昧,身心安住,不傾不動,住勝妙住者,此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得。」諸比丘白佛:「何等三昧, 〔T02 0207a01〕比丘得此三昧,身心不動,住勝妙住?」佛告諸比丘:「若比丘依止聚落,晨朝著衣持鉢,入村乞食已,還精舍,舉衣鉢,洗足已,入林中,若閑房、露坐,思惟繫念,乃至息滅觀察善學,是名三昧,若比丘端坐思惟,身心不動,住勝妙住。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0207a08〕(八〇七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住一奢能伽羅林中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我欲二月坐禪,諸比丘勿復往來,唯除送食比丘及布薩時。」爾時,世尊作是語已,即二月坐禪,無一比丘敢往來者,唯除送食及布薩時。爾時,世尊坐禪二月過已,從禪覺,於比丘僧前坐,告諸比丘:「若諸外道出家來問汝等:『沙門瞿曇於二月中云何坐禪?』汝應答言:『如來二月以安那般那念坐禪思惟住。』所以者何?我於此二月念安那般那,多住思惟,入息時念入息如實知,出息時念出息如實知。若長若短,一切身覺入息念如實知,一切身覺出息念如實知。身行休息入息念如實知,乃至滅出息念如實知。我悉知已,我時作是念:『此則麁思惟住,我今於此思惟止息已,當更修餘微細修住而住。』「爾時,我息止麁思惟已,即更入微細思惟,多住而住。時,有三天子,極上妙色,過夜來至我所。一天子作是言:『沙門瞿曇時到。』復有一天子言:『此非時到,是時向至。』第三天子言:『非為時到,亦非時向至,此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳!』」佛告諸比丘:「若有正說,聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住,學人所不得當得,不到當到,不證當證,無學人現法樂住者,謂安那般那念,此則正說。所以者何?安那般那念者,是聖住、天住、梵住,乃至無學現法樂住。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0207b06〕(八〇八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住迦毘羅越尼拘律樹園中。爾時,釋氏摩訶男詣尊者迦磨比丘所,禮迦磨比丘足已,退坐一面,語迦磨比丘言:「云何?尊者迦磨!學住者為即是如來住耶?為學住異、如來住異?」迦磨比丘答言:「摩訶男!學住異、如來住異。摩訶男!學住者,斷五蓋多住。如來住者,於五蓋已斷已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭,更不生長,於未來世成不生法。「一時,世尊住一奢能伽羅林中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:『我欲於此一奢能伽羅林中二月坐禪,汝諸比丘勿使往來,唯除送食比丘及布薩時……』廣說如前,乃至『無學現法樂住。以是故知,摩訶男!學住異、如來住異。』」釋氏摩訶男聞迦磨比丘所說歡喜,從座起去。 〔T02 0207b21〕(八〇九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住金剛聚落跋求摩河側薩羅梨林中。爾時,世尊為諸比丘說不淨觀,讚歎不淨觀言:「諸比丘修不淨觀,多修習者,得大果大福利。」時,諸比丘修不淨觀已,極厭患身,或以刀自殺,或服毒藥,或繩自絞、投巖自殺,或令餘比丘殺。有異比丘極生厭患惡露不淨,至鹿林梵志子所,語鹿林梵志子言:「賢首!汝能殺我者,衣鉢屬汝。」時,鹿林梵志子即殺彼比丘,持刀至跋求摩河邊,洗刀時,有魔天住於空中,讚鹿林梵志子言:「善哉!善哉!賢首!汝得無量功德,能令諸沙門釋子持戒有德,未度者度,未脫者脫,未穌息者令得穌息,未涅槃者令得涅槃,諸長利衣鉢雜物悉皆屬汝。」時,鹿林梵志子聞讚歎已,增惡邪見,作是念:「我今真實大作福德,令沙門釋子持戒功德者,未度者度,未脫者脫,未穌息者令得穌息,未涅槃者令得涅槃,衣鉢雜物悉皆屬我。」於是手執利刀,循諸房舍、諸經行處、別房、禪房,見諸比丘,作如是言:「何等沙門持戒有德,未度者我能令度,未脫者令脫,未穌息者令得穌息,未涅槃令得涅槃?」時,有諸比丘厭患身者,皆出房舍,語鹿林梵志子言:「我未得度,汝當度我;我未得脫,汝當脫我;我未得穌息,汝當令我得穌息;我未得涅槃,汝當令我得涅槃。」時,鹿林梵志子即以利刀殺彼比丘,次第,乃至殺六十人。爾時,世尊至十五日說戒時,於眾僧前坐,告尊者阿難:「何因何緣諸比丘轉少、轉減、轉盡?」阿難白佛言:「世尊為諸比丘說修不淨觀,讚歎不淨觀。諸比丘修不淨觀已,極厭患身……」廣說乃至「殺六十比丘。世尊!以是因緣故,令諸比丘轉少、轉減、轉盡。唯願世尊更說餘法,令諸比丘聞已,勤修智慧,樂受正法,樂住正法。」佛告阿難:「是故,我今次第說,住微細住,隨順開覺,已起、未起惡不善法速令休息,如天大雨,起、未起塵能令休息。如是,比丘!修 〔T02 0208a01〕微細住,諸起、未起惡不善法能令休息,阿難!何等為微細住多修習,隨順開覺,已起、未起惡不善法能令休息?謂安那般那念住。」阿難白佛:「云何修習安那般那念住,隨順開覺,已起、未起惡不善法能令休息?」佛告阿難:「若比丘依止聚落……」如前廣說,乃至「如滅出息念而學。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0208a09〕(八一〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住金剛跋求摩河側薩羅梨林中。爾時,尊者阿難獨一靜處,思惟禪思,作如是念:「頗有一法,修習多修習,令四法滿足;四法滿足已,七法滿足;七法滿足已,二法滿足?」時,尊者阿難從禪覺已,往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!我獨一靜處,思惟禪思,作是念:『頗有一法,多修習已,令四法滿足,乃至二法滿足?我今問世尊,寧有一法,多修習已,能令,乃至二法滿足耶?』」佛告阿難:「有一法,多修習已,乃至能令二法滿足。何等為一法?謂安那般那念。多修習已,能令四念處滿足;四念處滿足已,七覺分滿足;七覺分滿足已,明、解脫滿足。云何修安那般那念,四念處滿足?是比丘依止聚落,乃至如滅出息念學。阿難!如是聖弟子入息念時如入息念學,出息念時如出息念學;若長若短,一切身行覺知,入息念時如入息念學,出息念時如出息念學;身行休息入息念時,如身行休息入息念學;身行休息出息念時,如身行休息出息念學。聖弟子爾時身身觀念住,異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟。「若有時聖弟子喜覺知,樂覺知,心行覺知,心行息覺知,入息念時如心行息入息念學,心行息出息念時如心行息出息念學。是聖弟子爾時受受觀念住,若復異受者,彼亦受隨身比思惟。有時聖弟子心覺知,心悅、心定、心解脫覺知,入息念時如入息念學,心解脫出息念時如心解脫出息念學,是聖弟子爾時心心觀念住,若有異心者,彼亦隨心比思惟。「若聖弟子有時觀無常、斷、無欲、滅,如無常、斷、無欲、滅觀住學,是聖弟子爾時法法觀念住異於法者,亦隨法比思惟,是名修安那般那念,滿足四念處。」阿難白佛:「如是修習安那般那念,令四念處滿足。云何修四念處,令七覺分滿足?」佛告阿難:「若比丘身身觀念住,念住已,繫念住不忘。爾時方便修念覺分。修念覺分已,念覺分滿足;念覺滿足已,於法選擇思量。爾時方便修擇法覺分。修擇法覺分已,擇法覺分滿足,於法選擇分別思量已,得精勤方便。爾時方便修習精進覺分。修精進覺分已,精進覺分滿足,方便精進已,則心歡喜。爾時方便修喜覺分。修喜覺分已,喜覺分滿足,歡喜已,身心猗息。爾時方便修猗覺分。修猗覺分已,猗覺分滿足,身心樂已,得三昧。爾時修定覺分。修定覺分已,定覺分滿足,定覺分滿足已,貪憂則滅,得平等捨。爾時方便修捨覺分。修捨覺分已,捨覺分滿足,受、心、法法念處亦如是說,是名修四念處,滿足七覺分。」阿難白佛:「是名修四念處,滿足七覺分。云何修七覺分,滿足明、解脫?」佛告阿難:「若比丘修念覺分,依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨;修念覺分已,滿足明、解脫。乃至修捨覺分,依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨,如是修捨覺分已,明、解脫滿足。阿難!是名法法相類、法法相潤。如是十三法,一法為增上,一法為門,次第增進,修習滿足。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0208c10〕(八一一~八一二) 如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說。 〔T02 0208c12〕(八一三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住金毘羅聚落金毘林中。爾時,世尊告尊者金毘羅:「我今當說精勤修習四念處。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。」爾時,尊者金毘羅默然住,如是再三。爾時,尊者阿難語尊者金毘羅:「今大師告汝!」如是三說。尊者金毘羅語尊者阿難:「我已知。尊者阿難!我已知。尊者瞿曇!」爾時,尊者阿難白佛言:「世尊!是時。世尊!是時。善逝!唯願為諸比丘說精勤修四念處,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告阿難:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。若比丘入息念時如入息學,乃至滅出息時如滅出息學;爾時聖弟子念入息時如念入息學,乃至身行止息出息時如身行止息出息學,爾時聖弟子身身觀念住。爾時聖弟子身身觀念住已,如是知善內思惟。」佛告阿難:「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來,當於爾時踐蹈諸土堆壠不?」阿難白佛:「如是,世尊!」佛告阿難:「如是聖弟子念入息時 〔T02 0209a01〕如入息念學,如是乃至善內思惟。若爾時聖弟子覺知喜,乃至覺知意行息學,聖弟子受受觀念住。聖弟子受受觀念已,如是知善內思惟。譬如有人乘車輿從南方顛沛而來,云何?阿難!當踐蹈土堆壠不?」阿難白佛:「如是,世尊!」佛告阿難:「如是聖弟子受受觀念住,知善內思惟。若聖弟子覺知心、欣悅心、定心,解脫心入息如解脫心入息學,解脫心出息如解脫心出息學,爾時聖弟子心心觀念住。如是聖弟子心心觀念住已,知善內思惟。譬如有人乘車輿從西方來,彼當踐蹈土堆壠不?」阿難白佛:「如是,世尊!」佛告阿難:「如是聖弟子覺知心,乃至心解脫出息如心解脫出息學;如是聖弟子爾時心心觀念住,知善內思惟。善於身、受、心,貪憂滅捨,爾時聖弟子法法觀念住。如是聖弟子法法觀念住已,知善內思惟。阿難!譬如四衢道有土堆壠,有人乘車輿從北方顛沛而來,當踐蹈土堆壠不?」阿難白佛:「如是,世尊!」佛告阿難:「如是,聖弟子法法觀念住,知善內思惟。阿難!是名比丘精勤方便修四念處。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0209a23〕(八一四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當修安那般那念。修安那般那念多修習已,身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂。云何修安那般那念,身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂?是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息時如滅出息學,是名修安那般那念,身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂。如是修安那般那念者,得大果大福利。是比丘欲求離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住,是比丘當修安那般那念。如是修安那般那念,得大果大福利。是比丘欲求第二、第三、第四禪,慈、悲、喜、捨,空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想入處,具足三結盡,得須陀洹果;三結盡,貪、恚、癡薄,得斯陀含果;五下分結盡,得阿那含果,得無量種神通力,天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智者。如是比丘當修安那般那念。如是安那般那念,得大果大福利。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0209b15〕(八一五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園夏安居。爾時,眾多上座聲聞於世尊左右樹下、窟中安居。時,有眾多年少比丘詣佛所,稽首佛足,退坐一面。佛為諸年少比丘種種說法,示、教、照、喜;示、教、照、喜已,默然住。諸年少比丘聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,從座起,作禮而去。諸年少比丘往詣上座比丘所,禮諸上座足已,於一面坐。時,諸上座比丘作是念:「我等當攝受此諸年少比丘,或一人受一人,或一人受二、三、多人。」作是念已,即便攝受,或一人受一人,或受二、三、多人,或有上座乃至受六十人。爾時,世尊十五日布薩時,於大眾前敷座而坐。爾時,世尊觀察諸比丘已,告比丘:「善哉!善哉!我今喜諸比丘行諸正事。是故,比丘!當勤精進。」於此舍衛國,滿迦低月,諸處人間比丘聞世尊於舍衛國安居,滿迦低月滿已,作衣竟,持衣鉢,於舍衛國人間遊行。漸至舍衛國,舉衣鉢,洗足已,詣世尊所,稽首禮足已,退坐一面。爾時,世尊為人間比丘種種說法,示、教、照、喜已,默然住。爾時人間比丘聞佛說法,歡喜隨喜,從座起,作禮而去。往詣上座比丘所,稽首禮足,退坐一面。時,諸上座作是念:「我等當受此人間比丘,或一人受一人,或二、三,乃至多人。」即便受之,或一人受一人,或二、三,乃至有受六十人者。彼上座比丘受諸人間比丘,教誡、教授,善知先後次第。爾時,世尊月十五日布薩時,於大眾前敷座而坐,觀察諸比丘眾,告諸比丘:「善哉!善哉!諸比丘!我欣汝等所行正事,樂汝等所行正事。諸比丘!過去諸佛亦有比丘眾所行正事如今此眾,未來諸佛所有諸眾亦當如是所行正事如今此眾。所以者何?今此眾中諸長老比丘,有得初禪、第二禪、第三禪、第四禪,慈、悲、喜、捨,空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想處具足住。有比丘三結盡,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣法,決定正向三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦邊。有比丘三結盡,貪、恚、癡薄,得斯陀含。有比丘五下分結盡,得阿那含,生般涅槃,不復還生此世。有比丘得無量神通境界,天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智。有比丘修不淨觀,斷貪欲,修慈心,斷瞋恚,修無常想,斷我慢,修安 〔T02 0210a01〕那般那念,斷覺想。云何?比丘!修安那般那念斷覺想?是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息如觀滅出息學,是名修安那般那念斷覺想。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0210a06〕(八一六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有三學。何等為三?謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「三學具足者,是比丘正行, 增上戒心慧,三法勤精進, 勇猛堅固城,常守護諸根。 如晝如其夜,如夜亦如晝, 如前如其後,如後亦如前, 如上如其下,如下亦如上。 無量諸三昧,映一切諸方, 是說為覺跡,第一清涼集, 捨離無明諍,其心善解脫, 我為世間覺,明行悉具足, 正念不忘住,其心得解脫, 身壞而命終,如燈盡火滅。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0210a23〕(八一七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「亦復有三學。何等為三?謂增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。何等為增上戒學?若比丘住於戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足,見微細罪則生怖畏,受持學戒。何等為增上意學?若比丘離欲、惡不善法,乃至第四禪具足住。何等為增上慧學?是比丘此苦聖諦如實知,集、滅、道聖諦如實知,是名增上慧學。」爾時,世尊即說偈,如上所說。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0210b05〕(八一八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有比丘增上戒學,非增上意、增上慧學,有增上戒、增上意學,非增上慧學。聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者,增上戒、增上意修習滿足。如是聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者,無上慧壽而活。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0210b13〕(八一九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「過二百五十戒,隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,令彼自求學者而學,說三學,能攝諸戒。何等為三?謂增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0210b19〕(八二〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者:「何等為增上戒學?謂比丘重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上,不重於慧,慧不增上;於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔。所以者何?我不說彼不堪能,若彼戒隨順梵行、饒益梵行、久住梵行,如是比丘戒堅固、戒師常住、戒常隨順生,受持而學。如是知、如是見,斷三結,謂身見、戒取、疑。斷此三結,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣法,決定正趣三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦邊,是名學增上戒。「何等為增上意學?是比丘重於戒,戒增上,重於定,定增上,不重於慧,慧不增上;於彼彼分細微戒,乃至受持學戒。如是知、如是見,斷於五下分結,謂身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚。斷此五下分結,受生般涅槃,阿那含,不還此世,是名增上意學。「何等為增上慧學?是比丘重於戒,戒增上,重於定,定增上,重於慧,慧增上。彼如是知、如是見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』是名增上慧學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0210c13〕(八二一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「過二百五十戒,隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,若彼善男子自隨意所欲而學者,我為說三學。若學此三學,則攝受一切學戒。何等為三?謂增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。「何等為增上戒學?是比丘重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上,不重於慧,慧不增上;於彼彼分細微戒,乃至受持學戒。如是知、如是見,斷三結,謂身見、戒取、疑,貪、恚、癡薄,成一種子道。彼地未等覺者,名斯陀含,彼地未等覺者,名家家,彼地未等覺者,名七有,彼地未等覺者,名隨法行,彼地未等覺者,名隨信行,是名增上戒學。「何等為增上意學?是名比丘重於戒,戒增上,重於定,定增上,不重於慧,慧不增上;於彼彼分細微戒學,乃至受持學戒。如是知、如是見,斷五下分 〔T02 0211a01〕結,謂身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚。斷此五下分,能得中般涅槃。彼地未等覺者,得生般涅槃,彼地未等覺者,得無行般涅槃,彼地未等覺者,得有行般涅槃,彼地未等覺者,得上流般涅槃,是名增上意學。「何等為增上慧學?是比丘重於戒,戒增上,重於定,定增上,重於慧,慧增上。如是知、如是見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』是名增上慧學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0211a12〕(八二二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若比丘具足戒住者,善攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀行處,見細微罪,能生怖畏。比丘具足戒住,善攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀行處,見細微罪,能生怖畏,等受學戒,令三學修習滿足。何等為三?增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。「何等為增上戒學?是比丘戒為滿足,少定、少慧,於彼彼分細微戒,乃至受持戒學;彼如是知、如是見,斷三結,謂身見、戒取、疑。斷此三結,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定正趣三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦邊。「何等為增上意學?是比丘定滿足,三昧滿足,少於慧,彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔,乃至受持學戒。如是知、如是見,斷五下分結,謂身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚,斷此五下分結,得生般涅槃,阿那含不復還生此世,是名增上意學。「何等為增上慧學?是比丘學戒滿足、定滿足、慧滿足。如是知、如是見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』是名增上慧學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0211b06〕(八二三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若比丘具足戒住,善攝波羅提木叉,具足威儀行處,見微細罪,能生怖畏,受持學戒住,滿足三學。何等為三?謂增上戒、增上意、增上慧。「何等為增上戒?是比丘戒滿足,少定、少慧,於彼彼分細微戒,乃至受持學戒。如是知、如是見,斷三結,貪、恚、癡薄,得一種子道。若彼地未等覺者,得斯陀含,彼地未等覺者,名家家,彼地未等覺者,得須陀洹,彼地未等覺者,得隨法行,彼地未等覺者,得隨信行,是名增上戒學。「何等為增上意學?是比丘戒滿足、定滿足、少於慧,於彼彼分細微戒,乃至受持學戒。如是知、如是見,斷五下分結,謂身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚,斷此五下分結,得中般涅槃,於彼未等覺者,得生般涅槃,於彼未等覺者,得無行般涅槃,於彼未等覺者,得有行般涅槃,於彼未等覺者,得上流般涅槃,是名增上意學。「何等為增上慧學?是比丘學戒滿足、定滿足、慧滿足。如是知、如是見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行是立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』是名增上慧學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0211c01〕(八二四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有二學。何等為二?謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「學者學戒時,直道隨順行, 專審勤方便,善自護其身, 得初漏盡智,次究竟無知, 得無知解脫,知見悉已度。 成不動解脫,諸有結滅盡, 彼諸根具足,諸根寂靜樂, 持此後邊身,摧伏眾魔怨。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0211c13〕(八二五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上。若比丘學戒福利,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念增上已,令三學滿足。何等為三?謂增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪, 智慧為最上,現生之最後, 牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0211c23〕(八二六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者:「諸比丘!何等為學戒隨福利?謂大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧,不信者信,信者增其信,調伏惡人,慙愧者得樂住,現法防護有漏,未來得正對治,令梵行久住。如大師已為聲聞制戒,謂攝僧,乃至梵行久住。 〔T02 0212a01〕如是如是學戒者,行堅固戒、恒戒、常行戒、受持學戒,是名比丘戒福利。「何等智慧為上?謂大師為聲聞說法,大悲哀愍,以義饒益,若安慰、若安樂、若安慰安樂。如是如是大師為諸聲聞說法,大悲哀愍,以義饒益,安慰安樂。如是如是於彼彼法、彼彼處,智慧觀察,是名比丘智慧為上。「何等為解脫堅固?謂大師為諸聲聞說法,大悲哀愍,以義饒益,安慰安樂。如是如是說彼彼法。如是彼處如是彼處得解脫樂,是名比丘堅固解脫。「何等為比丘念增上?未滿足戒身者,專心繫念安住,未觀察者,於彼彼處智慧繫念安住,已觀察者,於彼彼處重念安住,未觸法者,於彼彼處解脫念安住,已觸法者,於彼彼處解脫念安住,是名比丘正念增上。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪, 智慧為最上,現生最後邊, 牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸。」 佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說。如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說。 〔T02 0212a24〕(八二七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作。何等為三?謂彼田夫隨時耕磨,隨時溉灌,隨時下種。彼田夫隨時耕磨、溉灌、下種已,不作是念:『欲令今日生長,今日果實,今日成熟,若明日、後日也。』諸比丘!然彼長者耕田、溉灌、下種已,不作是念:『今日生長、果實、成熟,若明日、若復後日。』而彼種子已入地中,則自隨時生長,果實成熟。如是,比丘於此三學隨時善學?謂善戒學、善意學、善慧學已,不作是念:『欲令我今日得不起諸漏,心善解脫,若明日、若後日。』不作是念:『自然神力能令今日,若明日、後日,不起諸漏,心善解脫。』彼已隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學已,隨彼時節,自得不起諸漏,心善解脫。「譬如,比丘!伏鷄生卵,若十乃至十二,隨時消息,冷暖愛護。彼伏鷄不作是念:『我今日,若明日、後日,當以口啄,若以瓜刮,令其兒安隱得生。』然其伏鷄善伏其子,愛護隨時,其子自然安隱得生。如是,比丘善學三學,隨其時節,自得不起諸漏,心善解脫。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0212b18〕(八二八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如驢隨群牛而行,而作是念:『我作牛聲。』然其彼形亦不似牛,色亦不似牛,聲出不似,隨大群牛,謂己是牛,而作牛鳴,而去牛實遠。如是,有一愚癡男子違律犯戒,隨逐大眾,言:『我是比丘。我是比丘。』而不學習勝欲增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學,隨逐大眾,自言:『我是比丘。我是比丘。』其實去比丘大遠。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「同蹄無角獸,四足具聲口, 隨逐大群牛,常以為等侶。 形亦非牛類,不能作牛聲, 如是愚癡人,不隨繫心念。 於善逝教誡,無欲勤方便, 懈怠心輕慢,不獲無上道。 如驢在群牛,去牛常自遠, 彼雖隨大眾,內行常自乖。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0212c08〕(八二九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住跋耆聚落,尊者跋耆子侍佛左右。爾時,尊者跋耆子詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!佛說過二百五十戒,令族姓子隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,令諸族姓子隨欲而學。然今,世尊!我不堪能隨學而學。」佛告跋耆子:「汝堪能隨時學三學不?」跋耆子白佛言:「堪能,世尊!」佛告跋耆子:「汝當隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。隨時精勤增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學已,不久當得盡諸有漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」爾時,尊者跋耆子聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。爾時,尊者跋耆子受佛教誡、教授已,獨一靜處,專精思惟……如上說,乃至「心善解脫,得阿羅漢。」 雜阿含經卷第二十九
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第二十九,屬道品,為道品之第五卷,承道品前四卷而下;前四卷說念處、根力覺支、覺支與聖道八支,本卷三十二經說沙門法與沙門果、安那般那念與三學。本卷收經三十二部,自經七百九十七至經八百二十九,其中經八百一十一、八百一十二以一句總標。卷首四經承前卷說沙門法與沙門果、沙門與沙門義,經八百以一句總標婆羅門與梵行之法、者、義、果;其後十四經(題號十五,經八百一十一、八百一十二合為一節)說安那般那念:或說五法對修安那般那念多所饒益;或說修習安那般那念、多修習,得身心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足,並逐句廣說入息、出息之諸事;或說斷諸覺想;或阿梨瑟吒比丘自陳所修,世尊說更有勝妙過其上者;或尊者罽賓那身心不動,住勝妙住;或世尊二月坐禪,說安那般那念即是聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住;或釋氏摩訶男問學住與如來住,迦磨比丘答之;或諸比丘修不淨觀,極厭患身而自殺,世尊說微細住即是安那般那念住;或尊者阿難問一法能令四法、七法、二法滿足;或世尊說精勤修四念處,以乘車輿從四方而來踐蹈土堆壠為譬;或說身不疲倦、眼亦不患;或夏安居中上座攝受年少比丘與人間比丘,世尊歡喜其所行正事。其後十四經說學:或說增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學三學;或說增上慧方便隨順成就;或說過二百五十戒,三學能攝諸戒;或依重於戒、定、慧與否分說三學及其所得之果;或說二學;或說學戒福利、智慧為上、解脫堅固、念為增上;或以田夫三種作田、伏鷄生卵為譬;或以驢隨群牛為譬;終以尊者跋耆子問。說者:多為世尊告諸比丘;經八百零五阿梨瑟吒比丘答佛之問;經八百零六諸比丘白佛;經八百零七世尊述三天子之語;經八百零八釋氏摩訶男問、迦磨比丘答,全經無佛語,以摩訶男聞迦磨比丘所說、從座起去作結;經八百零九、八百一十佛告尊者阿難,以尊者阿難聞佛所說作結;經八百一十三世尊告尊者金毘羅,金毘羅默然,尊者阿難請說,佛告阿難;經八百一十五一經之中二記聽法歡喜;經八百二十九尊者跋耆子問,結語在經中,其後附略說之句。本卷有偈五首:經八百一十六、八百二十四、八百二十五、八百二十六、八百二十八,皆世尊所說;經八百一十七言世尊說偈而指同前經,不出偈文;白話以偈體逐句譯之;無攝頌。往返問答、譬喻與長經,經內依問答回合、譬文與合法、列舉分段。底本略說之處——『……如上說。差別者』之型,以及『乃至』『如上廣說』『如前廣說』『廣說如前』『如上說』諸處——白話依底本之語照省,不代為補出;經八百、經八百一十一至八百一十二之總標,與經八百零四、八百二十六經末之附句,為結集者之語,白話照譯。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。
〔0·題署〕(0205b24)經名是「雜阿含經」〔T02 0205b24〕,這是「卷第二十九」〔T02 0205b24〕。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0205b26〕——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷不另題誦品,承道品前四卷而下。本卷收經三十二部,自經七百九十七至經八百二十九,其中經八百一十一、八百一十二以一句總標;有偈五首,在經八百一十六、八百二十四、八百二十五、八百二十六、八百二十八;經八百二十九之後,以「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0212c25〕作結。
〔797·沙門法及沙門果〕(0205b27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有沙門法與沙門果。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們說。什麼是沙門法?就是八聖道——正見乃至正定。什麼是沙門果?就是須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果。什麼是須陀洹果?就是三結斷除。什麼是斯陀含果?就是三結斷除,貪、恚、癡淡薄。什麼是阿那含果?就是五下分結盡除。什麼是阿羅漢果?就是貪、恚、癡永遠盡除,一切煩惱永遠盡除。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔798·沙門法、沙門、沙門義〕(0205c08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有沙門法、沙門、沙門義。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們說。什麼是沙門法?就是八聖道——正見乃至正定。什麼是沙門?就是成就這法的人。什麼是沙門義?就是貪欲永遠斷除,瞋恚、愚癡永遠斷除,一切煩惱永遠斷除。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔799·有沙門果〕(0205c15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘,如前經所說;差別處是:『有沙門果。什麼是沙門果?就是須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔800·如是婆羅門法〕(0205c20)像這樣,婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果;梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果,也如上面所說。
〔801·五法多所饒益〕(0205c23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有五種法,對修習安那般那念多所饒益。是哪五種?安住於清淨的戒、波羅提木叉律儀,威儀與行處具足,對於微細的罪能生起怖畏,受持學戒,這名為第一種對修習安那般那念多所饒益之法。
『再者,比丘!少欲、少事、少務,這名為第二種對修習安那般那念多所饒益之法。
『再者,比丘!飲食知量,多少得中,不為了飲食而生起求欲之想,精勤思惟,這名為第三種對修習安那般那念多所饒益之法。
『再者,比丘!初夜、後夜不貪著睡眠,精勤思惟,這名為第四種對修習安那般那念多所饒益之法。
『再者,比丘!住在空閑的林中,遠離種種喧閙,這名為第五種對修習安那般那念多種饒益之法。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔802·當修安那般那念〕(0206a08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當修習安那般那念。如果比丘修習安那般那念、多修習,就得到身的止息與心的止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分之想修習滿足。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔803·修習安那般那念〕(0206a14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『要修習安那般那念。如果比丘修習安那般那念,多修習,就得到身心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分之想修習滿足。怎樣是修習安那般那念、多修習之後,身心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分之想修習滿足?
『這位比丘如果依止聚落、城邑而住,清晨穿衣持鉢,進入村中乞食,善於守護自身,守護諸根門,善於繫心而住。乞食之後,回到住處,收起衣鉢,洗足之後,或進入林中、閑靜的房舍、樹下,或在空曠的露地,端身正坐,繫念在面前,斷除對世間的貪愛,離欲而清淨;瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔、疑都斷除,度脫種種疑惑,對於諸善法,心得決定。遠離五蓋——這些煩惱在心中,使慧力羸弱,是障礙之分,不趣向涅槃。
『念於內息,繫念而善學;念於外息,繫念而善學。息長、息短,覺知一切身的入息,對一切身的入息善學;覺知一切身的出息,對一切身的出息善學。覺知一切身行息的入息,對一切身行息的入息善學;覺知一切身行息的出息,對一切身行息的出息善學。
『覺知喜,覺知樂,覺知心行,覺知心行息的入息,對覺知心行息的入息善學;覺知心行息的出息,對覺知心行息的出息善學。
『覺知心,覺知心悅,覺知心定,覺知心解脫的入息,對覺知心解脫的入息善學;覺知心解脫的出息,對覺知心解脫的出息善學。
『觀察無常,觀察斷,觀察無欲,觀察滅的入息,對觀察滅的入息善學;觀察滅的出息,對觀察滅的出息善學。這名為修習安那般那念,身止息、心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分之想修習滿足。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔804·斷諸覺想〕(0206b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當修習安那般那念。安那般那念修習、多修習,就能斷除種種覺想。怎樣是安那般那念修習、多修習而斷除種種覺想?如果比丘依止聚落、城邑而住……』如上面所廣說的,乃至:『對於出息之滅善學,這名為安那般那念修習、多修習而斷除種種覺想。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
如同斷除覺想,像這樣,不動搖,得大果大福利;像這樣,得甘露、究竟甘露,得二果、四果、七果,每一經也都如上面所說。
〔805·如我所說安那般那念〕(0206b25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如我所說的安那般那念,你們修習了嗎?』那時,有一位比丘名叫阿梨瑟吒,坐在眾中,就從座位起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,右膝著地,合掌對佛說:『世尊!世尊所說的安那般那念,我已經修習了。』
佛告訴阿梨瑟吒比丘:『你是怎樣修習我所說的安那般那念的?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!我對過去的諸行不顧念,對未來的諸行不生欣樂,對現在的諸行不生染著,對於內外的對礙之想,善加正確地除滅。我已經這樣修習世尊所說的安那般那念。』
佛告訴阿梨瑟吒比丘:『你確實修習了我所說的安那般那念,不是沒有修習;然而,比丘,在你所修習的安那般那念那裡,還有更勝妙而超過它的。什麼是勝妙而超過阿梨瑟吒所修習的安那般那念的?這位比丘依止城邑、聚落……』如前面所廣說的,乃至:『對於滅的出息觀察善學,這名為——阿梨瑟吒比丘!——勝妙而超過你所修習的安那般那念的。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔806·尊者罽賓那〕(0206c14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊在清晨穿衣持鉢,進入舍衛城乞食。食畢,回到精舍,收起衣鉢,洗足之後,拿著尼師檀進入安陀林,坐在一棵樹下,白日禪思。那時,尊者罽賓那也在清晨穿衣持鉢,進入舍衛城乞食。回來之後,收起衣鉢,洗足之後,拿著尼師檀進入安陀林,在樹下坐禪,離佛不遠,正身不動,身心正直,勝妙地思惟。
那時,眾多比丘在晡時從禪坐中起來,前往佛所在之處,稽首禮佛雙足,退坐一旁。佛對諸比丘說:『你們看見尊者罽賓那了嗎?他離我不遠,正身端坐,身心不動,住於勝妙之住。』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊!我們屢次看見那位尊者正身端坐,善於收攝其身,不傾不動,專心勝妙。』
佛告訴諸比丘:『如果比丘修習三昧,身心安住,不傾不動,住於勝妙之住,這位比丘得到這三昧,不必勤加方便,隨所欲即能得到。』諸比丘對佛說:『是什麼樣的三昧,比丘得到這三昧,身心不動,住於勝妙之住?』
佛告訴諸比丘:『如果比丘依止聚落,清晨穿衣持鉢,進入村中乞食之後,回到精舍,收起衣鉢,洗足之後,進入林中,或在閑靜的房舍、露地而坐,思惟繫念,乃至對息滅的觀察善學,這名為三昧——如果比丘端坐思惟,身心不動,住於勝妙之住。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔807·我欲二月坐禪〕(0207a08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在一奢能伽羅林中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我想要坐禪兩個月,諸比丘不要再往來,只除了送食的比丘以及布薩之時。』那時,世尊說了這話之後,就坐禪兩個月,沒有一位比丘敢往來,只除了送食與布薩之時。
那時,世尊坐禪兩個月過後,從禪坐中起來,在比丘僧前坐下,告訴諸比丘:『如果諸外道出家人來問你們:『沙門瞿曇在這兩個月中,是怎樣坐禪的?』你們應當回答說:『如來兩個月以安那般那念坐禪,思惟而住。』為什麼呢?我在這兩個月中念安那般那,多住於思惟:入息時念入息,如實知;出息時念出息,如實知。或長或短,一切身覺的入息念,如實知;一切身覺的出息念,如實知。身行休息的入息念,如實知;乃至滅的出息念,如實知。我全都知道之後,那時我這樣想:『這是麁的思惟之住;我現在對此思惟止息之後,應當再修其餘微細的修住而住。』
『那時,我止息了麁的思惟之後,就再入於微細的思惟,多住而住。那時,有三位天子,形色極為上妙,過了夜晚來到我所在之處。一位天子這樣說:『沙門瞿曇的時候到了。』又有一位天子說:『這不是時候到了,而是時候正將到來。』第三位天子說:『不是時候到了,也不是時候正將到來,這是修住,是阿羅訶的寂滅罷了!』』
佛告訴諸比丘:『如果有人正確地說:聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住——學人所未得的當得,未到的當到,未證的當證,無學人的現法樂住——就是安那般那念,這就是正確的說法。為什麼呢?安那般那念,就是聖住、天住、梵住,乃至無學的現法樂住。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔808·學住、如來住〕(0207b06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在迦毘羅越尼拘律樹園中。那時,釋氏摩訶男前往尊者迦磨比丘所在之處,禮迦磨比丘雙足之後,退坐一旁,對迦磨比丘說:『怎麼樣呢?尊者迦磨!學住就是如來住呢?還是學住不同、如來住不同?』
迦磨比丘回答說:『摩訶男!學住不同,如來住不同。摩訶男!學住,是斷五蓋而多住。如來住,是對五蓋已經斷除、已經了知,斷除其根本,如同截斷多羅樹的頂端,不再生長,在未來世成為不生之法。
『有一個時候,世尊住在一奢能伽羅林中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我想要在這一奢能伽羅林中坐禪兩個月,你們諸比丘不要往來,只除了送食的比丘以及布薩之時……』』如前面所廣說的,乃至:『……無學的現法樂住。由於這個緣故而知道,摩訶男!學住不同,如來住不同。』
釋氏摩訶男聽了迦磨比丘所說的,歡喜,從座位起身離去。
〔809·說不淨觀〕(0207b21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在金剛聚落跋求摩河邊的薩羅梨林中。那時,世尊為諸比丘說不淨觀,讚歎不淨觀說:『諸比丘修習不淨觀,多修習的,得大果大福利。』
那時,諸比丘修習不淨觀之後,極度厭患自身,有的以刀自殺,有的服毒藥,有的以繩自絞、投崖自殺,有的令其餘比丘殺自己。有一位比丘,對那惡露不淨極生厭患,到鹿林梵志子那裡,對鹿林梵志子說:『賢首!你若能殺我,衣鉢就歸你。』那時,鹿林梵志子就殺了那位比丘,拿著刀到跋求摩河邊。洗刀的時候,有魔天住在空中,讚歎鹿林梵志子說:『善哉!善哉!賢首!你得到無量的功德,能令諸沙門釋子持戒有德的人,未度的得度,未脫的得脫,未得穌息的令得穌息,未涅槃的令得涅槃;種種長利、衣鉢、雜物,全都歸你。』
那時,鹿林梵志子聽了讚歎之後,增長惡邪見,這樣想:『我現在真實地大作福德,令沙門釋子持戒有功德的人,未度的得度,未脫的得脫,未得穌息的令得穌息,未涅槃的令得涅槃,衣鉢雜物全都歸我。』於是手執利刀,巡行諸房舍、諸經行處、別房、禪房,見到諸比丘,就這樣說:『哪位沙門持戒有德,未度的,我能令他得度;未脫的,令他得脫;未得穌息的,令他得穌息;未涅槃的,令他得涅槃?』那時,有諸比丘厭患自身的,都走出房舍,對鹿林梵志子說:『我未得度,你當度我;我未得脫,你當脫我;我未得穌息,你當令我得穌息;我未得涅槃,你當令我得涅槃。』那時,鹿林梵志子就以利刀殺了那些比丘,依著次第,乃至殺了六十人。
那時,世尊到了十五日說戒之時,在眾僧前坐下,告訴尊者阿難:『是什麼因、什麼緣,諸比丘漸漸變少、漸漸減損、漸漸滅盡?』阿難對佛說:『世尊為諸比丘說修習不淨觀,讚歎不淨觀。諸比丘修習不淨觀之後,極度厭患自身……』詳細地說,乃至:『……殺了六十位比丘。世尊!由於這個因緣,令諸比丘漸漸變少、漸漸減損、漸漸滅盡。唯願世尊再說其餘的法,令諸比丘聽了之後,勤修智慧,樂於受持正法,樂於安住正法。』
佛告訴阿難:『所以,我現在依著次第而說,住於微細之住,隨順開覺,已生起、未生起的惡不善法,迅速令其休息,如同天降大雨,已起、未起的塵土能令其休息。像這樣,比丘!修習微細之住,種種已起、未起的惡不善法能令其休息。阿難!什麼是微細之住多修習,隨順開覺,已起、未起的惡不善法能令其休息?就是安那般那念住。』
阿難對佛說:『怎樣修習安那般那念住,隨順開覺,已起、未起的惡不善法能令其休息?』佛告訴阿難:『如果比丘依止聚落……』如前面所廣說的,乃至:『如滅的出息念而學。』佛說了這部經之後,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔810·頗有一法〕(0208a09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在金剛跋求摩河邊的薩羅梨林中。那時,尊者阿難獨自在一處靜處,思惟禪思,這樣想:『可有一法,修習、多修習,能令四法滿足;四法滿足之後,七法滿足;七法滿足之後,二法滿足?』那時,尊者阿難從禪坐中起來之後,前往佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我獨自在一處靜處,思惟禪思,這樣想:『可有一法,多修習之後,能令四法滿足,乃至二法滿足?我現在請問世尊,是否有一法,多修習之後,能令——乃至二法滿足呢?』』
佛告訴阿難:『有一法,多修習之後,乃至能令二法滿足。什麼是一法?就是安那般那念。多修習之後,能令四念處滿足;四念處滿足之後,七覺分滿足;七覺分滿足之後,明、解脫滿足。
『怎樣修習安那般那念,四念處滿足?這位比丘依止聚落,乃至如滅的出息念而學。阿難!像這樣,聖弟子入息念時,如入息念而學;出息念時,如出息念而學;或長或短,一切身行覺知,入息念時如入息念而學,出息念時如出息念而學;身行休息的入息念時,如身行休息的入息念而學;身行休息的出息念時,如身行休息的出息念而學。聖弟子這時身身觀念住;異於身的,他也這樣隨身比類而思惟。
『如果有時聖弟子喜覺知,樂覺知,心行覺知,心行息覺知,入息念時如心行息的入息念而學,心行息的出息念時如心行息的出息念而學。這位聖弟子這時受受觀念住;如果又有異於受的,他也對受隨身比類而思惟。
『有時聖弟子心覺知,心悅、心定、心解脫覺知,入息念時如入息念而學,心解脫的出息念時如心解脫的出息念而學,這位聖弟子這時心心觀念住;如果有異於心的,他也隨心比類而思惟。
『如果聖弟子有時觀無常、斷、無欲、滅,如無常、斷、無欲、滅而觀、而住、而學,這位聖弟子這時法法觀念住;異於法的,也隨法比類而思惟。這名為修習安那般那念,滿足四念處。』
阿難對佛說:『像這樣修習安那般那念,令四念處滿足。怎樣修習四念處,令七覺分滿足?』佛告訴阿難:『如果比丘身身觀念住,念住之後,繫念而住,不忘。這時方便修習念覺分。修習念覺分之後,念覺分滿足;念覺滿足之後,對法選擇思量。這時方便修習擇法覺分。修習擇法覺分之後,擇法覺分滿足;對法選擇、分別、思量之後,得到精勤方便。這時方便修習精進覺分。修習精進覺分之後,精進覺分滿足;方便精進之後,心就歡喜。這時方便修習喜覺分。修習喜覺分之後,喜覺分滿足;歡喜之後,身心猗息。這時方便修習猗覺分。修習猗覺分之後,猗覺分滿足;身心安樂之後,得三昧。這時修習定覺分。修習定覺分之後,定覺分滿足;定覺分滿足之後,貪憂就滅,得平等捨。這時方便修習捨覺分。修習捨覺分之後,捨覺分滿足。受、心、法法念處,也這樣說。這名為修習四念處,滿足七覺分。』
阿難對佛說:『這名為修習四念處,滿足七覺分。怎樣修習七覺分,滿足明、解脫?』佛告訴阿難:『如果比丘修習念覺分,依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨;修習念覺分之後,滿足明、解脫。乃至修習捨覺分,依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨,像這樣修習捨覺分之後,明、解脫滿足。阿難!這名為法法相類、法法相潤。像這樣十三法,一法為增上,一法為門,次第增進,修習滿足。』佛說了這部經之後,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔811–812·如是異比丘所問〕(0208c10)像這樣,異比丘所問的,以及佛問諸比丘的,也如前經所說。
〔813·精勤修習四念處〕(0208c12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在金毘羅聚落的金毘林中。那時,世尊告訴尊者金毘羅:『我現在要說精勤修習四念處。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你說。』那時,尊者金毘羅默然而住,像這樣再三。那時,尊者阿難對尊者金毘羅說:『現在大師在告訴你!』像這樣說了三次。尊者金毘羅對尊者阿難說:『我已經知道了。尊者阿難!我已經知道了。尊者瞿曇!』那時,尊者阿難對佛說:『世尊!是時候了。世尊!是時候了。善逝!唯願為諸比丘說精勤修習四念處,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』
佛告訴阿難:『仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你說。如果比丘入息念時,如入息而學,乃至滅的出息時,如滅的出息而學;這時聖弟子念入息時,如念入息而學,乃至身行止息的出息時,如身行止息的出息而學,這時聖弟子身身觀念住。這時聖弟子身身觀念住之後,像這樣了知,善於內在思惟。』
佛告訴阿難:『譬如有人乘坐車輿,從東方顛簸急行而來,在那時會踐踏種種土堆田壠嗎?』阿難對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴阿難:『像這樣,聖弟子念入息時,如入息念而學,像這樣乃至善於內在思惟。如果這時聖弟子覺知喜,乃至覺知意行息而學,聖弟子受受觀念住。聖弟子受受觀念之後,像這樣了知,善於內在思惟。
『譬如有人乘坐車輿,從南方顛簸急行而來,怎麼樣呢?阿難!會踐踏土堆田壠嗎?』阿難對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴阿難:『像這樣,聖弟子受受觀念住,了知,善於內在思惟。如果聖弟子覺知心、欣悅心、定心,解脫心的入息時如解脫心的入息而學,解脫心的出息時如解脫心的出息而學,這時聖弟子心心觀念住。像這樣,聖弟子心心觀念住之後,了知,善於內在思惟。
『譬如有人乘坐車輿從西方而來,他會踐踏土堆田壠嗎?』阿難對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴阿難:『像這樣,聖弟子覺知心,乃至心解脫的出息時,如心解脫的出息而學;像這樣,聖弟子這時心心觀念住,了知,善於內在思惟。善於身、受、心,貪憂滅而捨,這時聖弟子法法觀念住。像這樣,聖弟子法法觀念住之後,了知,善於內在思惟。
『阿難!譬如四衢道上有土堆田壠,有人乘坐車輿從北方顛簸急行而來,會踐踏土堆田壠嗎?』阿難對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴阿難:『像這樣,聖弟子法法觀念住,了知,善於內在思惟。阿難!這名為比丘精勤方便修習四念處。』佛說了這部經之後,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔814·身不疲倦,眼亦不患〕(0209a23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當修習安那般那念。修習安那般那念、多修習之後,身不疲倦,眼也不患,樂於隨順觀察而住,樂於覺知,不染著於樂。怎樣修習安那般那念,身不疲倦,眼也不患,樂於隨觀而住,樂於覺知,不染著於樂?這位比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅的出息時,如滅的出息而學,這名為修習安那般那念,身不疲倦,眼也不患,樂於隨觀而住,樂於覺知,不染著於樂。
『像這樣修習安那般那念的人,得大果大福利。這位比丘想要求離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足而住,這位比丘應當修習安那般那念。像這樣修習安那般那念,得大果大福利。
『這位比丘想要求第二、第三、第四禪,慈、悲、喜、捨,空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想入處,具足三結盡,得須陀洹果;三結盡,貪、恚、癡淡薄,得斯陀含果;五下分結盡,得阿那含果,得無量種神通力,天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智的——像這樣,比丘應當修習安那般那念。像這樣,安那般那念得大果大福利。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔815·所行正事〕(0209b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園,夏安居。那時,眾多上座聲聞在世尊左右的樹下、窟中安居。那時,有眾多年少比丘來到佛所在之處,稽首佛足,退坐一旁。佛為諸年少比丘以種種方式說法,示、教、照、喜;示、教、照、喜之後,默然而住。諸年少比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,從座位起身,作禮而去。
諸年少比丘前往上座比丘那裡,禮諸上座足之後,在一旁坐下。那時,諸上座比丘這樣想:『我們應當攝受這些年少比丘,或一人受一人,或一人受二人、三人、多人。』這樣想了之後,就加以攝受,或一人受一人,或受二人、三人、多人,或有上座乃至受六十人。那時,世尊在十五日布薩之時,於大眾前敷座而坐。那時,世尊觀察諸比丘之後,告訴比丘們:『善哉!善哉!我現在歡喜諸比丘所行的種種正事。所以,比丘!應當勤加精進。』
在這舍衛國,滿迦低月;各處在人間遊行的比丘,聽說世尊在舍衛國安居,迦低月滿了之後,作衣完畢,持衣鉢,向舍衛國在人間遊行。漸漸到了舍衛國,收起衣鉢,洗足之後,前往世尊所在之處,稽首禮足之後,退坐一旁。那時,世尊為人間比丘以種種方式說法,示、教、照、喜之後,默然而住。那時,人間比丘聽了佛說法,歡喜隨喜,從座位起身,作禮而去。他們前往上座比丘那裡,稽首禮足,退坐一旁。那時,諸上座這樣想:『我們應當接受這些人間比丘,或一人受一人,或二人、三人,乃至多人。』就接受了他們,或一人受一人,或二人、三人,乃至有受六十人的。那些上座比丘接受了諸人間比丘,教誡、教授,善知先後次第。
那時,世尊在月十五日布薩之時,於大眾前敷座而坐,觀察諸比丘眾,告訴諸比丘:『善哉!善哉!諸比丘!我欣喜你們所行的正事,樂見你們所行的正事。諸比丘!過去諸佛也有比丘眾所行的正事,如同現今此眾;未來諸佛所有的諸眾,也將這樣所行的正事,如同現今此眾。為什麼呢?現今此眾之中的諸長老比丘,有得初禪、第二禪、第三禪、第四禪,慈、悲、喜、捨,空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想處具足而住的。有比丘三結盡,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣之法,決定正向三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦的邊際。有比丘三結盡,貪、恚、癡淡薄,得斯陀含。有比丘五下分結盡,得阿那含,生般涅槃,不再還生此世。有比丘得無量神通境界,天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智。有比丘修不淨觀,斷除貪欲;修慈心,斷除瞋恚;修無常想,斷除我慢;修安那般那念,斷除覺想。
『怎麼樣呢?比丘!修習安那般那念而斷除覺想?這位比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅的出息如觀滅的出息而學,這名為修習安那般那念而斷除覺想。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔816·有三學〕(0210a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有三學。是哪三種?就是增上戒學、增上意學,就是增上慧學。』那時,世尊就說偈道:
『三學具足的人,這是比丘的正行,
增上戒、心、慧,於這三法勤加精進,
勇猛如堅固之城,常常守護諸根。
如晝如其夜,如夜也如晝,
如前如其後,如後也如前,
如上如其下,如下也如上。
無量的種種三昧,映照一切諸方,
這說為覺悟之跡,第一清涼之集,
捨離無明之諍,其心善得解脫,
我是世間的覺者,明與行全都具足,
正念不忘而住,其心得到解脫,
身壞而命終,如燈盡而火滅。』
佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔817·亦復有三學〕(0210a23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『也還有三學。是哪三種?就是增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。什麼是增上戒學?如果比丘安住於戒、波羅提木叉律儀,威儀與行處具足,見到微細的罪就生起怖畏,受持學戒。什麼是增上意學?如果比丘離欲、惡不善法,乃至第四禪具足而住。什麼是增上慧學?這位比丘對這苦聖諦如實知,對集、滅、道聖諦如實知,這名為增上慧學。』那時,世尊就說偈,如前經所說。佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔818·增上慧方便〕(0210b05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有比丘是增上戒學,不是增上意、增上慧學;有的是增上戒、增上意學,不是增上慧學。聖弟子以增上慧方便隨順成就而住的,增上戒、增上意修習滿足。像這樣,聖弟子以增上慧方便隨順成就而住的,以無上的慧為壽命而活。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔819·過二百五十戒〕(0210b13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『超過二百五十戒,依次每半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,令那些自己求學的人而學。說三學,能攝種種戒。是哪三種?就是增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔820·何等為增上戒學〕(0210b19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘,如前經所說;差別處是:『什麼是增上戒學?就是比丘重於戒,戒增上;不重於定,定不增上;不重於慧,慧不增上;對於那一一分的細微戒,犯了就隨即悔過。為什麼呢?我不說他不堪能。如果他的戒隨順梵行、饒益梵行、久住梵行,像這樣,比丘戒堅固、戒師常住、戒常隨順而生,受持而學。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷三結,就是身見、戒取、疑。斷了這三結,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣之法,決定正趣三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦的邊際,這名為學增上戒。
『什麼是增上意學?這位比丘重於戒,戒增上;重於定,定增上;不重於慧,慧不增上;對於那一一分的細微戒,乃至受持學戒。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷五下分結,就是身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚。斷了這五下分結,受生般涅槃,阿那含,不還此世,這名為增上意學。
『什麼是增上慧學?這位比丘重於戒,戒增上;重於定,定增上;重於慧,慧增上。他像這樣知、像這樣見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我的生已經盡了,梵行已經建立,所應作的已經作完,自知不再受後有。』這名為增上慧學。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔821·一種子道〕(0210c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『超過二百五十戒,依次每半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅;如果那位善男子自己隨意之所欲而學的,我為他說三學。如果學這三學,就攝受一切學戒。是哪三種?就是增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。
『什麼是增上戒學?這位比丘重於戒,戒增上;不重於定,定不增上;不重於慧,慧不增上;對於那一一分的細微戒,乃至受持學戒。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷三結,就是身見、戒取、疑,貪、恚、癡淡薄,成就一種子道。在那一地尚未等覺的,名為斯陀含;在那一地尚未等覺的,名為家家;在那一地尚未等覺的,名為七有;在那一地尚未等覺的,名為隨法行;在那一地尚未等覺的,名為隨信行,這名為增上戒學。
『什麼是增上意學?這名為比丘重於戒,戒增上;重於定,定增上;不重於慧,慧不增上;對於那一一分的細微戒學,乃至受持學戒。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷五下分結,就是身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚。斷了這五下分,能得中般涅槃。在那一地尚未等覺的,得生般涅槃;在那一地尚未等覺的,得無行般涅槃;在那一地尚未等覺的,得有行般涅槃;在那一地尚未等覺的,得上流般涅槃,這名為增上意學。
『什麼是增上慧學?這位比丘重於戒,戒增上;重於定,定增上;重於慧,慧增上。像這樣知、像這樣見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我的生已經盡了,梵行已經建立,所應作的已經作完,自知不再受後有。』這名為增上慧學。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔822·具足戒住〕(0211a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果比丘具足戒而住,善於攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀與行處,見到細微的罪,能生起怖畏。比丘具足戒而住,善於攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀與行處,見到細微的罪,能生起怖畏,平等受持學戒,令三學修習滿足。是哪三種?增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。
『什麼是增上戒學?這位比丘戒為滿足,少定、少慧;對於那一一分的細微戒,乃至受持戒學;他像這樣知、像這樣見,斷三結,就是身見、戒取、疑。斷了這三結,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定正趣三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦的邊際。
『什麼是增上意學?這位比丘定滿足,三昧滿足,少於慧;對於那一一分的細微戒,犯了就隨即悔過,乃至受持學戒。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷五下分結,就是身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚;斷了這五下分結,得生般涅槃,阿那含不再還生此世,這名為增上意學。
『什麼是增上慧學?這位比丘學戒滿足、定滿足、慧滿足。像這樣知、像這樣見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我的生已經盡了,梵行已經建立,所應作的已經作完,自知不再受後有。』這名為增上慧學。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔823·滿足三學〕(0211b06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果比丘具足戒而住,善於攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀與行處,見到微細的罪,能生起怖畏,受持學戒而住,滿足三學。是哪三種?就是增上戒、增上意、增上慧。
『什麼是增上戒?這位比丘戒滿足,少定、少慧;對於那一一分的細微戒,乃至受持學戒。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷三結,貪、恚、癡淡薄,得一種子道。如果在那一地尚未等覺的,得斯陀含;在那一地尚未等覺的,名為家家;在那一地尚未等覺的,得須陀洹;在那一地尚未等覺的,得隨法行;在那一地尚未等覺的,得隨信行,這名為增上戒學。
『什麼是增上意學?這位比丘戒滿足、定滿足、少於慧;對於那一一分的細微戒,乃至受持學戒。像這樣知、像這樣見,斷五下分結,就是身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚;斷了這五下分結,得中般涅槃;在那尚未等覺的,得生般涅槃;在那尚未等覺的,得無行般涅槃;在那尚未等覺的,得有行般涅槃;在那尚未等覺的,得上流般涅槃,這名為增上意學。
『什麼是增上慧學?這位比丘學戒滿足、定滿足、慧滿足。像這樣知、像這樣見,欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明漏心解脫,解脫知見:『我的生已經盡了,梵行就此建立,所應作的已經作完,自知不再受後有。』這名為增上慧學。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔824·有二學〕(0211c01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有二學。是哪二種?就是上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學。』那時,世尊就說偈道:
『學者學戒的時候,隨順正直之道而行,
專心審慎,勤加方便,善於自護其身,
得到最初的漏盡智,其次究竟無知,
得到無知解脫,知見全都已度。
成就不動的解脫,諸有之結滅盡,
他的諸根具足,諸根寂靜而安樂,
持這最後邊之身,摧伏眾魔怨敵。』
佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔825·學戒多福利住〕(0211c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『學戒多福利而住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上。如果比丘學戒福利,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念增上之後,令三學滿足。是哪三種?就是增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。』那時,世尊就說偈道:
『學戒隨福利,專心思惟三昧之禪,
智慧為最上,這是現生之中的最後,
牟尼持此最後邊之身,降伏魔而度到彼岸。』
佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔826·學戒隨福利〕(0211c23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘,如前經所說;差別處是:『諸比丘!什麼是學戒隨福利?就是大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧,不信的令信,信的增長其信,調伏惡人,有慙愧的得以安樂而住,現法之中防護有漏,未來得正確的對治,令梵行久住。如同大師已為聲聞制戒,就是攝僧,乃至梵行久住;像這樣、像這樣學戒的人,行堅固戒、恒戒、常行戒,受持學戒,這名為比丘戒福利。
『什麼是智慧為上?就是大師為聲聞說法,大悲哀愍,以義饒益,或安慰、或安樂、或安慰安樂。像這樣、像這樣,大師為諸聲聞說法,大悲哀愍,以義饒益,安慰安樂;像這樣、像這樣,對於那一一法、那一一處,以智慧觀察,這名為比丘智慧為上。
『什麼是解脫堅固?就是大師為諸聲聞說法,大悲哀愍,以義饒益,安慰安樂。像這樣、像這樣說那一一法;像這樣在那一處、像這樣在那一處,得解脫之樂,這名為比丘堅固解脫。
『什麼是比丘念增上?戒身尚未滿足的,專心繫念而安住;尚未觀察的,於那一一處以智慧繫念而安住;已經觀察的,於那一一處重新繫念而安住;尚未觸法的,於那一一處以解脫之念而安住;已經觸法的,於那一一處以解脫之念而安住,這名為比丘正念增上。』那時,世尊就說偈道:
『學戒隨福利,專心思惟三昧之禪,
智慧為最上,現生是最後之邊,
牟尼持此最後邊之身,降伏魔而度到彼岸。』
佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
尸婆迦修多羅,如後面,佛當會說。
像這樣,阿難陀比丘以及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘的三經,也如上面所說。
〔827·田夫三種作田〕(0212a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如農夫有三種耕作田地之事,隨時善加作業。是哪三種?就是那農夫隨時耕耙,隨時灌溉,隨時下種。那農夫隨時耕耙、灌溉、下種之後,不這樣想:『想要令今天生長,今天結果,今天成熟,或明天、後天。』諸比丘!然而那位長者耕田、灌溉、下種之後,不這樣想:『今天生長、結果、成熟,或明天、或又後天。』而那種子已入地中,就自然隨時生長,結果成熟。
『像這樣,比丘對於這三學隨時善學:就是善戒學、善意學、善慧學之後,不這樣想:『想要令我今天得不起諸漏,心善解脫,或明天、或後天。』也不這樣想:『以自然的神力,能令今天,或明天、後天,不起諸漏,心善解脫。』他已隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學之後,隨著那時節,自然得不起諸漏,心善解脫。
『譬如,比丘!孵卵的母雞生了卵,或十個乃至十二個,隨時照料,冷暖愛護。那孵卵的母雞不這樣想:『我今天,或明天、後天,當以嘴啄,或以瓜刮,令我的雛兒安穩得生。』然而那孵卵的母雞善於孵育其子,隨時愛護,其子自然安穩得生。像這樣,比丘善學三學,隨著那時節,自然得不起諸漏,心善解脫。』佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔828·驢隨群牛〕(0212b18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如驢跟隨牛群而行,而這樣想:『我發出牛的聲音。』然而牠的形體也不像牛,顏色也不像牛,發出的聲音也不像,跟隨大牛群,自以為是牛,而作牛鳴,然而離牛實在很遠。
『像這樣,有一個愚癡的男子違律犯戒,跟隨大眾,說:『我是比丘。我是比丘。』而不學習勝欲增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學,跟隨大眾,自稱:『我是比丘。我是比丘。』其實離比丘很遠。』那時,世尊就說偈道:
『蹄同、無角的獸,四足俱全,有聲有口,
跟隨大牛群,常以為是同等之侶。
形體卻不是牛類,不能作牛的聲音,
像這樣愚癡的人,不隨順繫心之念。
對於善逝的教誡,沒有意欲勤加方便,
懈怠而心生輕慢,不能獲得無上之道。
如同驢在牛群中,離牛常常自遠,
他雖然跟隨大眾,內在之行常自乖離。』
佛說了這部經之後,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔829·尊者跋耆子〕(0212c08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在跋耆聚落,尊者跋耆子侍立在佛左右。那時,尊者跋耆子來到佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退住一旁,對佛說:『世尊!佛說超過二百五十戒,令族姓子依次每半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,令諸族姓子隨所欲而學。然而現在,世尊!我不堪能隨學而學。』
佛告訴跋耆子:『你堪能隨時學習三學嗎?』跋耆子對佛說:『堪能,世尊!』佛告訴跋耆子:『你應當隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。隨時精勤增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學之後,不久當得盡諸有漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,現法之中自知作證:『我的生已經盡了,梵行已經建立,所應作的已經作完,自知不再受後有。』』那時,尊者跋耆子聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。
那時,尊者跋耆子受了佛的教誡、教授之後,獨自在一處靜處,專精思惟……如上面所說,乃至:『心善解脫,得阿羅漢。』
Fascicle 29 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra, belongs to the Connected Discourses on the Path and is their fifth fascicle, continuing on from the four preceding fascicles of the Path; the four preceding fascicles teach the foundations of mindfulness, the faculties, powers, and factors of awakening, the factors of awakening, and the eight factors of the noble path, and the thirty-two discourses of this fascicle teach the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic, mindfulness of breathing, and the three trainings. The fascicle holds thirty-two discourses, from the seven hundred and ninety-seventh discourse to the eight hundred and twenty-ninth, of which the eight hundred and eleventh and the eight hundred and twelfth are headed together in a single sentence. The first four discourses of the fascicle continue on from the preceding fascicle in teaching the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic, the ascetic and the goal of an ascetic, and the eight hundredth heads together in a single sentence the dharma, the one, the goal, and the fruits of the brāhmaṇa and of pure conduct. The fourteen discourses that follow (fifteen numbers, the eight hundred and eleventh and the eight hundred and twelfth forming a single segment) teach mindfulness of breathing: in some, five things are taught as of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing; in some, it is taught that by cultivating mindfulness of breathing and cultivating it much one attains the stilling of body and mind, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment, and all the matters of the in-breath and the out-breath are taught at length line by line; in some, the cutting off of all thoughts and perceptions is taught; in some, the bhikṣu Alishizha states what he has cultivated, and the World-Honored One teaches that there is yet something superior and more excellent, beyond it; in some, the venerable Jibinna is unmoving in body and mind and dwells in a superior dwelling; in some, the World-Honored One sits in meditation for two months and teaches that mindfulness of breathing is itself the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, and the Tathāgata’s dwelling; in some, Mahānāma of the Śākyas asks about the dwelling of one in training and the Tathāgata’s dwelling, and the bhikṣu Jiamo answers him; in some, the bhikṣus cultivate the contemplation of the impure, grow utterly weary and sick of the body, and kill themselves, and the World-Honored One teaches that the subtle dwelling is dwelling in mindfulness of breathing; in some, the venerable Ānanda asks about one dharma that can bring four dharmas, seven dharmas, and two dharmas to fulfilment; in some, the World-Honored One teaches the diligent cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness, with a carriage coming from the four directions and trampling the mounds of earth as the simile; in some, it is taught that the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail; in some, during the summer retreat the elders take in the young bhikṣus and the bhikṣus wandering among the people, and the World-Honored One rejoices in the right conduct they practise. The fourteen discourses after that teach training: in some, the three trainings—the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and the training in the higher wisdom—are taught; in some, the skilful means of higher wisdom accomplished in accordance is taught; in some, more than two hundred and fifty precepts are taught, and the three trainings are able to gather all the precepts; in some, the three trainings and the fruits they attain are taught separately according to whether or not one values the precepts, concentration, and wisdom; in some, two trainings are taught; in some, the blessing of training in the precepts, wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher are taught; in some, the farmer’s three kinds of field-work and the brooding hen with her eggs are the simile; in some, the donkey following the herd of cattle is the simile; and the fascicle ends with the question of the venerable Baqizi. The speakers: for the most part, the World-Honored One speaking to the bhikṣus; in the eight hundred and fifth discourse the bhikṣu Alishizha answers the Buddha’s question; in the eight hundred and sixth the bhikṣus speak to the Buddha; in the eight hundred and seventh the World-Honored One relates the words of three gods; in the eight hundred and eighth Mahānāma of the Śākyas asks and the bhikṣu Jiamo answers, the whole discourse has no word of the Buddha, and it closes with Mahānāma, having heard what the bhikṣu Jiamo said, rising from his seat and departing; in the eight hundred and ninth and the eight hundred and tenth the Buddha tells the venerable Ānanda, and they close with the venerable Ānanda having heard what the Buddha said; in the eight hundred and thirteenth the World-Honored One addresses the venerable Jinpiluo, Jinpiluo stays silent, the venerable Ānanda asks for the teaching, and the Buddha tells Ānanda; in the eight hundred and fifteenth the hearing of the Dharma and rejoicing is recorded twice within the one discourse; in the eight hundred and twenty-ninth the venerable Baqizi asks, the closing words fall within the discourse, and after them an abbreviated sentence is appended. The fascicle has five verses: in the eight hundred and sixteenth, eight hundred and twenty-fourth, eight hundred and twenty-fifth, eight hundred and twenty-sixth, and eight hundred and twenty-eighth discourses, all spoken by the World-Honored One; the eight hundred and seventeenth says that the World-Honored One spoke a verse and points to the preceding discourse, without giving the text of the verse; the plain rendering translates the verses line by line in verse form; there is no summary verse. For the dialogues of question and answer, the similes, and the long discourses, the segments within a discourse follow the rounds of question and answer, the simile and its application, and the enumerations. Where the base text abbreviates—in the form “… as said above. The difference is,” and at the places with “up to,” “as taught at length above,” “as taught at length before,” “the rest at length as before,” and “as said above”—the plain rendering abbreviates as the base text words it, and does not fill in on its behalf; the headings of the eight hundredth and of the eight hundred and eleventh to eight hundred and twelfth discourses, and the appended sentences at the ends of the eight hundred and fourth and the eight hundred and twenty-sixth discourses, are the words of the compilers, and the plain rendering translates them as they stand. The parenthesis at the head of each segment (…) is the anchor of page, register, and line in the Taishō canon.
〔0 · Title〕(0205b24)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 29.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. This fascicle does not bear a separate recitation title, continuing on from the four preceding fascicles of the Path. The fascicle holds thirty-two discourses, from the seven hundred and ninety-seventh to the eight hundred and twenty-ninth, of which the eight hundred and eleventh and the eight hundred and twelfth are headed together in a single sentence; it has five verses, in the eight hundred and sixteenth, twenty-fourth, twenty-fifth, twenty-sixth, and twenty-eighth discourses; after the eight hundred and twenty-ninth discourse it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29.”
〔797 · The Dharma of an Ascetic and the Fruits of an Ascetic〕(0205b27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic. Listen closely and reflect well, and I shall teach it for you. What is the dharma of an ascetic? The eightfold noble path—right view up to right concentration. What are the fruits of an ascetic? The fruit of stream-entry, the fruit of once-returning, the fruit of non-returning, and the fruit of arhatship. What is the fruit of stream-entry? It is the cutting off of the three bonds. What is the fruit of once-returning? It is the cutting off of the three bonds, with greed, hatred, and delusion thinned. What is the fruit of non-returning? It is the complete ending of the five lower bonds. What is the fruit of arhatship? It is the complete ending, forever, of greed, hatred, and delusion, and the complete ending, forever, of all defilements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔798 · The Dharma of an Ascetic, an Ascetic, the Goal of an Ascetic〕(0205c08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is the dharma of an ascetic, the ascetic, and the goal of an ascetic. Listen closely and reflect well, and I shall teach it for you. What is the dharma of an ascetic? The eightfold noble path—right view up to right concentration. What is an ascetic? One who is accomplished in this dharma. What is the goal of an ascetic? It is the complete cutting off, forever, of greed, the complete cutting off, forever, of hatred and delusion, the complete cutting off, forever, of all defilements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔799 · There Are the Fruits of an Ascetic〕(0205c15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus, as said in the preceding discourse. The difference is: “There are the fruits of an ascetic. What are the fruits of an ascetic? The fruit of stream-entry, the fruit of once-returning, the fruit of non-returning, and the fruit of arhatship.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔800 · Likewise the Dharma of a Brāhmaṇa〕(0205c20)Likewise, the dharma of a brāhmaṇa, the brāhmaṇa, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, and the fruits of a brāhmaṇa; the dharma of pure conduct, the one of pure conduct, the goal of pure conduct, and the fruits of pure conduct, are also as said above.
〔801 · Five Things of Great Benefit〕(0205c23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are five things of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing. What are the five? Dwelling in the pure precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, able to give rise to fear at the smallest fault, taking up and keeping the training precepts—this is called the first thing of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing.
“Further, bhikṣus! Few wishes, few affairs, few duties—this is called the second thing of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing.
“Further, bhikṣus! Knowing measure in food, taking neither too much nor too little, not giving rise to thoughts of craving for the sake of food, and reflecting with diligence—this is called the third thing of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing.
“Further, bhikṣus! In the first and last watches of the night not clinging to sleep, and reflecting with diligence—this is called the fourth thing of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing.
“Further, bhikṣus! Dwelling in an empty and quiet grove, away from all clamor—this is called the fifth thing of manifold help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔802 · One Should Cultivate Mindfulness of Breathing〕(0206a08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One should cultivate mindfulness of breathing. If a bhikṣu cultivates mindfulness of breathing and cultivates it much, he attains the stilling of body and the stilling of mind, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔803 · Cultivating Mindfulness of Breathing〕(0206a14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Cultivate mindfulness of breathing. If a bhikṣu cultivates mindfulness of breathing and cultivates it much, he attains the stilling of body and mind, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment. What is it that, having cultivated mindfulness of breathing and cultivated it much, body and mind are stilled, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment?
“If this bhikṣu dwells relying on a village or town, in the early morning he puts on his robe, takes his bowl, and enters the village for alms, guarding his body well, guarding the gates of the faculties, binding his mind well in dwelling. Having gone for alms, he returns to his dwelling, puts away robe and bowl, and, having washed his feet, either enters a grove, a quiet hut, or the foot of a tree, or the open air of an empty place; he sits upright with body straight, binds mindfulness before him, cuts off craving for the world, and is free of desire and pure; ill will, sleepiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt are all cut off, he crosses beyond all doubts, and in wholesome dharmas his mind attains certainty. He leaves the five hindrances—afflictions in the mind, which weaken the power of wisdom, are a part of obstruction, and do not lead to nirvāṇa.
“Mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well; mindful of the breath without, one binds mindfulness and trains well. Whether the breath is long or short, knowing the whole body on the in-breath, in the whole body on the in-breath one trains well; knowing the whole body on the out-breath, in the whole body on the out-breath one trains well. Knowing the stilling of all bodily activity on the in-breath, in the stilling of all bodily activity on the in-breath one trains well; knowing the stilling of all bodily activity on the out-breath, in the stilling of all bodily activity on the out-breath one trains well.
“Knowing joy, knowing happiness, knowing mental activity, knowing the stilling of mental activity on the in-breath, in knowing the stilling of mental activity on the in-breath one trains well; knowing the stilling of mental activity on the out-breath, in knowing the stilling of mental activity on the out-breath one trains well.
“Knowing the mind, knowing the gladdening of the mind, knowing the concentrating of the mind, knowing the liberating of the mind on the in-breath, in knowing the liberating of the mind on the in-breath one trains well; knowing the liberating of the mind on the out-breath, in knowing the liberating of the mind on the out-breath one trains well.
“Contemplating impermanence, contemplating cutting off, contemplating dispassion, contemplating cessation on the in-breath, in contemplating cessation on the in-breath one trains well; contemplating cessation on the out-breath, in contemplating cessation on the out-breath one trains well. This is called the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing, with body stilled and mind stilled, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔804 · Cutting Off Thoughts and Perceptions〕(0206b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One should cultivate mindfulness of breathing. When mindfulness of breathing is cultivated and cultivated much, one is able to cut off all thoughts and perceptions. What is it that, mindfulness of breathing being cultivated and cultivated much, cuts off all thoughts and perceptions? If a bhikṣu dwells relying on a village or town …”—as taught at length above, up to: “in the cessation of the out-breath one trains well: this is called mindfulness of breathing cultivated and cultivated much cutting off all thoughts and perceptions.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
As with cutting off thoughts and perceptions, so likewise not being shaken, attaining great fruit and great blessing; so likewise attaining the deathless and the final deathless, attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—each discourse is also as said above.
〔805 · Mindfulness of Breathing as I Have Taught It〕(0206b25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The mindfulness of breathing that I have taught—have you cultivated it?” At that time there was a bhikṣu named Alishizha seated in the assembly, who rose from his seat, arranged his robe, made obeisance to the Buddha, knelt with his right knee on the ground, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! The mindfulness of breathing taught by the World-Honored One I have already cultivated.”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣu Alishizha: “How have you cultivated the mindfulness of breathing that I have taught?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I do not look back on past formations, I do not delight in future formations, I am not attached to present formations, and I rightly remove well the perception of resistance within and without. Thus have I cultivated the mindfulness of breathing taught by the World-Honored One.”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣu Alishizha: “You have indeed cultivated the mindfulness of breathing that I have taught; it is not that you have not cultivated it. Yet, bhikṣu, beyond the mindfulness of breathing that you have cultivated there is something superior and more excellent, beyond it. What is it that is superior and more excellent, beyond the mindfulness of breathing cultivated by Alishizha? This bhikṣu dwells relying on a town or village …”—as taught at length before, up to: “in contemplating cessation on the out-breath one trains well: this is called—bhikṣu Alishizha!—what is superior and more excellent, beyond the mindfulness of breathing that you have cultivated.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔806 · The Venerable Jibinna〕(0206c14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One, in the early morning, put on his robe, took his bowl, and entered the city of Śrāvastī for alms. When he had eaten, he returned to the monastery, put away robe and bowl, washed his feet, and, taking his sitting-cloth, entered the Andha Grove, sat at the foot of a tree, and spent the day in meditative reflection. At that time the venerable Jibinna also, in the early morning, put on his robe, took his bowl, and entered the city of Śrāvastī for alms. Having returned, he put away robe and bowl, washed his feet, and, taking his sitting-cloth, entered the Andha Grove and sat in meditation at the foot of a tree, not far from the Buddha, his body upright and unmoving, body and mind upright, in superior reflection.
At that time many bhikṣus rose from sitting in meditation in the late afternoon, came to where the Buddha was, bowed their heads at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, and sat to one side. The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Do you see the venerable Jibinna? Not far from me he sits upright with body straight, unmoving in body and mind, dwelling in a superior dwelling.” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Again and again we have seen that venerable sitting upright with body straight, well gathering his body, neither leaning nor moving, intent in superior reflection.”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu cultivates samādhi and is settled in body and mind, neither leaning nor moving, dwelling in a superior dwelling, that bhikṣu attains this samādhi without exerting skilful means; he obtains it at will.” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “What samādhi is it, by attaining which a bhikṣu is unmoving in body and mind and dwells in a superior dwelling?”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, in the early morning puts on his robe, takes his bowl, and enters the village, and, having gone for alms, returns to the monastery, puts away robe and bowl, washes his feet, and enters a grove, or sits in a quiet hut or in the open air, reflecting and binding mindfulness, up to contemplating cessation and training well: this is called samādhi—if a bhikṣu sits upright in reflection, unmoving in body and mind, dwelling in a superior dwelling.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔807 · I Wish to Sit in Meditation for Two Months〕(0207a08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Icchānaṅgala Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I wish to sit in meditation for two months. Let the bhikṣus no longer come and go, except for the bhikṣu who brings food, and at the time of the poṣadha.” At that time, having said this, the World-Honored One sat in meditation for two months, and not one bhikṣu dared to come and go, except for the bringing of food and the poṣadha.
At that time, when the two months of sitting in meditation had passed, the World-Honored One rose from sitting in meditation, sat before the saṅgha of bhikṣus, and said to the bhikṣus: “If wanderers of other sects come and ask you, ‘How did the ascetic Gautama sit in meditation during these two months?’ you should answer them, ‘The Tathāgata for two months sat in meditation and dwelt in reflection by mindfulness of breathing.’ Why is that? During these two months I was mindful of in-breath and out-breath and dwelt much in reflection: when breathing in, mindful of the in-breath, I knew it as it really is; when breathing out, mindful of the out-breath, I knew it as it really is. Whether long or short, mindful of the in-breath with the whole body felt, I knew it as it really is; mindful of the out-breath with the whole body felt, I knew it as it really is. Mindful of the in-breath with bodily activity at rest, I knew it as it really is; up to mindful of the out-breath in cessation, I knew it as it really is. When I had known it all, at that time I thought: ‘This is a dwelling of coarse reflection; now that I have stilled this reflection, I should further cultivate another, subtler dwelling of cultivation, and dwell in it.’
“At that time, having stilled coarse reflection, I entered further into subtle reflection and dwelt much in it. At that time three gods, of supremely excellent form, came to where I was when the night had passed. One god said this: ‘The ascetic Gautama’s time has come.’ Another god said: ‘This is not the time having come; it is the time drawing near.’ The third god said: ‘It is neither the time having come nor the time drawing near; this is a dwelling of cultivation, it is the stillness of an arhat, that is all!’”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “If anyone were to speak rightly, saying: the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, the Tathāgata’s dwelling—for one in training, attaining what has not yet been attained, reaching what has not yet been reached, realizing what has not yet been realized; for one beyond training, the dwelling at ease in this very life—is mindfulness of breathing, this would be the right way of speaking. Why is that? Mindfulness of breathing is the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, up to the dwelling at ease in this very life of one beyond training.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔808 · The Dwelling of One in Training, the Tathāgata’s Dwelling〕(0207b06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kapilavastu, in the Nyagrodha Park. At that time Mahānāma of the Śākyas came to where the venerable bhikṣu Jiamo was, bowed at the bhikṣu Jiamo’s feet, withdrew, sat to one side, and said to the bhikṣu Jiamo: “How is it, venerable Jiamo? Is the dwelling of one in training the same as the Tathāgata’s dwelling? Or is the dwelling of one in training one thing and the Tathāgata’s dwelling another?”
The bhikṣu Jiamo answered: “Mahānāma! The dwelling of one in training is one thing, the Tathāgata’s dwelling another. Mahānāma! The dwelling of one in training is to cut off the five hindrances and dwell much. The Tathāgata’s dwelling is that the five hindrances are already cut off, already known, cut off at the root, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to grow again, become in the future a dharma of non-arising.
“At one time the World-Honored One was staying in the Icchānaṅgala Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: ‘I wish to sit in meditation for two months in this Icchānaṅgala Grove. Let you bhikṣus not come and go, except for the bhikṣu who brings food, and at the time of the poṣadha …’”—as taught at length before, up to: “… the dwelling at ease in this very life of one beyond training. For this reason it is known, Mahānāma, that the dwelling of one in training is one thing and the Tathāgata’s dwelling another.”
Mahānāma of the Śākyas, having heard what the bhikṣu Jiamo said, rejoiced, rose from his seat, and departed.
〔809 · Teaching the Contemplation of the Impure〕(0207b21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River, at Jingang village. At that time the World-Honored One taught the bhikṣus the contemplation of the impure, praising the contemplation of the impure: “Bhikṣus who cultivate the contemplation of the impure and cultivate it much attain great fruit and great blessing.”
At that time the bhikṣus, having cultivated the contemplation of the impure, grew utterly weary and sick of the body: some killed themselves with knives, some took poison, some hanged themselves with ropes or threw themselves from cliffs, and some had other bhikṣus kill them. There was a bhikṣu who, utterly weary and sick of what is impure and foul, went to Lulin, a brahmin’s son, and said to Lulin, the brahmin’s son: “Good sir! If you can kill me, my robe and bowl shall be yours.” At that time Lulin, the brahmin’s son, killed that bhikṣu and took the knife to the bank of the Baqiumo River. As he washed the knife, a god of Māra’s host, dwelling in the air, praised Lulin, the brahmin’s son: “Excellent! Excellent! Good sir! You have gained measureless merit, for you are able to bring the ascetics, the sons of the Śākyan, who keep the precepts and possess virtue—those who have not crossed over, to cross over; those who are not liberated, to be liberated; those who have not attained relief, to attain relief; those who have not attained nirvāṇa, to attain nirvāṇa; and all their lasting gains, robes and bowls, and sundry goods are yours.”
At that time Lulin, the brahmin’s son, having heard this praise, grew in evil and wrong view, and thought: “I am now truly making great merit, bringing the ascetics, the sons of the Śākyan, who keep the precepts and possess merit—those who have not crossed over, to cross over; those who are not liberated, to be liberated; those who have not attained relief, to attain relief; those who have not attained nirvāṇa, to attain nirvāṇa; and their robes and bowls and sundry goods are all mine.” Then, holding a sharp knife in his hand, he went round the dwellings, the walking paths, the separate huts, and the meditation huts, and on seeing the bhikṣus he spoke thus: “What ascetic keeps the precepts and has virtue? Whoever has not crossed over, I can bring him to cross over; whoever is not liberated, to be liberated; whoever has not attained relief, to attain relief; whoever has not attained nirvāṇa, to attain nirvāṇa.” At that time the bhikṣus who were weary and sick of the body all came out of their dwellings and said to Lulin, the brahmin’s son: “I have not crossed over; you should bring me across. I am not liberated; you should liberate me. I have not attained relief; you should bring me to relief. I have not attained nirvāṇa; you should bring me to nirvāṇa.” At that time Lulin, the brahmin’s son, killed those bhikṣus with his sharp knife, one after another in sequence, up to killing sixty men.
At that time, when the time of reciting the precepts on the fifteenth day had come, the World-Honored One sat before the saṅgha and said to the venerable Ānanda: “For what cause, for what reason, have the bhikṣus gradually become fewer, gradually dwindled, gradually come to an end?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One taught the bhikṣus the cultivation of the contemplation of the impure and praised the contemplation of the impure. The bhikṣus, having cultivated the contemplation of the impure, grew utterly weary and sick of the body …”—told in detail, up to: “… killed sixty bhikṣus. World-Honored One! It is for this cause and reason that the bhikṣus have gradually become fewer, gradually dwindled, gradually come to an end. May the World-Honored One teach another dharma, so that the bhikṣus, having heard it, will diligently cultivate wisdom, delight in taking up the right Dharma, and delight in dwelling in the right Dharma.”
The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Therefore I now teach in sequence: dwelling in the subtle dwelling, opening to awakening in accordance with it, evil and unwholesome dharmas, whether already arisen or not yet arisen, are swiftly brought to rest, just as when the sky rains heavily, the dust, whether already raised or not yet raised, can be brought to rest. Thus, bhikṣus, cultivating the subtle dwelling, all evil and unwholesome dharmas, whether already arisen or not yet arisen, can be brought to rest. Ānanda! What is the subtle dwelling which, cultivated much and opening to awakening in accordance with it, can bring to rest evil and unwholesome dharmas, whether already arisen or not yet arisen? It is dwelling in mindfulness of breathing.”
Ānanda said to the Buddha: “How is dwelling in mindfulness of breathing cultivated, so that, opening to awakening in accordance with it, evil and unwholesome dharmas, whether already arisen or not yet arisen, can be brought to rest?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “If a bhikṣu dwells relying on a village …”—as taught at length before, up to: “one trains as one is mindful of the out-breath in cessation.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔810 · Is There One Dharma〕(0208a09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River at Jingang. At that time the venerable Ānanda, alone in a quiet place, reflecting in meditation, thought thus: “Is there one dharma which, cultivated and cultivated much, causes four dharmas to be fulfilled; the four dharmas fulfilled, seven dharmas fulfilled; the seven dharmas fulfilled, two dharmas fulfilled?” At that time the venerable Ānanda, having risen from sitting in meditation, came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew, sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Alone in a quiet place, reflecting in meditation, I thought thus: ‘Is there one dharma which, cultivated much, causes four dharmas to be fulfilled, up to two dharmas to be fulfilled? I now ask the World-Honored One: is there one dharma which, cultivated much, causes—up to two dharmas to be fulfilled?’”
The Buddha said to Ānanda: “There is one dharma which, cultivated much, can cause up to two dharmas to be fulfilled. What is the one dharma? It is mindfulness of breathing. Cultivated much, it can bring the four foundations of mindfulness to fulfilment; the four foundations of mindfulness fulfilled, the seven factors of awakening are fulfilled; the seven factors of awakening fulfilled, knowledge and liberation are fulfilled.
“How is mindfulness of breathing cultivated so that the four foundations of mindfulness are fulfilled? This bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to training as one is mindful of the out-breath in cessation. Ānanda! Thus the noble disciple, when mindful of the in-breath, trains as he is mindful of the in-breath; when mindful of the out-breath, trains as he is mindful of the out-breath; whether long or short, knowing all bodily activity, when mindful of the in-breath he trains as he is mindful of the in-breath, when mindful of the out-breath he trains as he is mindful of the out-breath; when mindful of the in-breath with bodily activity at rest, he trains as he is mindful of the in-breath with bodily activity at rest; when mindful of the out-breath with bodily activity at rest, he trains as he is mindful of the out-breath with bodily activity at rest. The noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body; as for what is other than the body, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with the body.
“If at times the noble disciple knows joy, knows happiness, knows mental activity, knows the stilling of mental activity, when mindful of the in-breath he trains as he is mindful of the in-breath with mental activity stilled, and when mindful of the out-breath with mental activity stilled he trains as he is mindful of the out-breath with mental activity stilled. This noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating feeling as feeling; if there is again what is other than feeling, he likewise reflects on feeling by comparison with the body.
“At times the noble disciple knows the mind, knows the gladdening of the mind, the concentrating of the mind, the liberating of the mind; when mindful of the in-breath he trains as he is mindful of the in-breath, and when mindful of the out-breath with the mind liberated he trains as he is mindful of the out-breath with the mind liberated; this noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the mind as mind; if there is what is other than the mind, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with the mind.
“If at times the noble disciple contemplates impermanence, cutting off, dispassion, and cessation, contemplating, dwelling, and training as with impermanence, cutting off, dispassion, and cessation, this noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas; as for what is other than dharmas, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with dharmas. This is called cultivating mindfulness of breathing and fulfilling the four foundations of mindfulness.”
Ānanda said to the Buddha: “Thus mindfulness of breathing is cultivated so that the four foundations of mindfulness are fulfilled. How are the four foundations of mindfulness cultivated so that the seven factors of awakening are fulfilled?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “If a bhikṣu dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body, and, having dwelt in mindfulness, binds mindfulness in dwelling and does not forget, at that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of mindfulness. Having cultivated the awakening factor of mindfulness, the awakening factor of mindfulness is fulfilled; mindfulness fulfilled, he selects and weighs dharmas. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of investigation of dharmas. Having cultivated the awakening factor of investigation of dharmas, the awakening factor of investigation of dharmas is fulfilled; having selected, discerned, and weighed dharmas, he attains diligent skilful means. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of energy. Having cultivated the awakening factor of energy, the awakening factor of energy is fulfilled; with skilful means and energy, the mind rejoices. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of joy. Having cultivated the awakening factor of joy, the awakening factor of joy is fulfilled; having rejoiced, body and mind are tranquil. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of tranquillity. Having cultivated the awakening factor of tranquillity, the awakening factor of tranquillity is fulfilled; body and mind at ease, he attains samādhi. At that time he cultivates the awakening factor of concentration. Having cultivated the awakening factor of concentration, the awakening factor of concentration is fulfilled; the awakening factor of concentration fulfilled, greed and sorrow cease, and even equanimity is attained. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of equanimity. Having cultivated the awakening factor of equanimity, the awakening factor of equanimity is fulfilled. The foundations of mindfulness of feeling, mind, and dharmas as dharmas are taught likewise. This is called cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness and fulfilling the seven factors of awakening.”
Ānanda said to the Buddha: “This is called cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness and fulfilling the seven factors of awakening. How are the seven factors of awakening cultivated so that knowledge and liberation are fulfilled?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “If a bhikṣu cultivates the awakening factor of mindfulness depending on seclusion, depending on dispassion, depending on cessation, inclining toward relinquishment, then, having cultivated the awakening factor of mindfulness, he fulfils knowledge and liberation; up to cultivating the awakening factor of equanimity depending on seclusion, depending on dispassion, depending on cessation, inclining toward relinquishment—having thus cultivated the awakening factor of equanimity, knowledge and liberation are fulfilled. Ānanda! This is called dharma akin to dharma, dharma nourishing dharma. Thus these thirteen dharmas, one dharma as the higher and one dharma as the gate, advance in sequence and are cultivated to fulfilment.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔811–812 · As a Certain Bhikṣu Asked〕(0208c10)So too what a certain bhikṣu asked, and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are as said in the preceding discourse.
〔813 · Diligently Cultivating the Four Foundations of Mindfulness〕(0208c12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Jinpi Grove at Jinpiluo village. At that time the World-Honored One said to the venerable Jinpiluo: “I shall now teach the diligent cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness. Listen closely and reflect well, and I shall teach it for you.” At that time the venerable Jinpiluo stayed silent; and so a second and a third time. At that time the venerable Ānanda said to the venerable Jinpiluo: “Now the teacher is addressing you!” So he said three times. The venerable Jinpiluo said to the venerable Ānanda: “I know already, venerable Ānanda! I know already, venerable Gautama!” At that time the venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! It is time. World-Honored One! It is time. Well-Gone One! May you teach the bhikṣus the diligent cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will take it up and practise it.”
The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Listen closely and reflect well, and I shall teach it for you. If a bhikṣu, when mindful of the in-breath, trains as with the in-breath, up to, at the out-breath in cessation, trains as with the out-breath in cessation; at that time the noble disciple, when mindful of the in-breath, trains as one mindful of the in-breath, up to, at the out-breath with bodily activity stilled, trains as with the out-breath with bodily activity stilled—at that time the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body. At that time, having dwelt in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body, the noble disciple knows it thus, and reflects well within.”
The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the east; at that time would he trample the mounds of earth?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “So it is, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Thus the noble disciple, when mindful of the in-breath, trains as one mindful of the in-breath, thus up to reflecting well within. If at that time the noble disciple knows joy, up to knows the stilling of mental activity and trains, the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating feeling as feeling. Having contemplated feeling as feeling in mindfulness, the noble disciple knows it thus, and reflects well within.
“Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the south—how is it, Ānanda? Would he trample the mounds of earth?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “So it is, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Thus the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating feeling as feeling, knows it, and reflects well within. If the noble disciple knows the mind, gladdens the mind, concentrates the mind, and at the in-breath with the mind liberated trains as with the in-breath with the mind liberated, and at the out-breath with the mind liberated trains as with the out-breath with the mind liberated, at that time the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the mind as mind. Thus, having dwelt in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the mind as mind, the noble disciple knows it, and reflects well within.
“Suppose a man came driving a carriage from the west; would he trample the mounds of earth?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “So it is, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Thus the noble disciple knows the mind, up to, at the out-breath with the mind liberated, trains as with the out-breath with the mind liberated; thus the noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the mind as mind, knows it, and reflects well within. Being skilled in body, feeling, and mind, greed and sorrow cease and are relinquished, and at that time the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas. Thus, having dwelt in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas, the noble disciple knows it, and reflects well within.
“Ānanda! Suppose at a crossroads there were mounds of earth, and a man came driving a carriage headlong from the north; would he trample the mounds of earth?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “So it is, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Thus the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas, knows it, and reflects well within. Ānanda! This is called a bhikṣu’s diligent cultivation, with skilful means, of the four foundations of mindfulness.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔814 · The Body Does Not Tire, the Eyes Do Not Ail〕(0209a23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One should cultivate mindfulness of breathing. When mindfulness of breathing has been cultivated and cultivated much, the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail, one delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance, delights in knowing, and is not attached to happiness. How is mindfulness of breathing cultivated so that the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail, one delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance, delights in knowing, and is not attached to happiness? This bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, contemplating cessation on the out-breath, trains as with the out-breath in cessation: this is called the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing, so that the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail, one delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance, delights in knowing, and is not attached to happiness.
“One who thus cultivates mindfulness of breathing attains great fruit and great blessing. If this bhikṣu wishes to seek seclusion from desire and from evil, unwholesome dharmas, with thought and examination, with the joy and happiness born of seclusion, dwelling having attained the first dhyāna, this bhikṣu should cultivate mindfulness of breathing. Thus cultivating mindfulness of breathing, he attains great fruit and great blessing.
“If this bhikṣu wishes to seek the second, third, and fourth dhyānas; loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity; the sphere of space, the sphere of consciousness, the sphere of nothingness, the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception; to attain the fruit of stream-entry with the three bonds completely ended; to attain the fruit of once-returning with the three bonds ended and greed, hatred, and delusion thinned; to attain the fruit of non-returning with the five lower bonds ended; to attain the countless kinds of supernormal power, the divine ear, knowledge of others’ minds, knowledge of past lives, knowledge of death and rebirth, knowledge of the ending of outflows—thus that bhikṣu should cultivate mindfulness of breathing. Thus mindfulness of breathing attains great fruit and great blessing.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔815 · Right Conduct〕(0209b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park, for the summer retreat. At that time many elder śrāvakas were keeping the retreat under the trees and in the caves to the left and right of the World-Honored One. At that time many young bhikṣus came to where the Buddha was, bowed their heads at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, and sat to one side. The Buddha taught the Dharma in many ways to the young bhikṣus, instructing, teaching, illumining, and gladdening them; having instructed, taught, illumined, and gladdened them, he stayed silent. The young bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and were glad along with it, rose from their seats, made obeisance, and departed.
The young bhikṣus went to the elder bhikṣus, bowed at the elders’ feet, and sat to one side. At that time the elder bhikṣus thought: “We should take in these young bhikṣus, one taking one, or one taking two, three, or many.” Having thought this, they took them in, one taking one, or taking two, three, or many, and some elders taking as many as sixty. At that time, at the poṣadha on the fifteenth day, the World-Honored One spread his seat before the great assembly and sat. At that time the World-Honored One, having surveyed the bhikṣus, said to the bhikṣus: “Good, good! I now rejoice that the bhikṣus practise all right conduct. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should be diligent and strive.”
Here in Śrāvastī the full moon of Kārttika had come; the bhikṣus wandering among the people in various places heard that the World-Honored One was keeping the retreat at Śrāvastī, and when the full moon of Kārttika had come and their robe-making was done, they took robe and bowl and wandered among the people toward Śrāvastī. Gradually they reached Śrāvastī, put away robe and bowl, washed their feet, came to where the World-Honored One was, bowed their heads at his feet, withdrew, and sat to one side. At that time the World-Honored One taught the Dharma in many ways to the bhikṣus wandering among the people; having instructed, taught, illumined, and gladdened them, he stayed silent. At that time the bhikṣus wandering among the people, having heard the Buddha teach the Dharma, rejoiced and were glad along with it, rose from their seats, made obeisance, and departed. They went to the elder bhikṣus, bowed their heads at their feet, withdrew, and sat to one side. At that time the elders thought: “We should receive these bhikṣus wandering among the people, one taking one, or two, three, up to many.” And they received them, one taking one, or two, three, up to some taking sixty. Those elder bhikṣus, having received the bhikṣus wandering among the people, admonished and instructed them, well knowing the order of first and later.
At that time, at the poṣadha on the fifteenth day of the month, the World-Honored One spread his seat before the great assembly and sat, surveyed the assembly of bhikṣus, and said to the bhikṣus: “Good, good, bhikṣus! I rejoice in the right conduct you practise, and I delight to see the right conduct you practise. Bhikṣus! The buddhas of the past also had assemblies of bhikṣus practising right conduct, like this present assembly; the assemblies of the buddhas of the future will also practise right conduct thus, like this present assembly. Why is that? Among the elder bhikṣus in this present assembly there are those who dwell having attained the first dhyāna, the second dhyāna, the third dhyāna, the fourth dhyāna; loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity; the sphere of space, the sphere of consciousness, the sphere of nothingness, the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception. There are bhikṣus who, with the three bonds ended, have attained stream-entry, not subject to falling into evil destinations, certain and rightly heading for saṃbodhi, going back and forth among gods and humans for seven rebirths, and reaching the utter end of suffering. There are bhikṣus who, with the three bonds ended and greed, hatred, and delusion thinned, have attained once-returning. There are bhikṣus who, with the five lower bonds ended, have attained non-returning, attaining final nirvāṇa on being reborn and not returning to be born in this world. There are bhikṣus who have attained the countless realms of supernormal power, the divine ear, knowledge of others’ minds, knowledge of past lives, knowledge of death and rebirth, knowledge of the ending of outflows. There are bhikṣus who cultivate the contemplation of the impure and cut off sensual desire; who cultivate a mind of loving-kindness and cut off ill will; who cultivate the perception of impermanence and cut off conceit; who cultivate mindfulness of breathing and cut off thoughts and perceptions.
“How is it, bhikṣus, that cultivating mindfulness of breathing cuts off thoughts and perceptions? This bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, contemplating cessation on the out-breath, trains as one contemplating cessation on the out-breath: this is called cultivating mindfulness of breathing and cutting off thoughts and perceptions.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔816 · There Are Three Trainings〕(0210a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are three trainings. What are the three? Namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and, namely, the training in the higher wisdom.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“One complete in the three trainings—this is a bhikṣu’s right practice:
higher precepts, mind, and wisdom, striving diligently in these three dharmas,
valiant as a firm city, ever guarding the faculties.
As by day so by night, as by night so by day;
as before so after, as after so before;
as above so below, as below so above.
Immeasurable samādhis illuminate all directions;
this is called the track of awakening, the first gathering of coolness;
leaving the strife of ignorance, his mind is well liberated.
I am the awakened one of the world, complete in knowledge and conduct,
dwelling with right mindfulness unforgetting, his mind attains liberation;
the body breaks up and life ends, as the lamp is spent and the flame goes out.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔817 · There Are Also Three Trainings〕(0210a23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are also three trainings. What are the three? Namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom. What is the training in the higher precepts? If a bhikṣu dwells in the precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, on seeing the smallest fault gives rise to fear, and takes up and keeps the training precepts. What is the training in the higher mind? If a bhikṣu, secluded from desire and from evil, unwholesome dharmas, up to, dwells having attained the fourth dhyāna. What is the training in the higher wisdom? That bhikṣu knows this noble truth of suffering as it really is, and knows the noble truths of arising, cessation, and the path as they really are: this is called the training in the higher wisdom.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse, as said in the preceding discourse. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔818 · The Skilful Means of Higher Wisdom〕(0210b05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are bhikṣus in the training in the higher precepts who are not in the training in the higher mind or the higher wisdom; there are those in the training in the higher precepts and the higher mind who are not in the training in the higher wisdom. A noble disciple who dwells having accomplished the skilful means of higher wisdom in accordance has the higher precepts and the higher mind cultivated to fulfilment. Thus a noble disciple who dwells having accomplished the skilful means of higher wisdom in accordance lives by the life of unsurpassed wisdom.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔819 · More Than Two Hundred and Fifty Precepts〕(0210b13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “More than two hundred and fifty precepts—in sequence, every half month, the prātimokṣa sūtra is recited, to make those who themselves seek training train. Three trainings are taught, which can gather all the precepts. What are the three? Namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔820 · What Is the Training in the Higher Precepts〕(0210b19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus, as said in the preceding discourse. The difference is: “What is the training in the higher precepts? It is that a bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, concentration is not higher; does not value wisdom, wisdom is not higher; as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents. Why is that? I do not say that he is incapable. If his precepts accord with pure conduct, benefit pure conduct, and make pure conduct long endure, then thus the bhikṣu is firm in the precepts, the teacher of precepts ever present, the precepts ever arising in accordance, and he takes them up and trains. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the three bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Having cut off these three bonds, he attains stream-entry, not subject to falling into evil destinations, certain and rightly tending toward saṃbodhi, going back and forth among gods and humans for seven rebirths, reaching the utter end of suffering: this is called training in the higher precepts.
“What is the training in the higher mind? This bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; values concentration, concentration is higher; does not value wisdom, wisdom is not higher; as for the several minor precepts, up to taking up and keeping the training precepts. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the five lower bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, doubt, sensual desire, and ill will. Having cut off these five lower bonds, he attains final nirvāṇa on being reborn, a non-returner, not returning to this world: this is called the training in the higher mind.
“What is the training in the higher wisdom? This bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; values concentration, concentration is higher; values wisdom, wisdom is higher. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he is liberated in mind from the outflow of desire, liberated in mind from the outflow of existence, liberated in mind from the outflow of ignorance, with the knowledge and vision of liberation: ‘My birth is ended, the pure conduct established, what was to be done is done; I know for myself there is no further existence.’ This is called the training in the higher wisdom.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔821 · The One-Seed Path〕(0210c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “More than two hundred and fifty precepts—in sequence, every half month, the prātimokṣa sūtra is recited; if that son of good family himself trains according to what he wishes, I teach him the three trainings. If he trains in these three trainings, he gathers all the training precepts. What are the three? Namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom.
“What is the training in the higher precepts? This bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, concentration is not higher; does not value wisdom, wisdom is not higher; as for the several minor precepts, up to taking up and keeping the training precepts. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the three bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt, with greed, hatred, and delusion thinned, and accomplishes the one-seed path. One not yet fully awakened at that stage is called a once-returner; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called clan-to-clan; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called seven-existences; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called one who follows by Dharma; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called one who follows by faith: this is called the training in the higher precepts.
“What is the training in the higher mind? This is called a bhikṣu who values the precepts, the precepts are higher; values concentration, concentration is higher; does not value wisdom, wisdom is not higher; as for the training in the several minor precepts, up to taking up and keeping the training precepts. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the five lower bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, doubt, sensual desire, and ill will. Having cut off these five lower ones, he is able to attain final nirvāṇa in the interval. One not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa on being reborn; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa without exertion; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa with exertion; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa going upstream: this is called the training in the higher mind.
“What is the training in the higher wisdom? This bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; values concentration, concentration is higher; values wisdom, wisdom is higher. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he is liberated in mind from the outflow of desire, liberated in mind from the outflow of existence, liberated in mind from the outflow of ignorance, with the knowledge and vision of liberation: ‘My birth is ended, the pure conduct established, what was to be done is done; I know for myself there is no further existence.’ This is called the training in the higher wisdom.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔822 · Dwelling Complete in the Precepts〕(0211a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts, well keeping the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees the smallest fault and is able to feel fear. A bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts, well keeping the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees the smallest fault and is able to feel fear, equally takes up and keeps the training precepts, and brings the three trainings to fulfilment by cultivation. What are the three? The training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom.
“What is the training in the higher precepts? This bhikṣu has the precepts fulfilled, with little concentration and little wisdom; as for the several minor precepts, up to taking up and keeping the training in the precepts; knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the three bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Having cut off these three bonds, he attains stream-entry, not falling into evil destinations, certain and rightly tending toward saṃbodhi, going back and forth among gods and humans for seven rebirths, reaching the utter end of suffering.
“What is the training in the higher mind? This bhikṣu has concentration fulfilled, samādhi fulfilled, with little wisdom; as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents, up to taking up and keeping the training precepts. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the five lower bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, doubt, sensual desire, and ill will; having cut off these five lower bonds, he attains final nirvāṇa on being reborn, a non-returner who does not return to be born in this world: this is called the training in the higher mind.
“What is the training in the higher wisdom? This bhikṣu has the training in the precepts fulfilled, concentration fulfilled, wisdom fulfilled. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he is liberated in mind from the outflow of desire, liberated in mind from the outflow of existence, liberated in mind from the outflow of ignorance, with the knowledge and vision of liberation: ‘My birth is ended, the pure conduct established, what was to be done is done; I know for myself there is no further existence.’ This is called the training in the higher wisdom.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔823 · Fulfilling the Three Trainings〕(0211b06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts, well keeping the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees the smallest fault and is able to feel fear, and dwells taking up and keeping the training precepts, he fulfils the three trainings. What are the three? Namely, the higher precepts, the higher mind, the higher wisdom.
“What are the higher precepts? This bhikṣu has the precepts fulfilled, with little concentration and little wisdom; as for the several minor precepts, up to taking up and keeping the training precepts. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the three bonds, with greed, hatred, and delusion thinned, and attains the one-seed path. If one is not yet fully awakened at that stage, he attains once-returning; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called clan-to-clan; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains stream-entry; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains following by Dharma; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains following by faith: this is called the training in the higher precepts.
“What is the training in the higher mind? This bhikṣu has the precepts fulfilled, concentration fulfilled, with little wisdom; as for the several minor precepts, up to taking up and keeping the training precepts. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he cuts off the five lower bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, doubt, sensual desire, and ill will; having cut off these five lower bonds, he attains final nirvāṇa in the interval; one not yet fully awakened there attains final nirvāṇa on being reborn; one not yet fully awakened there attains final nirvāṇa without exertion; one not yet fully awakened there attains final nirvāṇa with exertion; one not yet fully awakened there attains final nirvāṇa going upstream: this is called the training in the higher mind.
“What is the training in the higher wisdom? This bhikṣu has the training in the precepts fulfilled, concentration fulfilled, wisdom fulfilled. Knowing thus, seeing thus, he is liberated in mind from the outflow of desire, liberated in mind from the outflow of existence, liberated in mind from the outflow of ignorance, with the knowledge and vision of liberation: ‘My birth is ended, the pure conduct thereby established, what was to be done is done; I know for myself there is no further existence.’ This is called the training in the higher wisdom.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔824 · There Are Two Trainings〕(0211c01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are two trainings. What are the two? Namely, the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“When one in training trains in the precepts, he goes following the straight path,
intent and careful, diligent in skilful means, well guarding his own body;
he attains the first knowledge of the ending of outflows, and next the ultimate not-knowing,
attains the liberation of not-knowing, knowledge and vision all crossed over.
Accomplishing the unshaken liberation, all the bonds of existence are ended;
his faculties are complete, his faculties still and at ease;
he bears this last body, and subdues the hosts of Māra and his foes.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔825 · Dwelling in Much Blessing From Training in the Precepts〕(0211c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts, with wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher. If a bhikṣu has the blessing of training in the precepts, wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher, he brings the three trainings to fulfilment. What are the three? Namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“Training in the precepts, following its blessing, intent on reflection in the dhyāna of samādhi,
with wisdom as the highest—this is the last of this present life;
the sage bears this last body, subdues Māra, and crosses to the far shore.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔826 · Training in the Precepts Brings Blessing〕(0211c23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus, as said in the preceding discourse. The difference is: “Bhikṣus! What is following the blessing of training in the precepts? It is that the teacher lays down the precepts for the śrāvakas, namely to gather the saṅgha, to gather it fully, to make those without faith have faith, to make the faith of those with faith grow, to tame evil persons, to let those with shame dwell at ease, to guard against outflows in this present life, to attain the right remedy in the future, and to make the pure conduct long endure. Just as the teacher has laid down the precepts for the śrāvakas, namely to gather the saṅgha, up to making the pure conduct long endure, so one who trains in the precepts in this way and in that way practises the firm precepts, the constant precepts, the precepts ever practised, and takes up and keeps the training precepts: this is called a bhikṣu’s blessing of the precepts.
“What is wisdom as the highest? It is that the teacher teaches the Dharma to the śrāvakas with great compassion and pity, benefiting with the meaning, whether consoling, or bringing happiness, or consoling and bringing happiness. In this way and in that way the teacher teaches the Dharma to the śrāvakas with great compassion and pity, benefiting with the meaning, consoling and bringing happiness; in this way and in that way he contemplates with wisdom each and every dharma, in each and every place: this is called a bhikṣu’s wisdom as the highest.
“What is liberation firm? It is that the teacher teaches the Dharma to the śrāvakas with great compassion and pity, benefiting with the meaning, consoling and bringing happiness. In this way and in that way he teaches each and every dharma; thus in each place, thus in each place, he attains the happiness of liberation: this is called a bhikṣu’s firm liberation.
“What is a bhikṣu’s mindfulness as higher? Where the body of precepts is not yet fulfilled, he dwells settled with intent mindfulness bound; where he has not yet contemplated, he dwells settled with mindfulness bound by wisdom in each and every place; where he has already contemplated, he dwells settled binding mindfulness again in each and every place; where he has not yet touched the dharma, he dwells settled with the mindfulness of liberation in each and every place; where he has already touched the dharma, he dwells settled with the mindfulness of liberation in each and every place: this is called a bhikṣu’s right mindfulness as higher.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“Training in the precepts, following its blessing, intent on reflection in the dhyāna of samādhi,
with wisdom as the highest, the final edge of this present life;
the sage bears this last body, subdues Māra, and crosses to the far shore.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
The Śivaka sūtra—as below, the Buddha will teach it.
Likewise, the three discourses of what the bhikṣu Ānanda and a certain bhikṣu asked, and of the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are also as said above.
〔827 · The Farmer’s Three Kinds of Field-Work〕(0212a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Just as a farmer has three kinds of field-work, which he does well in season. What are the three? That farmer ploughs and harrows in season, irrigates in season, and sows in season. When that farmer has ploughed and harrowed, irrigated, and sown in season, he does not think: ‘I wish to make it grow today, bear fruit today, ripen today, or tomorrow, or the day after.’ Bhikṣus! Yet that elder, having ploughed the field, irrigated, and sown, does not think: ‘Today let it grow, bear fruit, and ripen, or tomorrow, or again the day after.’ And yet, once the seed has entered the ground, it naturally grows in season, bears fruit, and ripens.
“Thus a bhikṣu trains well in season in these three trainings: namely, having trained well in the precepts, trained well in the mind, and trained well in wisdom, he does not think: ‘I wish to make myself today attain the non-arising of outflows and a mind well liberated, or tomorrow, or the day after.’ Nor does he think: ‘By natural spiritual power I can make it today, or tomorrow, or the day after, that outflows do not arise and the mind is well liberated.’ Having in season trained in the higher precepts, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom, in accordance with that season he naturally attains the non-arising of outflows and a mind well liberated.
“Just as, bhikṣus, a brooding hen lays eggs, ten or up to twelve, and tends them in season, warm and cold, with care. That brooding hen does not think: ‘Today, or tomorrow, or the day after, I shall peck with my beak or scratch with my claws, so that my chicks may be born safely.’ Yet that brooding hen broods her young well and tends them with care in season, and her young are naturally born safely. Thus a bhikṣu who trains well in the three trainings, in accordance with that season, naturally attains the non-arising of outflows and a mind well liberated.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔828 · The Donkey Following the Herd of Cattle〕(0212b18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Just as a donkey follows a herd of cattle and thinks: ‘I make the sound of cattle.’ Yet its form is not like a cow’s, its colour is not like a cow’s, and the sound it makes is not like it either; following the great herd of cattle, it takes itself for a cow and makes a cow’s lowing, yet it is truly far from the cattle.
“Thus there is a foolish man who breaks the discipline and violates the precepts, following along with the great assembly, and says: ‘I am a bhikṣu. I am a bhikṣu.’ Yet he does not train with keen desire in the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom; following along with the great assembly, he calls himself: ‘I am a bhikṣu. I am a bhikṣu.’ In truth he is far from a bhikṣu.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“A beast with hooves alike and without horns, its four feet complete, with voice and mouth,
following the great herd of cattle, ever takes them for companions of its kind.
Its form is not of the cattle kind, it cannot make the sound of cattle;
so too the foolish man does not follow mindfulness with the mind bound.
Toward the instruction of the Well-Gone One he has no wish for diligent skilful means;
slothful and with a mind of contempt, he cannot win the unsurpassed path.
Like the donkey among the herd of cattle, ever far of itself from the cattle,
though he follows along with the great assembly, his inner practice ever departs from it.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔829 · The Venerable Baqizi〕(0212c08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at the Baqi village, and the venerable Baqizi was attending at the Buddha’s side. At that time the venerable Baqizi came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! The Buddha has taught more than two hundred and fifty precepts, letting sons of good family recite the prātimokṣa sūtra in sequence every half month, letting the sons of good family train according to what they wish. But now, World-Honored One, I am not able to train as the training goes.”
The Buddha said to Baqizi: “Are you able to train in the three trainings in season?” Baqizi said to the Buddha: “I am able, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Baqizi: “You should in season train in the higher precepts, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom. Having diligently trained in season in the higher precepts, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom, before long you will end all outflows, with liberation of mind without outflows and liberation by wisdom, and in this present life know and realize for yourself: ‘My birth is ended, the pure conduct established, what was to be done is done; I know for myself there is no further existence.’” At that time the venerable Baqizi, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and was glad along with it, made obeisance, and departed.
At that time the venerable Baqizi, having received the Buddha’s admonition and instruction, alone in a quiet place, reflecting with concentrated diligence …—as said above, up to: “… mind well liberated, attains arhatship.”
「念於內息,繫念善學,念於外息,繫念善學」〔T02 0206a27〕。這一卷三十二經,前承道品前四卷之念處、根力覺支、覺支、八聖道,而說兩件事:安那般那念與三學。卷首四經先說沙門法與沙門果,為前卷沙門法、沙門義、沙門果之續;其後十四經(題號十五,八一一、八一二合為一節)說安那般那念——修之五法、十六行、所得之果、如來以此為住、不淨觀之後以此為微細住、一法滿足四念處七覺分明解脫、四衢道之喻、身不疲倦眼亦不患、夏安居中大眾之正事;再十四經說三學——三學之名、三學之釋、三學與果位之配、二學、學戒之福利、制戒之義、田夫與伏鷄之喻、驢隨群牛之喻、跋耆子之隨時學。安那般那念十六行,自「繫念善學」〔T02 0206a27〕起,至「觀察滅出息善學」〔T02 0206b11〕止,入息出息各言「善學」;三學之末,世尊告跋耆子「汝當隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學」〔T02 0212c15〕。息是所繫之念,學是所行之事:這一卷的讀法,在「繫念」與「善學」四字。
一、沙門法與沙門果(經七九七至八〇〇)
前卷之末說沙門法、沙門義、沙門果,本卷之首承之。七九七說「有沙門法及沙門果」〔T02 0205b28〕:沙門法「謂八聖道——正見乃至正定」〔T02 0205b29〕,沙門果謂四果,而每一果各以所斷為釋:「何等為須陀洹果?謂三結斷。何等為斯陀含果?謂三結斷,貪、恚、癡薄。何等為阿那含果?謂五下分結盡。何等為阿羅漢果?謂貪、恚、癡永盡,一切煩惱永盡」〔T02 0205c02〕。七九八說沙門法、沙門、沙門義:沙門「謂成就此法者」〔T02 0205c12〕,沙門義「謂貪欲永斷,瞋恚、癡永斷,一切煩惱永斷」〔T02 0205c12〕。七九九略說,差別者唯「有沙門果」〔T02 0205c17〕。八〇〇是一句結集者之語:「如是婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果。梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」〔T02 0205c20〕——沙門、婆羅門、梵行者,三名一法,皆以八聖道為法,以煩惱永盡為義,以四果為果。
四果之釋全繫於所斷:三結斷、三結斷而三毒薄、五下分結盡、一切煩惱永盡。果不是所得之物,是所斷之量。此義在本卷之末八二〇至八二三以三學再說一次:戒增上者斷三結,意增上者斷五下分結,慧增上者三漏心解脫。首尾相映,中間所說安那般那念與三學,皆是沙門法之目。
二、修安那般那念的五法(經八〇一)
八〇一不先說安那般那念是什麼,先說什麼法「多所饒益修安那般那念」〔T02 0205c24〕。五法:一「住於淨戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足,於微細罪能生怖畏,受持學戒」〔T02 0205c25〕;二「少欲、少事、少務」〔T02 0205c28〕;三「飲食知量,多少得中,不為飲食起求欲想,精勤思惟」〔T02 0206a01〕;四「初夜、後夜不著睡眠,精勤思惟」〔T02 0206a03〕;五「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」〔T02 0206a05〕。
五法無一是觀息。戒、少事、食量、不眠、閑處,皆是息之外的事;而經以之為修息念之饒益。此卷後半說三學,首學即增上戒學,其釋「若比丘住於戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足,見微細罪則生怖畏,受持學戒」〔T02 0210a26〕,與此五法之第一句同一文。安那般那念以戒為第一饒益,三學以戒為第一學:本卷前後兩半,在此一句上相接。
三、十六行(經八〇二至八〇四)
八〇二說安那般那念之果:「若比丘修習安那般那念多修習者,得身止息及心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」〔T02 0206a10〕。八〇三問「何等為修習安那般那念多修習已,身心止息」〔T02 0206a18〕,答以全文。先說所依:「是比丘若依聚落、城邑止住,晨朝著衣持鉢,入村乞食,善護其身,守諸根門,善繫心住」〔T02 0206a20〕;食已還住處,「端身正坐,繫念面前,斷世貪愛,離欲清淨,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔、疑斷,度諸疑惑,於諸善法心得決定」〔T02 0206a23〕;五蓋之害在「令慧力羸,為障礙分,不趣涅槃」〔T02 0206a26〕。然後十六行:「念於內息,繫念善學,念於外息,繫念善學。息長息短,覺知一切身入息,於一切身入息善學,覺知一切身出息,於一切身出息善學」〔T02 0206a27〕,其下身行息、喜、樂、心行、心行息、心、心悅、心定、心解脫、無常、斷、無欲、滅諸事,底本或具說入息善學、出息善學,或但云覺知而略之,有詳有略,至「觀察滅出息,於觀察滅出息善學,是名修安那般那念」〔T02 0206b10〕。
十六行自身起,至滅止。前四行在身(息、長短、一切身、身行息),次四行在受(喜、樂、心行、心行息),次四行在心(心、心悅、心定、心解脫),後四行在法(無常、斷、無欲、滅)。此四分之義,八一〇經世尊為阿難親說之,本卷第七節再述。入息出息皆言「善學」:息不是所觀之物,是所學之事;學者在息上學,學到心解脫、學到觀滅。八〇四略說而加一句:安那般那念多修習者「斷諸覺想」〔T02 0206b17〕,而結集者附言「如斷覺想,如是不動搖,得大果大福利,如是得甘露、究竟甘露,得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」〔T02 0206b22〕——斷覺想、不動搖、大果大福利、甘露、二果四果七果,皆以同一十六行為道。
四、勝妙過其上(經八〇五·八〇六)
八〇五世尊問諸比丘「如我所說安那般那念,汝等修習不」〔T02 0206b26〕,阿梨瑟吒比丘答已修習,其所修是「我於過去諸行不顧念,未來諸行不生欣樂,於現在諸行不生染著,於內外對礙想善正除滅」〔T02 0206c03〕。世尊答:「汝實修我所說安那般那念,非不修,然其比丘於汝所修安那般那念所,更有勝妙過其上者」〔T02 0206c06〕;勝妙者何?即是依止城邑聚落而修十六行。阿梨瑟吒所修是離三世諸行之執、除內外對礙之想——這是正修,世尊不否之;而十六行自息起,身受心法次第而學,是其上。
八〇六尊者罽賓那於安陀林樹下坐禪,「正身不動,身心正直,勝妙思惟」〔T02 0206c20〕。世尊問諸比丘見之不,告曰:「若比丘修習三昧,身心安住,不傾不動,住勝妙住者,此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」〔T02 0206c27〕。比丘問何等三昧,答仍是依止聚落、乞食、入林端坐、「思惟繫念,乃至息滅觀察善學,是名三昧」〔T02 0207a04〕。兩經相連:一人自述其修,世尊示其上;一人默坐不動,世尊示其所以。所示皆是同一十六行。不勤方便、隨欲即得,不是不修,是修熟。
五、如來住與學住(經八〇七·八〇八)
八〇七世尊於一奢能伽羅林二月坐禪,出禪告諸比丘:若外道問「沙門瞿曇於二月中云何坐禪」〔T02 0207a14〕,當答「如來二月以安那般那念坐禪思惟住」〔T02 0207a15〕。世尊自述二月所住:「入息時念入息如實知,出息時念出息如實知」〔T02 0207a17〕,乃至滅出息念如實知;知已自念:「此則麁思惟住,我今於此思惟止息已,當更修餘微細修住而住」〔T02 0207a22〕。息止麁思惟,更入微細思惟。有三天子來,一言「沙門瞿曇時到」〔T02 0207a26〕,一言「此非時到,是時向至」〔T02 0207a26〕,第三言「非為時到,亦非時向至,此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳」〔T02 0207a27〕。世尊結之:「若有正說,聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住,學人所不得當得,不到當到,不證當證,無學人現法樂住者,謂安那般那念,此則正說」〔T02 0207a29〕。
三天子三說,是三種看法:以為命盡,以為命將盡,知其是修住而寂滅。如來之所住,在外觀之如死,實是息念之微細住。六住一法:聖住、天住、梵住是其名,學住、無學住、如來住是其人——學人以之得其未得,無學人以之現法樂住。
八〇八釋氏摩訶男問尊者迦磨比丘:「學住者為即是如來住耶?為學住異、如來住異」〔T02 0207b09〕。迦磨答:「學住異、如來住異。摩訶男!學住者,斷五蓋多住。如來住者,於五蓋已斷已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭,更不生長,於未來世成不生法」〔T02 0207b11〕;而引八〇七世尊二月坐禪之事為證。此經無佛語,以弟子之答釋前經之義。同一安那般那念,學人住之是斷五蓋,如來住之是五蓋已斷:所修同,所住異;異在蓋之已斷未斷,不在息。
六、不淨觀之後,微細住(經八〇九)
八〇九是一事。世尊於跋求摩河側為諸比丘說不淨觀,諸比丘修已「極厭患身,或以刀自殺,或服毒藥,或繩自絞、投巖自殺,或令餘比丘殺」〔T02 0207b25〕;有比丘至鹿林梵志子所求殺,魔天讚之,梵志子「增惡邪見」〔T02 0207c06〕,循諸房舍而殺,「乃至殺六十人」〔T02 0207c19〕。至十五日說戒,世尊問阿難「何因何緣諸比丘轉少、轉減、轉盡」〔T02 0207c20〕,阿難以事答,而請「唯願世尊更說餘法,令諸比丘聞已,勤修智慧,樂受正法,樂住正法」〔T02 0207c25〕。世尊說:「是故,我今次第說,住微細住,隨順開覺,已起、未起惡不善法速令休息,如天大雨,起、未起塵能令休息」〔T02 0207c27〕;微細住者「謂安那般那念住」〔T02 0208a03〕。
不淨觀是正法,世尊親說親讚;而修者厭身至於自殺,魔得其便。經不改不淨觀之正,而說「餘法」:安那般那念為微細住,如大雨息塵。不淨觀所起之厭是麁,息念所住是細;麁者能動心至於極端,細者「隨順開覺」,令已起未起之惡不善法休息。八〇七世尊自言「此則麁思惟住」〔T02 0207a22〕、「當更修餘微細修住而住」〔T02 0207a23〕,是如來自身之麁細;此經是大眾之麁細。同一「微細住」,自度與度人,一語而說。
七、一法為門(經八一〇至八一二)
八一〇尊者阿難獨處思惟而問:「頗有一法,修習多修習,令四法滿足;四法滿足已,七法滿足;七法滿足已,二法滿足」〔T02 0208a11〕。世尊答有:「謂安那般那念。多修習已,能令四念處滿足;四念處滿足已,七覺分滿足;七覺分滿足已,明、解脫滿足」〔T02 0208a19〕。
安那般那念如何滿足四念處?世尊將十六行配四念處:入出息、長短、一切身行、身行休息四行,「聖弟子爾時身身觀念住,異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」〔T02 0208a29〕;喜、樂、心行、心行息四行,「是聖弟子爾時受受觀念住」〔T02 0208b04〕;心、心悅、心定、心解脫四行,「是聖弟子爾時心心觀念住」〔T02 0208b08〕;無常、斷、無欲、滅四行,「是聖弟子爾時法法觀念住異於法者,亦隨法比思惟,是名修安那般那念,滿足四念處」〔T02 0208b11〕。四念處如何滿足七覺分?身身觀念住而「繫念住不忘。爾時方便修念覺分」〔T02 0208b16〕,念滿足而於法選擇思量是擇法,擇法滿足而得精勤方便是精進,精進而心歡喜是喜,喜而身心猗息是猗,猗而得三昧是定,定滿足而「貪憂則滅,得平等捨。爾時方便修捨覺分」〔T02 0208b26〕;受、心、法念處亦如是。七覺分如何滿足明解脫?「若比丘修念覺分,依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨;修念覺分已,滿足明、解脫」〔T02 0208c02〕,乃至捨覺分亦然。世尊結之:「是名法法相類、法法相潤。如是十三法,一法為增上,一法為門,次第增進,修習滿足」〔T02 0208c06〕。
一法、四法、七法、二法:四法、七法、二法合為十三,一法為門不入其數,故說十三法;入門之後,念處、覺分、明解脫次第而滿。「法法相類、法法相潤」是此卷最要之一語:道品諸篇各說念處、覺分、聖道,似各為一法,此經以息念為門,將諸法貫為一流——類者相似相生,潤者相資相成。八一一至八一二一句結集者之標:「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」〔T02 0208c10〕,是同一法以三種問答而說。
八、四衢道(經八一三)
八一三世尊告尊者金毘羅當說精勤修習四念處,金毘羅默然,再三;阿難三語之「今大師告汝」〔T02 0208c16〕,金毘羅答「我已知。尊者阿難!我已知。尊者瞿曇」〔T02 0208c17〕;阿難乃白佛請說。世尊說:「若比丘入息念時如入息學,乃至滅出息時如滅出息學;爾時聖弟子念入息時如念入息學,乃至身行止息出息時如身行止息出息學,爾時聖弟子身身觀念住。爾時聖弟子身身觀念住已,如是知善內思惟」〔T02 0208c22〕;受、心、法三念處同式;法念處則云「善於身、受、心,貪憂滅捨,爾時聖弟子法法觀念住」〔T02 0209a15〕——法念處不離前三,貪憂滅捨即其所觀。每一念處之後,世尊以一喻問阿難:「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來,當於爾時踐蹈諸土堆壠不」〔T02 0208c28〕,南方、西方亦然,至法念處:「譬如四衢道有土堆壠,有人乘車輿從北方顛沛而來,當踐蹈土堆壠不」〔T02 0209a17〕。阿難皆答如是。
四衢道之中有土堆,四方之車皆踐之而過。四念處是四方之車,土堆是心中之非理,車自何方來,皆踐之。前經以十六行配四念處,是說息念所成;此經以四方車踐土堆,是說四念處所破。金毘羅默然而阿難代請,經不說其故,只記其事:一人默,一人請,世尊乃說。
九、身不疲倦,眼亦不患(經八一四)
八一四說安那般那念另一種果:「修安那般那念多修習已,身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」〔T02 0209a25〕。其後說此念為一切所求之道:欲求初禪、二三四禪、慈悲喜捨、四無色入處,欲求三結盡得須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果,欲求「無量種神通力,天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智」〔T02 0209b10〕,皆「當修安那般那念。如是安那般那念,得大果大福利」〔T02 0209b12〕。
身不疲倦、眼不患,是修定者最切身之事:定久則身疲眼勞,而息念之定不然。經由此最小之果,說至神通漏盡最大之果,中間是四禪、四無量、四無色、三果,無一不以此念為道。前卷說八聖道為一切所求之道跡;本卷說安那般那念為一切所求之修法。
十、正事(經八一五)
八一五是夏安居之事。眾多上座於世尊左右樹下窟中安居,年少比丘來,上座攝受之,「或一人受一人,或受二、三、多人,或有上座乃至受六十人」〔T02 0209b26〕;十五日布薩,世尊讚曰:「善哉!善哉!我今喜諸比丘行諸正事。是故,比丘!當勤精進」〔T02 0209b29〕。滿迦低月滿,人間比丘聞世尊安居於舍衛國,作衣竟而來,上座亦攝受之,「教誡、教授,善知先後次第」〔T02 0209c13〕。十五日布薩,世尊再讚:「過去諸佛亦有比丘眾所行正事如今此眾,未來諸佛所有諸眾亦當如是所行正事如今此眾」〔T02 0209c17〕;所以者何?此眾之中諸長老比丘有得四禪四無量四無色者,有得須陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含者,有得神通漏盡者,「有比丘修不淨觀,斷貪欲,修慈心,斷瞋恚,修無常想,斷我慢,修安那般那念,斷覺想」〔T02 0209c28〕。
正事者何?經不別釋,只列此眾所得,而末以四種修對四種斷:不淨觀斷貪欲,慈心斷瞋恚,無常想斷我慢,安那般那念斷覺想。八〇四經已言安那般那念「斷諸覺想」;此處置於四修之末,與不淨觀、慈心、無常想並列。上座攝受年少,教誡教授,先後次第——正事不是一人之修,是一眾之行。本卷安那般那念十四經,以此眾為結。
十一、三學(經八一六至八一九)
八一六說「有三學。何等為三?謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」〔T02 0210a07〕,而說偈:「三學具足者,是比丘正行,增上戒心慧,三法勤精進,勇猛堅固城,常守護諸根」〔T02 0210a10〕;偈中「如晝如其夜,如夜亦如晝,如前如其後,如後亦如前,如上如其下,如下亦如上」〔T02 0210a13〕,晝夜、前後、上下無異,是三學相續不斷之相;「無量諸三昧,映一切諸方」〔T02 0210a16〕,定由戒生,遍照無方;偈末「我為世間覺,明行悉具足,正念不忘住,其心得解脫,身壞而命終,如燈盡火滅」〔T02 0210a19〕。八一七釋三學:增上戒學「若比丘住於戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足,見微細罪則生怖畏,受持學戒」〔T02 0210a26〕;增上意學「若比丘離欲、惡不善法,乃至第四禪具足住」〔T02 0210a28〕;增上慧學「是比丘此苦聖諦如實知,集、滅、道聖諦如實知」〔T02 0210b01〕。八一八說三學之不齊:「有比丘增上戒學,非增上意、增上慧學,有增上戒、增上意學,非增上慧學」〔T02 0210b06〕;而「聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者,增上戒、增上意修習滿足」〔T02 0210b08〕,是人「無上慧壽而活」〔T02 0210b10〕。八一九說三學攝一切戒:「過二百五十戒,隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,令彼自求學者而學,說三學,能攝諸戒」〔T02 0210b14〕。
三學之名,戒、意、慧;偈中作「增上戒心慧」,意即是心。三學之序自戒起,而其滿在慧:有戒無定慧者有之,有戒定無慧者有之,有慧者必有戒定——故慧為上,慧成則三學俱滿。二百五十戒半月一說,說之不盡,三學能攝之:這不是以少代多,是以其所以然攝其所然。「無上慧壽而活」一語,說慧是學人之命。
十二、戒增上、定增上、慧增上(經八二〇至八二三)
八二〇以略說起,而釋三學各配其果。增上戒學者「重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上,不重於慧,慧不增上;於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」〔T02 0210b21〕;世尊不說其不堪能,「若彼戒隨順梵行、饒益梵行、久住梵行,如是比丘戒堅固、戒師常住、戒常隨順生,受持而學」〔T02 0210b24〕,如是知見,「斷三結,謂身見、戒取、疑。斷此三結,得須陀洹,不墮惡趣法,決定正趣三菩提,七有天人往生,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0210b27〕。增上意學者重戒重定不重慧,「斷於五下分結,謂身見、戒取、疑、貪欲、瞋恚。斷此五下分結,受生般涅槃,阿那含,不還此世」〔T02 0210c04〕。增上慧學者戒定慧皆重皆增上,「欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫,解脫知見」〔T02 0210c08〕。
八二一同此而更細:增上戒學者斷三結而「貪、恚、癡薄,成一種子道。彼地未等覺者,名斯陀含,彼地未等覺者,名家家,彼地未等覺者,名七有,彼地未等覺者,名隨法行,彼地未等覺者,名隨信行」〔T02 0210c22〕;增上意學者斷五下分結,「能得中般涅槃。彼地未等覺者,得生般涅槃,彼地未等覺者,得無行般涅槃,彼地未等覺者,得有行般涅槃,彼地未等覺者,得上流般涅槃」〔T02 0211a02〕。八二二、八二三以「具足戒住」起:「若比丘具足戒住者,善攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀行處,見細微罪,能生怖畏」〔T02 0211a13〕,而以三學之滿足為釋,所配之果同前;八二三之果位序與八二一小異,其首「斷三結,貪、恚、癡薄,得一種子道」〔T02 0211b13〕,而後及須陀洹。
四經一義:三學不是三門並列,是一門之三重。戒增上而定慧不增上者,所證至須陀洹乃至一種子道;定增上而慧不增上者,所證至阿那含五種般涅槃;慧增上者,三漏心解脫。「彼地未等覺者」一語反覆:於此地未能等覺,則名其下一果——果位之差,是等覺之差。重戒者「於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」,世尊不以細微戒之犯為不堪能:學是漸學,犯則悔,悔則續。前半卷十六行入出息皆「善學」,此四經每一段「受持而學」,是同一學字。
十三、二學、學戒福利、制戒(經八二四至八二六)
八二四說二學:「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」〔T02 0211c03〕,而說偈:「學者學戒時,直道隨順行,專審勤方便,善自護其身,得初漏盡智,次究竟無知,得無知解脫,知見悉已度」〔T02 0211c05〕,「成不動解脫,諸有結滅盡」〔T02 0211c09〕——無知解脫而後不動,不動者諸有結盡,更無退轉,終「持此後邊身,摧伏眾魔怨」〔T02 0211c11〕。八二五說「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」〔T02 0211c14〕四事令三學滿足,偈曰「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪,智慧為最上,現生之最後,牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸」〔T02 0211c19〕。八二六釋此四事:學戒隨福利者,「謂大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧,不信者信,信者增其信,調伏惡人,慙愧者得樂住,現法防護有漏,未來得正對治,令梵行久住」〔T02 0211c25〕;智慧為上者,大師說法「大悲哀愍,以義饒益」〔T02 0212a03〕,學者「於彼彼法、彼彼處,智慧觀察」〔T02 0212a06〕;解脫堅固者,於彼處「得解脫樂」〔T02 0212a10〕;念增上者,「未滿足戒身者,專心繫念安住,未觀察者,於彼彼處智慧繫念安住,已觀察者,於彼彼處重念安住,未觸法者,於彼彼處解脫念安住,已觸法者,於彼彼處解脫念安住」〔T02 0212a11〕。
制戒九義,自攝僧至梵行久住,是戒之所以立:不為戒而戒,為僧、為信、為調伏、為樂住、為防護、為對治、為久住。學戒之福利在此。而念增上一段,自未滿足戒身至已觸法,每一位皆「繫念安住」——戒未滿者繫念於戒,未觀者繫念於慧,已觀者重念,未觸法者解脫念,已觸法者亦解脫念。念貫三學之始終,如前半卷念貫十六行之始終。八二五、八二六二偈同文而一字異:「現生之最後」與「現生最後邊」,底本如此,不齊一。經末結集者記「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」〔T02 0212a21〕,又記阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經亦如是。
十四、田夫、伏鷄、驢(經八二七·八二八)
八二七二喻。田夫「隨時耕磨,隨時溉灌,隨時下種」〔T02 0212a27〕,而不念「欲令今日生長,今日果實,今日成熟,若明日、後日也」〔T02 0212a28〕,「而彼種子已入地中,則自隨時生長,果實成熟」〔T02 0212b02〕。比丘於三學隨時善學,亦不念「欲令我今日得不起諸漏,心善解脫,若明日、若後日」〔T02 0212b05〕,亦不念「自然神力能令今日,若明日、後日,不起諸漏,心善解脫」〔T02 0212b07〕;而「隨彼時節,自得不起諸漏,心善解脫」〔T02 0212b09〕。伏鷄「生卵,若十乃至十二,隨時消息,冷暖愛護」〔T02 0212b10〕,不念當以口啄瓜刮令兒得生,「然其伏鷄善伏其子,愛護隨時,其子自然安隱得生」〔T02 0212b13〕。
兩喻說一事:學有時節,果不可催。欲今日得,是急;待神力得,是惰——二念皆去,唯隨時善學。田夫之事在耕灌種,伏鷄之事在冷暖愛護,比丘之事在戒意慧;所成皆不在念中,在時節中。
八二八反喻:驢隨群牛,「謂己是牛,而作牛鳴,而去牛實遠」〔T02 0212b22〕;愚癡男子「違律犯戒,隨逐大眾」〔T02 0212b23〕,自言「我是比丘。我是比丘」〔T02 0212b24〕,而不學三學,「其實去比丘大遠」〔T02 0212b26〕。偈曰:「如驢在群牛,去牛常自遠,彼雖隨大眾,內行常自乖」〔T02 0212c05〕。田夫伏鷄是隨時而學者,驢是隨眾而不學者。比丘之名不在隨眾,在三學。
十五、隨時學(經八二九)
八二九尊者跋耆子白佛:「佛說過二百五十戒,令族姓子隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅,令諸族姓子隨欲而學。然今,世尊!我不堪能隨學而學」〔T02 0212c10〕。世尊問「汝堪能隨時學三學不」〔T02 0212c14〕,答堪能。世尊告:「汝當隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學。隨時精勤增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學已,不久當得盡諸有漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,現法自知作證」〔T02 0212c15〕。跋耆子歡喜作禮而去,獨處專精,如上說,乃至心善解脫得阿羅漢。
二百五十戒不堪,三學堪:不是減其所學,是示其所以學。八一九、八二一已言三學「能攝諸戒」;此經以一人之不堪作結,世尊不責其不堪,轉問其堪者。三學之學,隨時而學,如田夫隨時耕灌,如伏鷄隨時愛護。一卷以沙門果起,以一人得阿羅漢止。
十六、一卷的讀法
本卷兩半。前半安那般那念:其所依是戒與閑處,其事是十六行,其果自身止息至明解脫,其住自學住至如來住,其用在麁後取細、在大眾為正事。後半三學:其名戒意慧,其釋由淺至深,其果位依所重而別,其所以學在隨時,其所以稱比丘在此而不在隨眾。兩半以一字相接:學。十六行入出息皆「善學」,三學每段「受持而學」,跋耆子「隨時學」。
讀此卷,不可將前半讀作一法門、後半讀作另一法門。八〇一以戒為修息之第一饒益,八一七以同一句釋增上戒學;八一〇以息念為門入念處覺分明解脫,八二〇以三學配果至心解脫;八〇七如來以息念為住,八二八不學三學者雖隨眾而非比丘。息是所繫,學是所行,戒是所依,解脫是所至。繫念而善學,是這一卷說的一件事。
承衍——攝事分所攝
攝事分契經事菩提分法擇攝以嗢拕南攝本卷二門。息念門:「障隨惑尋等、果、欲、細、身勞、學住、及作意、智無執為後」〔T30n1579 0866a06〕。學門:「初尊重尸羅、清淨戒圓滿、現行、學勝利、學差別為後」〔T30n1579 0867a01〕。
息念門。障:「修習如是入出息念,爾時應知五障礙法。一者、於其外緣,其心散亂;二者、入出息轉有所艱難;三者、掉舉惡作纏現在前;四者、惛沈睡眠纏現在前;五者、樂與道俗共相雜住」〔T30n1579 0866a10〕。釋八〇一五法:經以戒、少事、食量、不眠、閑處為饒益,論以散亂、息難、掉悔、惛眠、雜住為障——論之五障與經五法可相參照:惛眠對不眠、雜住對閑處顯然,餘非逐項明配。隨惑:「奢摩他品諸隨煩惱所染污時,發身惛沈,生心下劣。由正修習入出息念,身心輕安,能令惛沈下劣俱行身心麁重皆悉遠離。毘鉢舍那品諸隨煩惱所染污時,發生種種尋伺妄想」〔T30n1579 0866a15〕;「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0866a22〕。釋八〇二、八〇三「身止息及心止息」「明分想修習滿足」:經之身心止息,論釋為奢摩他品隨煩惱之離;經之明分想,論釋為對治無明分妄想。尋等:「於緣過去諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得損減。於緣未來諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得止息。於緣現在諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得寂靜」〔T30n1579 0866a24〕。釋八〇四「斷諸覺想」:經之覺想,論釋為緣三世諸行之尋伺,令等持有間缺;息念能損減、止息、寂靜之。果:「由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利。如經廣說。云何六結?謂順下分、上分二結,見道、修道所斷二結,若起、若生二分位結」〔T30n1579 0866a29〕。釋八〇四附句「得二果、四果、七果」:論以六結之斷釋二果、四果、七果之所以。欲與細:「入出息念修習差別,略有二種。一者、有上,二者、無上」〔T30n1579 0866b06〕,有上者觀命根繫屬入出息而「深心厭離,於三世境所發愛恚淨修其心」〔T30n1579 0866b13〕,「十六行修,當知無上」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕;「如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕。釋八〇五阿梨瑟吒:經言阿梨瑟吒所修是不顧念三世諸行,世尊言十六行勝妙過其上;論分有上、無上,三世淨心為有上,十六行為無上,與經正合。釋八〇九「微細住」:論以緣細風色釋之。身勞:「修習如是入出息念,令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故。令眼無勞,善能除遣毘鉢舍那品隨煩惱故」〔T30n1579 0866b19〕。釋八一四「身不疲倦,眼亦不患」:經之身眼不疲,論釋為止觀二品隨煩惱之除。學住:「如來所有離諸蓋住;居內法中最極下劣若諸有學、若諸異生,由精進力,於其五蓋伏斷而住,名離蓋住」〔T30n1579 0866b29〕,「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別。謂諸有學,雖現行故,離蓋住心與如來等。然彼隨眠未永斷故,諸蓋數數間心相續,數數作意勵力除遣。如來諸蓋畢竟斷故,離諸蓋住」〔T30n1579 0866c04〕。釋八〇七、八〇八學住如來住異:經言學住斷五蓋多住,如來住五蓋已斷如截多羅樹頭;論言有學伏斷而隨眠未斷,如來畢竟斷,二住極大差別。作意:「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止,於諸未斷內心所有非理作意,如實了知是為非理」〔T30n1579 0866c10〕,「身等四法如四大路。非理作意如塵土丘,不堅牢故,不真實故,迷亂心故。如理作意如四方來輿乘車車,緣身等四境界門轉,能損害彼如塵土丘非理作意」〔T30n1579 0866c16〕。釋八一三四衢道:經以四方車踐土堆為喻,論釋四大路為身等四法、土丘為非理作意、車為如理作意——喻之三支,論各有所指。智無執:「精勤修習諸息念者,由正修習四種念住,無我等故,平等平等」〔T30n1579 0866c21〕,「如是諸佛修念住教,外道法中皆無所有」〔T30n1579 0866c26〕。釋八一〇以息念滿足四念處:論言以息念修念住者於身等無我而平等,非外道所有。
學門。尊重尸羅:「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家。雖復出家,不以淨戒為其增上」〔T30n1579 0867a06〕;「言正行者,有三正行,謂下中上。下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」〔T30n1579 0867a11〕,「中正行者,謂於戒定皆悉尊重,亦為增上」〔T30n1579 0867a16〕,「上正行者,謂已見諦,於三種學皆悉尊重」〔T30n1579 0867a19〕;「若有定學,必有戒學;若有慧學,必有定學;有戒學者,不必定有定學、慧學」〔T30n1579 0867a22〕。釋八一八三學不齊與八二〇至八二三重戒、重定、重慧:經言重於戒不重於定慧、重戒定不重慧、三皆重,論言下中上三正行;經言有戒非意慧、有戒意非慧,論言有定必有戒、有慧必有定、有戒不必有定慧——論之不尊重戒而出家者,正是八二八之驢。清淨戒圓滿:「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿。於能密護諸根門等攝受淨戒所有善法,無間受持相續轉故,當知是名善法圓滿。於遮罪處能遠離故,當知是名別解脫圓滿」〔T30n1579 0867a27〕。釋八二二「具足戒住」:論分淨戒、善法、別解脫三圓滿。現行:「一切總略而言,有三學處。一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」〔T30n1579 0867b10〕。釋八二四二學:經言上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學,論言增上現行、增上毘奈耶、增上別解脫——威儀即現行,波羅提木叉即別解脫,二學三學處,名異而所指相承。學勝利:「學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」〔T30n1579 0867b12〕。釋八二五、八二六四事:經言學戒福利、智慧為上、解脫堅固、念為增上,論以四語列之而指他處。學差別:「淨戒,對治一切犯戒惡故,密護根門所依處故,說名律儀。初善受故,說名圓滿。後善守故,說名清淨」〔T30n1579 0867b16〕,乃至「如是名為增上戒學所有差別」〔T30n1579 0867b28〕;「三住為依,當知增上心學、慧學所有差別。謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別。由諸所有覺分等法聖住差別,應知增上慧學差別。謂四靜慮、四無色等,名為天住。四無量定,名為梵住。四聖諦智,四種念住,乃至道支,四種行迹,勝奢摩他、毘鉢舍那,四法迹等,當知一切皆名聖住」〔T30n1579 0867b28〕。釋八一七三學之釋與八〇七六住:經釋增上意學為離欲至第四禪、增上慧學為四聖諦如實知,論以天住釋心學、以聖住釋慧學;經八〇七列聖住、天住、梵住,論以四靜慮四無色為天住、四無量為梵住、四聖諦智念住道支為聖住——前半卷之六住與後半卷之三學,論以三住一語貫之。
二門之外,本卷七九七至八〇〇、八一一至八一二、八一五、八一九、八二一、八二三、八二七、八二九諸經,本母未直釋。
“Mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well; mindful of the breath without, one binds mindfulness and trains well.” The thirty-two discourses of this fascicle follow on from the four previous fascicles of the Connected Discourses on the Path—the foundations of mindfulness, the faculties and powers and factors of awakening, the factors of awakening, and the eightfold noble path—and teach two things: mindfulness of breathing and the three trainings. The first four discourses teach the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic, continuing the dharma of an ascetic, the goal of an ascetic, and the fruits of an ascetic of the previous fascicle; the fourteen that follow (fifteen by number, the eight hundred and eleventh and twelfth forming one section) teach mindfulness of breathing—the five things that help its cultivation, the sixteen steps, the fruits it brings, the Tathāgata’s taking it as his dwelling, its being the subtle dwelling after the contemplation of the impure, one dharma fulfilling the four foundations of mindfulness, the seven factors of awakening, and knowledge and liberation, the simile of the crossroads, the body not tiring and the eyes not ailing, and the right conduct of the assembly in the summer retreat; the fourteen after that teach the three trainings—the names of the three trainings, their explanation, their pairing with the fruits, the two trainings, the blessing of training in the precepts, the meaning of laying down the precepts, the similes of the farmer and the brooding hen, the simile of the donkey that follows the herd of cattle, and Baqizi’s training in season. In the sixteen steps of mindfulness of breathing, from “one binds mindfulness and trains well” to “in contemplating cessation on the out-breath, one trains well,” each in-breath and each out-breath says “one trains well”; at the end of the three trainings, the World-Honored One tells Baqizi, “you should in season train in the higher precepts, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.” The breath is what mindfulness is bound to; training is what is done. The way to read this fascicle lies in the four words “bind mindfulness” and “train well.”
I. The Dharma of an Ascetic and the Fruits of an Ascetic (Discourses 797 to 800)
The end of the previous fascicle taught the dharma of an ascetic, the goal of an ascetic, and the fruits of an ascetic; the beginning of this fascicle continues it. The seven hundred and ninety-seventh teaches “there is the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic”: the dharma of an ascetic is “namely, the eightfold noble path—right view, up to right concentration,” and the fruits of an ascetic are the four fruits, each explained by what is cut off: “What is the fruit of stream-entry? It is the cutting off of the three bonds. What is the fruit of once-returning? It is the cutting off of the three bonds and the thinning of greed, hatred, and delusion. What is the fruit of non-returning? It is the ending of the five lower bonds. What is the fruit of arhatship? It is the complete ending of greed, hatred, and delusion, the complete ending of all defilements.” The seven hundred and ninety-eighth teaches the dharma of an ascetic, an ascetic, and the goal of an ascetic: an ascetic is “one who is accomplished in this dharma,” and the goal of an ascetic is “the complete cutting off of greed, the complete cutting off of hatred and delusion, the complete cutting off of all defilements.” The seven hundred and ninety-ninth is abbreviated, and its only difference is “there are the fruits of an ascetic.” The eight hundredth is one sentence from the compilers: “So too the dharma of a brāhmaṇa, a brāhmaṇa, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, the fruits of a brāhmaṇa. The dharma of the pure conduct, one of pure conduct, the goal of the pure conduct, the fruits of the pure conduct are also as taught above”—ascetic, brāhmaṇa, one of pure conduct: three names, one dharma, all taking the eightfold noble path as their dharma, the complete ending of defilements as their goal, and the four fruits as their fruit.
The explanation of the four fruits rests wholly on what is cut off: the three bonds cut off; the three bonds cut off and the three poisons thinned; the five lower bonds ended; all defilements completely ended. A fruit is not a thing obtained; it is the measure of what has been cut off. This meaning is said once more at the end of the fascicle, in the eight hundred and twentieth to twenty-third, by way of the three trainings: one for whom the precepts are higher cuts off the three bonds, one for whom the mind is higher cuts off the five lower bonds, one for whom wisdom is higher is liberated in mind from the three outflows. Beginning and end mirror each other, and mindfulness of breathing and the three trainings taught between them are all headings of the dharma of an ascetic.
II. The Five Things for Cultivating Mindfulness of Breathing (Discourse 801)
The eight hundred and first does not first say what mindfulness of breathing is; it first says what things “are of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing.” Five things: first, “dwelling in the pure precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, able to see danger in the smallest fault, taking up and keeping the training precepts”; second, “few wishes, few affairs, few duties”; third, “knowing measure in food, taking neither too much nor too little, not giving rise to thoughts of craving for the sake of food, and reflecting with diligence”; fourth, “in the first and last watches of the night not clinging to sleep, and reflecting with diligence”; fifth, “in an empty grove, away from all clamor.”
Not one of the five is contemplation of the breath. Precepts, few affairs, measure in food, not sleeping, a quiet place: all are matters outside the breath, and yet the discourse takes them as what helps the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing. The second half of this fascicle teaches the three trainings, and the first training is the training in the higher precepts, whose explanation—“if a bhikṣu dwells in the precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees danger in the smallest fault, and takes up and keeps the training precepts”—is the same text as the first of these five things. Mindfulness of breathing takes the precepts as the first help; the three trainings take the precepts as the first training: the two halves of this fascicle join at this one sentence.
III. The Sixteen Steps (Discourses 802 to 804)
The eight hundred and second teaches the fruit of mindfulness of breathing: “if a bhikṣu cultivates mindfulness of breathing and cultivates it much, he attains the stilling of body and the stilling of mind, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment.” The eight hundred and third asks, “what is it that, having cultivated mindfulness of breathing and cultivated it much, body and mind are stilled?” and answers with the full text. First the basis: “that bhikṣu, if he stays depending on a village or town, in the morning puts on his robes, takes his bowl, enters the village for alms, guards his body well, keeps the doors of the senses, and binds his mind well in dwelling”; having eaten and returned to his dwelling, “he sits with his body upright, binds mindfulness before him, cuts off worldly craving, is purified away from desire, and ill will, sleepiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt are cut off; he passes beyond all doubts and his mind gains certainty in wholesome dharmas”; the harm of the five hindrances is that they “weaken the power of wisdom, are a part of obstruction, and do not lead to nirvāṇa.” Then the sixteen steps: “mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well; mindful of the breath without, one binds mindfulness and trains well. The breath long, the breath short; knowing the whole body on the in-breath, in the whole body on the in-breath one trains well; knowing the whole body on the out-breath, in the whole body on the out-breath one trains well,” then for what follows—the stilling of bodily activity, joy, pleasure, mental activity, the stilling of mental activity, the mind, the gladdening of the mind, the concentrating of the mind, the liberating of the mind, impermanence, cutting off, dispassion, cessation—the text sometimes states in full the training well on the in-breath and on the out-breath and sometimes says only knowing and abbreviates, now in detail and now in brief, up to “contemplating cessation on the out-breath, in contemplating cessation on the out-breath one trains well: this is called the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing.”
The sixteen steps begin with the body and end with cessation. The first four are in the body (the breath, long and short, the whole body, the stilling of bodily activity), the next four in feeling (joy, pleasure, mental activity, the stilling of mental activity), the next four in the mind (the mind, the gladdening of the mind, the concentrating of the mind, the liberating of the mind), the last four in dharmas (impermanence, cutting off, dispassion, cessation). The meaning of these four divisions the World-Honored One teaches Ānanda himself in the eight hundred and tenth, which is taken up again in the seventh section of this fascicle. On each in-breath and out-breath it says “one trains well”: the breath is not a thing contemplated; it is a thing trained in. The one in training trains upon the breath, and trains as far as the liberating of the mind, as far as contemplating cessation. The eight hundred and fourth is abbreviated and adds one sentence: one who cultivates mindfulness of breathing much “cuts off all thoughts and perceptions,” and the compilers append, “as with cutting off thoughts and perceptions, so too with not wavering, attaining great fruit and great blessing, attaining the deathless and the final deathless, attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—each a discourse as taught above”—cutting off thoughts and perceptions, not wavering, great fruit and great blessing, the deathless, the two fruits, four fruits, and seven fruits, all take the same sixteen steps as their path.
IV. Superior and More Excellent, Beyond It (Discourses 805 and 806)
In the eight hundred and fifth the World-Honored One asks the bhikṣus, “the mindfulness of breathing that I have taught—have you cultivated it?” The bhikṣu Alishizha answers that he has, and what he cultivates is “I do not look back on past formations, I do not delight in future formations, I am not attached to present formations, and I rightly remove the perception of resistance within and without.” The World-Honored One answers: “You do indeed cultivate the mindfulness of breathing that I have taught; it is not that you do not. Yet, bhikṣu, beyond the mindfulness of breathing that you cultivate there is something superior and more excellent, beyond it.” What is superior? Depending on a town or village and cultivating the sixteen steps. What Alishizha cultivates is freedom from grasping at the formations of the three times and the removal of the perception of resistance within and without—this is right cultivation, and the World-Honored One does not deny it; but the sixteen steps begin with the breath and train through body, feeling, mind, and dharmas in sequence, and that is beyond it.
In the eight hundred and sixth the venerable Jibinna sits in meditation under a tree in the Andha Grove, “his body upright and unmoving, body and mind upright, in superior reflection.” The World-Honored One asks the bhikṣus whether they see him, and tells them: “If a bhikṣu cultivates samādhi, with body and mind settled, not leaning, not moving, dwelling in a superior dwelling, that bhikṣu attains this samādhi without strenuous effort, obtaining it as he wishes.” The bhikṣus ask what samādhi this is, and the answer is again depending on a village, going for alms, entering the grove and sitting upright, “reflecting and binding mindfulness, up to contemplating cessation and training well: this is called samādhi.” The two discourses stand together: one man tells what he cultivates and the World-Honored One shows what is beyond it; one man sits in silence unmoving and the World-Honored One shows how it is so. What is shown is in both cases the same sixteen steps. Without strenuous effort, obtaining it as he wishes: this is not not cultivating; it is cultivation grown ripe.
V. The Tathāgata’s Dwelling and the Dwelling of One in Training (Discourses 807 and 808)
In the eight hundred and seventh the World-Honored One sits in meditation for two months in the Icchānaṅgala Grove, and on coming out tells the bhikṣus: if those of other paths ask, “how did the ascetic Gautama sit in meditation during these two months?” they should answer, “the Tathāgata for two months sat in meditation and dwelt in reflection by mindfulness of breathing.” The World-Honored One tells how he dwelt for the two months: “when breathing in, mindful of the in-breath, I knew it as it really is; when breathing out, mindful of the out-breath, I knew it as it really is,” up to the out-breath of cessation known as it really is; having known it, he thought, “this is a dwelling of coarse reflection; now that I have stilled this reflection, I should further cultivate another, subtler dwelling of cultivation, and dwell in it.” The breath stills coarse reflection and enters subtle reflection. Three gods come: one says, “the ascetic Gautama’s time has come”; one says, “this is not the time having come, it is the time drawing near”; the third says, “it is neither the time having come nor the time drawing near; this is a dwelling of cultivation, it is the stillness of an arhat, that is all.” The World-Honored One concludes: “If there is right speech—the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, the Tathāgata’s dwelling, by which one in training attains what he has not attained, reaches what he has not reached, realizes what he has not realized, and one beyond training dwells at ease in this very life—it is mindfulness of breathing: this is right speech.”
The three gods and their three sayings are three ways of seeing: taking it as life ended, taking it as life about to end, knowing it to be a dwelling of cultivation and stillness. Where the Tathāgata dwells looks from outside like death; in truth it is the subtle dwelling of mindfulness of breathing. Six dwellings, one dharma: the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, and the Brahmā dwelling are its names; the dwelling of one in training, of one beyond training, and of the Tathāgata are its persons—one in training attains by it what he has not attained, one beyond training dwells at ease by it in this very life.
In the eight hundred and eighth Mahānāma of the Śākyas asks the venerable bhikṣu Jiamo: “Is the dwelling of one in training the same as the Tathāgata’s dwelling? Or is the dwelling of one in training one thing and the Tathāgata’s dwelling another?” Jiamo answers: “The dwelling of one in training is one thing, the Tathāgata’s dwelling another. Mahānāma, the dwelling of one in training is dwelling much in cutting off the five hindrances. The Tathāgata’s dwelling is that the five hindrances are already cut off, already known, cut off at the root, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to grow again, become in future a dharma that does not arise”; and he cites the World-Honored One’s two months of meditation in the eight hundred and seventh as proof. This discourse has no word of the Buddha; a disciple’s answer explains the meaning of the previous discourse. The same mindfulness of breathing: one in training dwells in it by cutting off the five hindrances; the Tathāgata dwells in it with the five hindrances already cut off. What is cultivated is the same; what is dwelt in differs; the difference lies in whether the hindrances are already cut off or not yet, not in the breath.
VI. After the Contemplation of the Impure, the Subtle Dwelling (Discourse 809)
The eight hundred and ninth is one event. On the bank of the Baqiumo River the World-Honored One teaches the bhikṣus the contemplation of the impure, and having cultivated it the bhikṣus “are utterly weary and sick of the body, and some kill themselves with knives, some take poison, some hang themselves with ropes or throw themselves from cliffs, and some have other bhikṣus kill them”; a bhikṣu goes to Lulin, a brahmin’s son, and asks to be killed; a god of Māra’s host praises him, the brahmin’s son “grows in evil and wrong view,” goes from lodging to lodging killing, “up to killing sixty men.” When the precepts are recited on the fifteenth day, the World-Honored One asks Ānanda, “for what cause, for what reason, have the bhikṣus become fewer, dwindled, and come to an end?” Ānanda answers with the event, and asks, “may the World-Honored One teach another dharma, so that the bhikṣus, having heard it, may diligently cultivate wisdom, delight in receiving the right Dharma, and delight in dwelling in the right Dharma.” The World-Honored One teaches: “Therefore I now teach in sequence: dwell in the subtle dwelling, open to awakening in accordance with it, and swiftly bring to rest the evil, unwholesome dharmas already arisen and not yet arisen, as a great rain from the sky can bring to rest the dust already risen and not yet risen”; the subtle dwelling is “namely, dwelling in mindfulness of breathing.”
The contemplation of the impure is right Dharma, taught and praised by the World-Honored One himself; and yet those who cultivated it grew so weary of the body as to kill themselves, and Māra found his opening. The discourse does not revise the rightness of the contemplation of the impure, but teaches “another dharma”: mindfulness of breathing as the subtle dwelling, like a great rain settling dust. The weariness raised by the contemplation of the impure is coarse; what mindfulness of breathing dwells in is subtle; the coarse can move the mind to extremes, the subtle “opens to awakening in accordance with it,” and brings to rest the evil, unwholesome dharmas arisen and not yet arisen. In the eight hundred and seventh the World-Honored One says of himself, “this is a dwelling of coarse reflection,” and “I should further cultivate another, subtler dwelling of cultivation, and dwell in it”: that is the coarse and the subtle in the Tathāgata himself; this discourse is the coarse and the subtle in the assembly. The same “subtle dwelling,” for crossing over oneself and for bringing others across, is taught in one word.
VII. One Dharma as the Gate (Discourses 810 to 812)
In the eight hundred and tenth the venerable Ānanda, reflecting alone, asks: “Is there one dharma which, cultivated and cultivated much, causes four dharmas to be fulfilled; the four dharmas fulfilled, seven dharmas fulfilled; the seven dharmas fulfilled, two dharmas fulfilled?” The World-Honored One answers that there is: “namely, mindfulness of breathing. Cultivated much, it can cause the four foundations of mindfulness to be fulfilled; the four foundations of mindfulness fulfilled, the seven factors of awakening fulfilled; the seven factors of awakening fulfilled, knowledge and liberation fulfilled.”
How does mindfulness of breathing fulfil the four foundations of mindfulness? The World-Honored One pairs the sixteen steps with the four foundations of mindfulness: the four steps of the in-breath and out-breath, long and short, the whole bodily activity, and the stilling of bodily activity—“the noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body; as for what is other than the body, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with the body”; the four steps of joy, pleasure, mental activity, and the stilling of mental activity—“the noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating feeling as feeling”; the four steps of the mind, the gladdening of the mind, the concentrating of the mind, and the liberating of the mind—“the noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the mind as mind”; the four steps of impermanence, cutting off, dispassion, and cessation—“the noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas; as for what is other than dharmas, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with dharmas: this is called the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing fulfilling the four foundations of mindfulness.” How do the four foundations of mindfulness fulfil the seven factors of awakening? Dwelling in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body, he “binds mindfulness in dwelling and does not forget. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of mindfulness”; mindfulness fulfilled, selecting and considering dharmas is investigation of dharmas; investigation of dharmas fulfilled, attaining diligent skilful means is effort; effort, and the mind rejoices, is joy; joy, and body and mind are tranquil, is tranquillity; tranquillity, and samādhi is attained, is concentration; concentration fulfilled, “greed and sorrow cease, and even equanimity is attained. At that time he cultivates with skilful means the awakening factor of equanimity”; so too with the foundations of mindfulness of feeling, mind, and dharmas. How do the seven factors of awakening fulfil knowledge and liberation? “If a bhikṣu cultivates the awakening factor of mindfulness, depending on seclusion, depending on dispassion, depending on cessation, inclining toward relinquishment; having cultivated the awakening factor of mindfulness, he fulfils knowledge and liberation,” and so up to the awakening factor of equanimity. The World-Honored One concludes: “This is called dharma akin to dharma, dharma nourishing dharma. Thus these thirteen dharmas, with one dharma as the higher and one dharma as the gate, advance in sequence and are cultivated to fulfilment.”
One dharma, four dharmas, seven dharmas, two dharmas: the four, the seven, and the two together make thirteen, and the one dharma, being the gate, is not counted among them—hence it says thirteen dharmas; once within the gate, the foundations of mindfulness, the factors of awakening, and knowledge and liberation are fulfilled in sequence. “Dharma akin to dharma, dharma nourishing dharma” is one of the most important sayings of this fascicle: the several chapters of the Connected Discourses on the Path each teach the foundations of mindfulness, the factors of awakening, the noble path, as if each were one dharma; this discourse takes mindfulness of breathing as the gate and strings the dharmas into one stream—akin means alike and giving rise to each other, nourishing means supporting and completing each other. The eight hundred and eleventh and twelfth are one sentence of the compilers’ labelling: “So too what a certain bhikṣu asked, and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are as taught above”: the same dharma taught through three forms of question and answer.
VIII. The Crossroads (Discourse 813)
In the eight hundred and thirteenth the World-Honored One tells the venerable Jinpiluo that he will teach the diligent cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness; Jinpiluo remains silent, up to three times; Ānanda says to him three times, “now the teacher is addressing you,” and Jinpiluo answers, “I know already. Venerable Ānanda, I know already, venerable Gautama”; then Ānanda addresses the Buddha and asks him to teach. The World-Honored One teaches: “If a bhikṣu, mindful of the in-breath, trains as on the in-breath, up to, at the out-breath of cessation, training as on the out-breath of cessation; at that time the noble disciple, mindful of the in-breath, trains as in mindfulness of the in-breath, up to, at the out-breath of the stilling of bodily activity, training as on the out-breath of the stilling of bodily activity, then the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body. The noble disciple having dwelt in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body, knowing thus, he reflects well within”; the three foundations of mindfulness of feeling, mind, and dharmas follow the same form; of the foundation of mindfulness of dharmas it says, “being skilled in body, feeling, and mind, greed and sorrow cease and are relinquished, and at that time the noble disciple dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas”—the foundation of mindfulness of dharmas does not leave the first three; the ceasing and relinquishing of greed and sorrow is what it contemplates. After each foundation of mindfulness the World-Honored One asks Ānanda with a simile: “Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the east; at that time would he trample the mounds of earth?” and so with south and west, up to the foundation of mindfulness of dharmas: “Suppose at a crossroads there were mounds of earth, and a man came driving a carriage headlong from the north; would he trample the mounds of earth?” Ānanda answers each time that he would.
At the crossroads there are mounds of earth, and carriages from all four directions trample them as they pass. The four foundations of mindfulness are the carriages from the four directions; the mounds of earth are what is unreasoned in the mind; from whatever direction the carriage comes, it tramples them. The previous discourse paired the sixteen steps with the four foundations of mindfulness, telling what mindfulness of breathing accomplishes; this discourse has carriages from four directions trample the mounds, telling what the four foundations of mindfulness break. Jinpiluo is silent and Ānanda asks in his place; the discourse does not say why, it only records what happened: one man silent, one man asking, and the World-Honored One teaches.
IX. The Body Does Not Tire, the Eyes Do Not Ail (Discourse 814)
The eight hundred and fourteenth teaches another fruit of mindfulness of breathing: “having cultivated mindfulness of breathing and cultivated it much, the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail; one dwells happily in contemplation in accordance with it, happily knows, and is not attached to the happiness.” It then teaches this mindfulness as the path to everything sought: whether one wishes to attain the first dhyāna, the second, third, and fourth, loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity, the four formless spheres; whether one wishes to attain, with the three bonds ended, the fruit of stream-entry, the fruit of once-returning, the fruit of non-returning; whether one wishes to attain “the countless kinds of supernormal power, the divine ear, knowledge of others’ minds, knowledge of past lives, knowledge of death and rebirth, knowledge of the ending of outflows”—in every case one “should cultivate mindfulness of breathing. Such mindfulness of breathing attains great fruit and great blessing.”
The body not tiring and the eyes not ailing is the matter closest to home for one who cultivates concentration: long concentration tires the body and strains the eyes, but the concentration of mindfulness of breathing does not. From this smallest fruit the discourse goes up to the greatest fruits, supernormal power and the ending of outflows, with the four dhyānas, the four immeasurables, the four formless spheres, and the three fruits between, and not one of them is without this mindfulness as its path. The previous fascicle taught the eightfold noble path as the track to everything sought; this fascicle teaches mindfulness of breathing as the method of cultivation for everything sought.
X. Right Conduct (Discourse 815)
The eight hundred and fifteenth is an event of the summer retreat. Many elders are in retreat under trees and in caves to the left and right of the World-Honored One; young bhikṣus come, and the elders take them in, “one taking one, or taking two, three, or many, and some elders taking as many as sixty”; at the poṣadha of the fifteenth day the World-Honored One praises them: “Good, good! I now rejoice that the bhikṣus practise all right conduct. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should be diligent and strive.” When the full moon of Kārttika comes, bhikṣus wandering among the people hear that the World-Honored One is in retreat at Śrāvastī, finish making their robes, and come; the elders take them in too, “admonishing and instructing them, well knowing the order of first and later.” At the poṣadha of the fifteenth day the World-Honored One praises them again: “The Buddhas of the past also had assemblies of bhikṣus that practised right conduct as this assembly does now; the assemblies that the Buddhas of the future will have will likewise practise right conduct as this assembly does now”; and why? Among the elder bhikṣus of this assembly are those who have attained the four dhyānas, the four immeasurables, and the four formless spheres, those who have attained stream-entry, once-returning, and non-returning, those who have attained supernormal power and the ending of outflows, and “there are bhikṣus who cultivate the contemplation of the impure and cut off greed, cultivate loving-kindness and cut off hatred, cultivate the perception of impermanence and cut off conceit, cultivate mindfulness of breathing and cut off thoughts and perceptions.”
What is right conduct? The discourse does not explain it separately; it only lists what this assembly has attained, and ends with four cultivations set against four cuttings off: the contemplation of the impure cuts off greed, loving-kindness cuts off hatred, the perception of impermanence cuts off conceit, mindfulness of breathing cuts off thoughts and perceptions. The eight hundred and fourth already said that mindfulness of breathing “cuts off all thoughts and perceptions”; here it is placed last among the four cultivations, alongside the contemplation of the impure, loving-kindness, and the perception of impermanence. Elders taking in the young, admonishing and instructing, the order of first and later—right conduct is not one person’s cultivation; it is the practice of an assembly. The fourteen discourses of this fascicle on mindfulness of breathing close with this assembly.
XI. The Three Trainings (Discourses 816 to 819)
The eight hundred and sixteenth teaches, “there are three trainings. What are the three? Namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and the training in the higher wisdom,” and speaks a verse: “One complete in the three trainings is a bhikṣu of right conduct; higher precepts, mind, and wisdom, in these three dharmas diligent and striving, brave and firm as a fortress, always guarding the senses”; within the verse, “as by day so by night, as by night so by day; as before so after, as after so before; as above so below, as below so above,” day and night, before and after, above and below without difference is the mark of the three trainings continuing unbroken; “immeasurable samādhis illuminate all directions”—concentration born of the precepts shines in every direction; the verse ends, “I am the awakened one of the world, complete in knowledge and conduct; dwelling in right mindfulness without forgetting, my mind has attained liberation; when the body breaks and life ends, it is like a lamp burnt out, its fire extinguished.” The eight hundred and seventeenth explains the three trainings: the training in the higher precepts, “if a bhikṣu dwells in the precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees danger in the smallest fault, and takes up and keeps the training precepts”; the training in the higher mind, “if a bhikṣu, secluded from desire and from evil, unwholesome dharmas, up to, dwells having attained the fourth dhyāna”; the training in the higher wisdom, “that bhikṣu knows this noble truth of suffering as it really is, and knows the noble truths of arising, cessation, and the path as they really are.” The eight hundred and eighteenth teaches the unevenness of the three trainings: “there are bhikṣus with the training in the higher precepts but not the training in the higher mind or the higher wisdom, and bhikṣus with the training in the higher precepts and the higher mind but not the training in the higher wisdom”; but “a noble disciple who dwells having accomplished the skilful means of higher wisdom in accordance has the higher precepts and the higher mind cultivated to fulfilment,” and such a person “lives by the life of unsurpassed wisdom.” The eight hundred and nineteenth teaches that the three trainings gather all the precepts: “More than two hundred and fifty precepts are recited in sequence every half month as the prātimokṣa sūtra, so that those who seek the training themselves may train in them; I teach three trainings, which can gather all the precepts.”
The names of the three trainings are precepts, mind, and wisdom; in the verse they are “higher precepts, mind, and wisdom,” and the mind is the heart. The sequence of the three trainings begins with the precepts, and its fulfilment is in wisdom: there are those with precepts but not concentration and wisdom, there are those with precepts and concentration but not wisdom, and those with wisdom necessarily have precepts and concentration—therefore wisdom is the highest, and when wisdom is accomplished all three trainings are full. More than two hundred and fifty precepts are recited every half month, and the reciting is never finished, but the three trainings can gather them: this is not replacing the many with the few; it is gathering what follows by what it follows from. The saying “lives by the life of unsurpassed wisdom” says that wisdom is the life of one in training.
XII. Precepts Higher, Concentration Higher, Wisdom Higher (Discourses 820 to 823)
The eight hundred and twentieth opens in abbreviated form and explains each of the three trainings with its fruit. One in the training in the higher precepts “values the precepts, and the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, and concentration is not higher; does not value wisdom, and wisdom is not higher; and as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents”; the World-Honored One does not say that he is incapable: “if his precepts accord with the pure conduct, benefit the pure conduct, and make the pure conduct endure, such a bhikṣu is firm in the precepts, the teacher of the precepts abides with him always, the precepts arise in him always in accordance, and he takes them up and trains”; knowing and seeing thus, he “cuts off the three bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Having cut off these three bonds, he attains stream-entry, is not subject to the dharmas of the evil destinations, is certain to go rightly toward saṃbodhi, and after seven existences born among gods and humans makes a complete end of suffering.” One in the training in the higher mind values the precepts and concentration but not wisdom, and “cuts off the five lower bonds, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, doubt, greed, and hatred. Having cut off these five lower bonds, he is a non-returner who attains final nirvāṇa on being reborn there, not returning to this world.” One in the training in the higher wisdom values precepts, concentration, and wisdom, all higher, and “is liberated in mind from the outflow of desire, liberated in mind from the outflow of existence, liberated in mind from the outflow of ignorance, with the knowledge and vision of liberation.”
The eight hundred and twenty-first is the same but finer: one in the training in the higher precepts cuts off the three bonds and “greed, hatred, and delusion are thinned, and he accomplishes the one-seed path. One not yet fully awakened at that stage is called a once-returner; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called clan-to-clan; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called seven-existences; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called one who follows by Dharma; one not yet fully awakened at that stage is called one who follows by faith”; one in the training in the higher mind cuts off the five lower bonds and “can attain final nirvāṇa in the interval. One not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa on being reborn; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa without exertion; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa with exertion; one not yet fully awakened at that stage attains final nirvāṇa going upstream.” The eight hundred and twenty-second and twenty-third open with “dwelling complete in the precepts”: “if a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts, well keeping the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees danger in the smallest fault, and is able to feel fear,” and explain it by the fulfilment of the three trainings, with the same fruits paired as before; the order of fruits in the eight hundred and twenty-third differs slightly from the twenty-first, beginning with “cutting off the three bonds, with greed, hatred, and delusion thinned, he attains the one-seed path,” and only then reaching stream-entry.
Four discourses, one meaning: the three trainings are not three doors side by side; they are three stages of one door. One in whom the precepts are higher but concentration and wisdom are not realizes as far as stream-entry, up to the one-seed path; one in whom concentration is higher but wisdom is not realizes as far as the five kinds of final nirvāṇa of the non-returner; one in whom wisdom is higher is liberated in mind from the three outflows. The phrase “one not yet fully awakened at that stage” is repeated again and again: not yet able to awaken fully at this stage, one is named by the fruit below it—the difference between fruits is a difference in full awakening. One who values the precepts, “as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents,” and the World-Honored One does not take the breaking of a minor precept as incapacity: training is gradual training; one breaks and repents, repents and continues. In the first half of the fascicle each in-breath and out-breath of the sixteen steps says “one trains well”; in these four discourses each passage says “takes them up and trains”: it is the same word, training.
XIII. The Two Trainings, the Blessing of Training in the Precepts, Laying Down the Precepts (Discourses 824 to 826)
The eight hundred and twenty-fourth teaches the two trainings: “namely, the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa,” and speaks a verse: “When one in training trains in the precepts, he goes straight along the path in accordance; devoted and careful, diligent in skilful means, he guards his body well; he first attains the knowledge of the ending of outflows, then the ultimate not-knowing; attaining the liberation of not-knowing, knowledge and vision have all been crossed,” “attaining the unshaken liberation, all the bonds of existence are ended”—after the liberation of not-knowing comes the unshaken, and the unshaken is one in whom all the bonds of existence are ended, with no more falling back, ending, “he bears this last body, and subdues the hosts of Māra and his foes.” The eight hundred and twenty-fifth teaches that “dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts, with wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher,” four things, bring the three trainings to fulfilment, and the verse says, “training in the precepts brings blessing; devoted in thought to the dhyāna of samādhi; wisdom is the very highest, the last of this present life; the sage bears the last body, subdues Māra, and crosses to the far shore.” The eight hundred and twenty-sixth explains these four things: that training in the precepts brings blessing is “namely, the teacher lays down the precepts for the śrāvakas, that is, to gather the saṅgha, to gather the saṅgha fully, that those without faith may have faith, that those with faith may increase their faith, to tame evil men, that those with shame and scruple may dwell at ease, to guard against outflows in this very life, to attain the right remedy in the future, and to make the pure conduct long endure”; that wisdom is the highest is that the teacher teaches the Dharma “with great compassion and pity, benefiting with the meaning,” and the one in training “contemplates with wisdom each and every dharma, in each and every place”; that liberation is firm is that in each place one “attains the happiness of liberation”; that mindfulness is higher is “one whose body of precepts is not yet full binds mindfulness single-mindedly and dwells at ease; one who has not yet contemplated binds mindfulness with wisdom in each and every place and dwells at ease; one who has contemplated binds mindfulness again in each and every place and dwells at ease; one who has not yet touched the Dharma dwells at ease in each and every place with the mindfulness of liberation; one who has touched the Dharma dwells at ease in each and every place with the mindfulness of liberation.”
The nine purposes of laying down the precepts, from gathering the saṅgha to making the pure conduct long endure, are why the precepts are established: not precepts for the sake of precepts, but for the saṅgha, for faith, for taming, for dwelling at ease, for guarding, for the remedy, for long endurance. The blessing of training in the precepts lies here. And in the passage on mindfulness as higher, from the body of precepts not yet full to the Dharma already touched, at every position one “binds mindfulness and dwells at ease”—one whose precepts are not full binds mindfulness to the precepts, one who has not contemplated binds mindfulness to wisdom, one who has contemplated binds mindfulness again, one who has not touched the Dharma has the mindfulness of liberation, one who has touched the Dharma has the mindfulness of liberation too. Mindfulness runs through the three trainings from beginning to end, as in the first half of the fascicle mindfulness runs through the sixteen steps from beginning to end. The two verses of the eight hundred and twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth are the same text with one character different: “the last of this present life” and “the final edge of this present life”; so the base text stands, not made uniform. At the end the compilers record, “the Śivaka sūtra, as later, the Buddha will teach,” and also record that the three discourses asked by the bhikṣu Ānanda and by a certain bhikṣu, and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are likewise so.
XIV. The Farmer, the Brooding Hen, the Donkey (Discourses 827 and 828)
The eight hundred and twenty-seventh has two similes. The farmer “ploughs and harrows in season, irrigates in season, sows in season,” and does not think, “let it grow today, bear fruit today, ripen today, or tomorrow, or the day after,” and yet “once the seed has entered the ground, it grows of itself in season, and the fruit ripens.” A bhikṣu who trains well in the three trainings in season likewise does not think, “let me today attain the non-arising of outflows and a mind well liberated, or tomorrow, or the day after,” nor does he think, “by natural supernormal power I can make it today, or tomorrow, or the day after, that outflows do not arise and the mind is well liberated”; rather, “in its own season he attains of himself the non-arising of outflows and a mind well liberated.” The brooding hen “lays her eggs, ten or up to twelve, and in season tends them, cherishing them in cold and warmth,” and does not think she should peck with her beak and scratch with her claws to let the chicks be born, “and yet because the brooding hen broods her chicks well, cherishing them in season, her chicks are born safe of themselves.”
The two similes say one thing: training has its season, and the fruit cannot be hurried. Wanting to attain today is haste; waiting to attain by supernormal power is sloth—both thoughts are put away, and there is only training well in season. The farmer’s work is ploughing, irrigating, and sowing; the brooding hen’s work is cherishing in cold and warmth; the bhikṣu’s work is precepts, mind, and wisdom; and what comes of it lies in none of their thoughts, but in the season.
The eight hundred and twenty-eighth is the simile reversed: a donkey follows a herd of cattle, “takes himself for an ox, and lows like an ox, yet is far indeed from the cattle”; a foolish man “goes against the discipline, breaks the precepts, and follows the great assembly,” says of himself, “I am a bhikṣu, I am a bhikṣu,” and does not train in the three trainings, “yet in truth is far indeed from a bhikṣu.” The verse says: “Like a donkey among a herd of cattle, always far from the cattle of himself; though he follows the great assembly, his inner conduct is always at odds of itself.” The farmer and the brooding hen are those who train in season; the donkey is one who follows the crowd and does not train. The name of bhikṣu lies not in following the crowd, but in the three trainings.
XV. Training in Season (Discourse 829)
In the eight hundred and twenty-ninth the venerable Baqizi addresses the Buddha: “The Buddha has taught more than two hundred and fifty precepts, so that sons of good family recite the prātimokṣa sūtra in sequence every half month and the sons of good family train as they wish. But now, World-Honored One, I am not able to train by following the training.” The World-Honored One asks, “are you able to train in the three trainings in season?” and he answers that he is. The World-Honored One tells him: “You should in season train in the higher precepts, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom. Having in season diligently trained in the higher precepts, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom, before long you will attain the ending of all outflows, liberation of mind without outflows, liberation by wisdom, and in this very life you will know for yourself and realize.” Baqizi rejoices, pays homage, and departs; alone and devoted, as taught above, up to the mind well liberated, he attains arhatship.
Not able for the two hundred and fifty precepts, able for the three trainings: this is not lessening what is trained in; it is showing why one trains. The eight hundred and nineteenth and twenty-first already said that the three trainings “can gather all the precepts”; this discourse closes with one man’s inability, and the World-Honored One does not reproach him for it, but turns to ask what he is able for. Training in the three trainings is training in season, as the farmer ploughs and irrigates in season, as the brooding hen cherishes in season. The fascicle begins with the fruits of an ascetic and ends with one man attaining arhatship.
XVI. How to Read the Fascicle
This fascicle has two halves. The first half is mindfulness of breathing: what it depends on is the precepts and a quiet place, its work is the sixteen steps, its fruit runs from the stilling of body up to knowledge and liberation, its dwelling runs from the dwelling of one in training to the Tathāgata’s dwelling, and its use is to take up the subtle after the coarse and to be right conduct in the assembly. The second half is the three trainings: their names are precepts, mind, and wisdom; their explanation goes from shallow to deep; their fruits differ by what is valued; the reason for training is that it is in season; and the reason one is called a bhikṣu lies here and not in following the crowd. The two halves are joined by one word: training. Each in-breath and out-breath of the sixteen steps says “one trains well,” each passage of the three trainings says “takes them up and trains,” and Baqizi “trains in season.”
In reading this fascicle, one must not read the first half as one method and the second half as another. The eight hundred and first takes the precepts as the first help in cultivating the breath, and the eight hundred and seventeenth explains the training in the higher precepts with the same sentence; the eight hundred and tenth takes mindfulness of breathing as the gate into the foundations of mindfulness, the factors of awakening, and knowledge and liberation, and the eight hundred and twentieth pairs the three trainings with the fruits up to the liberation of mind; in the eight hundred and seventh the Tathāgata takes mindfulness of breathing as his dwelling, and in the eight hundred and twenty-eighth one who does not train in the three trainings, though he follows the assembly, is no bhikṣu. The breath is what one is bound to, training is what one does, the precepts are what one depends on, liberation is where one arrives. To bind mindfulness and train well is the one thing this fascicle teaches.
Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers
In the Compendium of Topics, the Topics of the Sūtras, the Selection on the Factors of Awakening gathers two doors of this fascicle under its uddānas. The door of mindfulness of breathing: “obstructions, secondary defilements, thought and the rest, fruit, desire, subtle, bodily fatigue, the dwelling of one in training, and attention, and knowledge without grasping last.” The door of training: “first honouring the precepts, the fulfilment of pure precepts, present conduct, the benefit of training, and the differences of training last.”
The door of mindfulness of breathing. Obstructions: “in cultivating mindfulness of breathing in and out, one should know at that time the five obstructing dharmas: first, the mind scattered toward outer objects; second, the breathing in and out becoming difficult; third, the envelopment of restlessness and remorse present before one; fourth, the envelopment of torpor and sleepiness present before one; fifth, delighting in dwelling mixed together with those of the path and the laity.” This explains the five things of the eight hundred and first: the discourse takes precepts, few affairs, measure in food, not sleeping, and a quiet place as the help, and the treatise takes scattering, difficult breathing, restlessness and remorse, torpor and sleepiness, and mixed dwelling as the obstructions—the treatise’s five obstructions may be read alongside the discourse’s five things: torpor and sleepiness against not sleeping, and mixed dwelling against the secluded place, are plain; the rest are not matched item by item. Secondary defilements: “when defiled by the secondary defilements on the side of calm, the body grows torpid and the mind grows low. By right cultivation of mindfulness of breathing in and out, body and mind become tranquil, and the coarseness of body and mind that goes with torpor and lowness is wholly removed. When defiled by the secondary defilements on the side of insight, all manner of thought, examination, and false imagining arise”; “in order to remedy those false imaginings of the portion of ignorance, one purely cultivates the perception of the portion of knowledge, bringing it swiftly to fulfilment.” This explains “the stilling of body and the stilling of mind” and “the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment” in the eight hundred and second and third: the discourse’s stilling of body and mind the treatise explains as freedom from the secondary defilements on the side of calm; the discourse’s perception of the portion of knowledge the treatise explains as the remedy for the false imaginings of the portion of ignorance. Thought and the rest: “thought and examination directed at past formations, which can cause the samādhi arising without interval to be interrupted, is swiftly diminished; thought and examination directed at future formations, which can cause the samādhi arising without interval to be interrupted, is swiftly stilled; thought and examination directed at present formations, which can cause the samādhi arising without interval to be interrupted, is swiftly quieted.” This explains “cuts off thoughts and perceptions” in the eight hundred and fourth: the discourse’s thoughts and perceptions the treatise explains as thought and examination directed at the formations of the three times, which interrupt samādhi; mindfulness of breathing diminishes, stills, and quiets them. Fruit: “because one can permanently cut off six kinds of bonds, one should know that the two, four, and seven kinds of excellent fruit are established, as the sūtra teaches at length. What are the six bonds? The two bonds of the lower and upper portions, the two bonds cut off by the path of seeing and the path of cultivation, and the two bonds of the positions of arising and of birth.” This explains the appended sentence of the eight hundred and fourth, “attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits”: the treatise explains by the cutting off of six bonds why there are two, four, and seven fruits. Desire and subtle: “the differences in cultivating mindfulness of breathing in and out are, in brief, of two kinds: first, with something above it; second, with nothing above it”; that with something above it contemplates the life faculty as bound to the breath in and out and “with deep weariness purifies the mind of the love and hatred aroused by the objects of the three times,” while “the cultivation of the sixteen steps, one should know, has nothing above it”; “this dwelling in mindfulness of breathing in and out, because it takes the subtle wind-form as its object, is called the subtle dwelling.” This explains Alishizha in the eight hundred and fifth: the discourse says that what Alishizha cultivates is not looking back on the formations of the three times, and the World-Honored One says that the sixteen steps are superior and more excellent, beyond it; the treatise distinguishes that with something above it from that with nothing above it, purifying the mind of the three times being that with something above it and the sixteen steps that with nothing above it, which matches the discourse exactly. It explains the “subtle dwelling” of the eight hundred and ninth: the treatise explains it by taking the subtle wind-form as its object. Bodily fatigue: “cultivating mindfulness of breathing in and out in this way makes the body free of fatigue, because it is able to remove the secondary defilements on the side of calm; it makes the eyes free of fatigue, because it is able to remove the secondary defilements on the side of insight.” This explains “the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail” of the eight hundred and fourteenth: the discourse’s body and eyes not tiring the treatise explains as the removal of the secondary defilements on the two sides of calm and insight. The dwelling of one in training: “the Tathāgata has the dwelling apart from all hindrances; those lowest within the inner Dharma, whether in training or ordinary persons, by the power of effort suppress and cut off the five hindrances and dwell, and this is called the dwelling apart from hindrances,” and “one should know that these two dwellings apart from hindrances differ greatly. That is, those in training, by present conduct, dwell with a mind apart from hindrances equal to the Tathāgata’s. Yet because their latent tendencies are not yet permanently cut off, the hindrances again and again interrupt the continuity of the mind, and again and again by attention and striving they remove them. The Tathāgata, because the hindrances are finally cut off, dwells apart from all hindrances.” This explains the difference between the dwelling of one in training and the Tathāgata’s dwelling in the eight hundred and seventh and eighth: the discourse says that the dwelling of one in training is dwelling much in cutting off the five hindrances, and that in the Tathāgata’s dwelling the five hindrances are already cut off like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown; the treatise says that one in training suppresses and cuts them off while the latent tendencies are not yet cut off, and that the Tathāgata has finally cut them off, so that the two dwellings differ greatly. Attention: “taking mindfulness of breathing in and out as the basis, one cultivates the four foundations of mindfulness with reasoned attention as the basis, and as for all the unreasoned attention within the mind not yet cut off, one knows as it really is that it is unreasoned,” and “the four dharmas of body and the rest are like the four great roads. Unreasoned attention is like a mound of dust and earth, because it is not firm, because it is not real, because it confuses the mind. Reasoned attention is like the carriages that come from the four directions; turning upon the four objects of body and the rest as its doors, it can destroy that unreasoned attention which is like a mound of dust and earth.” This explains the crossroads of the eight hundred and thirteenth: the discourse takes carriages from the four directions trampling the mounds of earth as a simile, and the treatise explains the four great roads as the four dharmas of body and the rest, the mound of earth as unreasoned attention, and the carriage as reasoned attention—the three parts of the simile, the treatise says what each points to. Knowledge without grasping: “those who diligently cultivate mindfulness of breathing, by rightly cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, because there is no self and the rest, are equal and the same,” and “this teaching of the foundations of mindfulness cultivated by the Buddhas has nothing like it in the dharmas of other paths.” This explains the eight hundred and tenth’s fulfilling the four foundations of mindfulness by mindfulness of breathing: the treatise says that one who cultivates the foundations of mindfulness by mindfulness of breathing is equal in the absence of self in body and the rest, and that this is not something other paths have.
The door of training. Honouring the precepts: “wrong conduct means that someone, not honouring the precepts, goes forth carelessly. Though he has gone forth, he does not take the pure precepts as his higher aim”; “right conduct is of three kinds: lower, middle, and higher. Lower right conduct means that someone honours the pure precepts and also takes the pure precepts as his higher aim,” “middle right conduct means honouring both precepts and concentration and taking them as the higher aim,” “higher right conduct means that one who has seen the truths honours all three trainings”; “if there is the training in concentration, there must be the training in the precepts; if there is the training in wisdom, there must be the training in concentration; one who has the training in the precepts does not necessarily have the trainings in concentration and wisdom.” This explains the unevenness of the three trainings in the eight hundred and eighteenth and the valuing of precepts, of concentration, and of wisdom in the eight hundred and twentieth to twenty-third: the discourse says valuing the precepts and not concentration and wisdom, valuing precepts and concentration and not wisdom, and valuing all three, and the treatise says lower, middle, and higher right conduct; the discourse says having the precepts but not mind and wisdom, having the precepts and mind but not wisdom, and the treatise says that having concentration there must be the precepts, having wisdom there must be concentration, and having the precepts there need not be concentration and wisdom—the treatise’s one who goes forth without honouring the precepts is exactly the donkey of the eight hundred and twenty-eighth. The fulfilment of pure precepts: “because one can keep away from the places of faults by nature, one should know that this is called the fulfilment of pure precepts. Because one takes up and keeps without interruption, in continuous succession, the wholesome dharmas that gather pure precepts, such as closely guarding the doors of the senses, one should know that this is called the fulfilment of wholesome dharmas. Because one can keep away from the places of faults by prohibition, one should know that this is called the fulfilment of the separate liberation.” This explains “dwelling complete in the precepts” of the eight hundred and twenty-second: the treatise distinguishes three fulfilments, of pure precepts, of wholesome dharmas, and of the separate liberation. Present conduct: “in sum, in brief, there are three points of training: first, higher present conduct; second, higher discipline; third, higher separate liberation.” This explains the two trainings of the eight hundred and twenty-fourth: the discourse says the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa, and the treatise says higher present conduct, higher discipline, and higher separate liberation—deportment is present conduct, the prātimokṣa is the separate liberation; two trainings and three points of training, the names differ and what they point to carries over. The benefit of training: “dwelling in the benefit of training, with wisdom as the head, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the three trainings swiftly cultivated to fulfilment, and the rest, should be known as explained at length in the Compendium of Explanations.” This explains the four things of the eight hundred and twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth: the discourse says the blessing of training in the precepts, wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher, and the treatise lists them in four phrases and points elsewhere. The differences of training: “pure precepts, because they remedy all the evils of breaking the precepts and are the basis of closely guarding the doors of the senses, are called restraint. Because they are well received at the start, they are called full. Because they are well kept afterwards, they are called pure,” up to “these are called the differences of the training in the higher precepts”; “taking three dwellings as the basis, one should know the differences of the training in the higher mind and the higher wisdom. That is, by the differences of the heavenly dwelling and the Brahmā dwelling one should know the differences of the training in the higher mind; by the differences of the noble dwelling, the factors of awakening and the other such dharmas, one should know the differences of the training in the higher wisdom. The four dhyānas and the four formless attainments are called the heavenly dwelling. The four immeasurable concentrations are called the Brahmā dwelling. The knowledge of the four noble truths, the four foundations of mindfulness, up to the path factors, the four modes of practice, excellent calm and insight, the four tracks of dharma, and so on, all are called the noble dwelling.” This explains the explanation of the three trainings in the eight hundred and seventeenth and the six dwellings of the eight hundred and seventh: the discourse explains the training in the higher mind as seclusion from desire up to the fourth dhyāna and the training in the higher wisdom as knowing the four noble truths as they really are, and the treatise explains the training in the mind by the heavenly dwelling and the training in wisdom by the noble dwelling; the eight hundred and seventh lists the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, and the Brahmā dwelling, and the treatise takes the four dhyānas and four formless attainments as the heavenly dwelling, the four immeasurables as the Brahmā dwelling, and the knowledge of the four noble truths, the foundations of mindfulness, and the path factors as the noble dwelling—the six dwellings of the first half of the fascicle and the three trainings of the second half, the treatise runs through with the one phrase, three dwellings.
Outside these two doors, the discourses of this fascicle from the seven hundred and ninety-seventh to the eight hundredth, the eleventh and twelfth, the fifteenth, the nineteenth, the twenty-first, the twenty-third, the twenty-seventh, and the twenty-ninth are not directly glossed by the mātṛkā.
考據Apparatus
全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第二十九全卷:自卷首「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0205b24〕至卷末「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0212c25〕,收經三十二部(底本題號七九七至八二九;其中經八一一至八一二以一句總標二經;經八〇〇為編者附句一則,無「如是我聞」,無住處,無結語)。本卷為道品之第五卷,承道品前四卷而下,三十二經說沙門法與沙門果、安那般那念、三學。攝事分之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分菩提分法擇攝之息念門與學門:息念門自「復次,嗢拕南曰:」〔T30n1579 0866a05〕起,學門自「復次,嗢拕南曰:」〔T30n1579 0866c29〕起,至「如其所應,當知即是無貪、無瞋、正念、正定」〔T30n1579 0867c14〕;其後「復次,嗢拕南曰:」〔T30n1579 0867c16〕起為證淨門,不屬本卷。
一、科判定位
卷第二十九之位——底本卷首:
- 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0205b24〕
- 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0205b26〕
卷首不另題誦品(0205b25 為空行),本卷承道品前四卷而下,誦題不重出。卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0212c25〕。
住處(皆底本逐字)
- 舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園——二十四經:「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0205b27〕起,經七九七至七九九、八〇一至八〇六、八一四至八二八皆同;其中經八一五作「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園夏安居」〔T02 0209b15〕。
- 一奢能伽羅林——經八〇七:「如是我聞:一時,佛住一奢能伽羅林中」〔T02 0207a08〕。
- 迦毘羅越尼拘律樹園——經八〇八:「如是我聞:一時,佛住迦毘羅越尼拘律樹園中」〔T02 0207b06〕。
- 金剛聚落跋求摩河側薩羅梨林——經八〇九:「如是我聞:一時,佛住金剛聚落跋求摩河側薩羅梨林中」〔T02 0207b21〕。
- 金剛跋求摩河側薩羅梨林——經八一〇:「如是我聞:一時,佛住金剛跋求摩河側薩羅梨林中」〔T02 0208a09〕;較經八〇九少「聚落」二字,照底本二形。
- 金毘羅聚落金毘林——經八一三:「如是我聞:一時,佛住金毘羅聚落金毘林中」〔T02 0208c12〕。
- 跋耆聚落——經八二九:「如是我聞:一時,佛住跋耆聚落」〔T02 0212c08〕;「尊者跋耆子侍佛左右」〔T02 0212c08〕。
- 經八〇〇與經八一一至八一二,無住處。「佛住」凡三十見。
三十二經之型與所問所說
| 經 | 錨 | 型 | 所問・所說(逐字) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 797 | 0205b27 | 告比丘 | 「有沙門法及沙門果」〔T02 0205b28〕;「何等為須陀洹果?謂三結斷」〔T02 0205c02〕;「何等為阿羅漢果?謂貪、恚、癡永盡,一切煩惱永盡」〔T02 0205c05〕 |
| 798 | 0205c08 | 告比丘 | 「有沙門法、沙門、沙門義」〔T02 0205c09〕;「何等為沙門?謂成就此法者」〔T02 0205c11〕;「謂貪欲永斷,瞋恚、癡永斷,一切煩惱永斷」〔T02 0205c12〕 |
| 799 | 0205c15 | 告比丘·略·差別 | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0205c16〕;「有沙門果」〔T02 0205c17〕 |
| 800 | 0205c20 | 編者附句 | 「如是婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果」〔T02 0205c20〕;「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」〔T02 0205c22〕 |
| 801 | 0205c23 | 告比丘 | 「有五法,多所饒益修安那般那念」〔T02 0205c24〕;「住於淨戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足」〔T02 0205c25〕;「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」〔T02 0206a05〕 |
| 802 | 0206a08 | 告比丘 | 「當修安那般那念」〔T02 0206a09〕;「得身止息及心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」〔T02 0206a10〕 |
| 803 | 0206a14 | 告比丘 | 「是比丘若依聚落、城邑止住」〔T02 0206a20〕;「念於內息,繫念善學」〔T02 0206a27〕;「觀察無常,觀察斷,觀察無欲,觀察滅入息」〔T02 0206b09〕 |
| 804 | 0206b15 | 告比丘·略·附句 | 「安那般那念修習多修習者,斷諸覺想」〔T02 0206b17〕;「如上廣說,乃至」〔T02 0206b19〕;「如斷覺想,如是不動搖,得大果大福利」〔T02 0206b22〕 |
| 805 | 0206b25 | 佛問·阿梨瑟吒答·略 | 「如我所說安那般那念,汝等修習不?」〔T02 0206b26〕;「我於過去諸行不顧念,未來諸行不生欣樂,於現在諸行不生染著」〔T02 0206c03〕;「更有勝妙過其上者」〔T02 0206c08〕 |
| 806 | 0206c14 | 佛問·比丘答 | 「汝等見尊者罽賓那不?」〔T02 0206c23〕;「若比丘修習三昧,身心安住,不傾不動,住勝妙住者」〔T02 0206c27〕;「此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」〔T02 0206c28〕 |
| 807 | 0207a08 | 告比丘·天子語 | 「我欲二月坐禪」〔T02 0207a09〕;「如來二月以安那般那念坐禪思惟住」〔T02 0207a15〕;「此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳」〔T02 0207a28〕;「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」〔T02 0207a29〕 |
| 808 | 0207b06 | 摩訶男問·迦磨答 | 「學住者為即是如來住耶?為學住異、如來住異?」〔T02 0207b09〕;「學住者,斷五蓋多住」〔T02 0207b11〕;「如截多羅樹頭,更不生長」〔T02 0207b13〕 |
| 809 | 0207b21 | 告比丘·阿難白·佛告阿難 | 「諸比丘修不淨觀,多修習者,得大果大福利」〔T02 0207b23〕;「何因何緣諸比丘轉少、轉減、轉盡?」〔T02 0207c20〕;「謂安那般那念住」〔T02 0208a03〕 |
| 810 | 0208a09 | 阿難念·白佛·佛告阿難 | 「頗有一法,修習多修習,令四法滿足」〔T02 0208a11〕;「何等為一法?謂安那般那念」〔T02 0208a19〕;「是名法法相類、法法相潤」〔T02 0208c06〕 |
| 811–812 | 0208c10 | 合經總標 | 「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」〔T02 0208c10〕 |
| 813 | 0208c12 | 告金毘羅·阿難請·譬 | 「我今當說精勤修習四念處」〔T02 0208c13〕;「今大師告汝!」〔T02 0208c16〕;「譬如四衢道有土堆壠」〔T02 0209a17〕 |
| 814 | 0209a23 | 告比丘 | 「身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」〔T02 0209a25〕;「得無量種神通力」〔T02 0209b10〕 |
| 815 | 0209b15 | 告比丘 | 「我今喜諸比丘行諸正事」〔T02 0209b29〕;「我欣汝等所行正事,樂汝等所行正事」〔T02 0209c16〕;「修安那般那念,斷覺想」〔T02 0209c29〕 |
| 816 | 0210a06 | 告比丘·偈 | 「有三學」〔T02 0210a07〕;「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」〔T02 0210a08〕 |
| 817 | 0210a23 | 告比丘·引偈不出 | 「何等為增上戒學?若比丘住於戒波羅提木叉律儀」〔T02 0210a26〕;「是比丘此苦聖諦如實知」〔T02 0210b01〕;「即說偈,如上所說」〔T02 0210b02〕 |
| 818 | 0210b05 | 告比丘 | 「聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者,增上戒、增上意修習滿足」〔T02 0210b08〕;「無上慧壽而活」〔T02 0210b10〕 |
| 819 | 0210b13 | 告比丘 | 「過二百五十戒,隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅」〔T02 0210b14〕;「說三學,能攝諸戒」〔T02 0210b16〕 |
| 820 | 0210b19 | 告比丘·略·差別 | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0210b20〕;「謂比丘重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上」〔T02 0210b21〕;「我不說彼不堪能」〔T02 0210b24〕 |
| 821 | 0210c13 | 告比丘 | 「若學此三學,則攝受一切學戒」〔T02 0210c17〕;「成一種子道」〔T02 0210c22〕;「能得中般涅槃」〔T02 0211a02〕 |
| 822 | 0211a12 | 告比丘 | 「若比丘具足戒住者,善攝持波羅提木叉」〔T02 0211a13〕;「是比丘戒為滿足,少定、少慧」〔T02 0211a19〕 |
| 823 | 0211b06 | 告比丘 | 「受持學戒住,滿足三學」〔T02 0211b09〕;「得一種子道」〔T02 0211b13〕;「梵行是立」〔T02 0211b27〕 |
| 824 | 0211c01 | 告比丘·偈 | 「有二學」〔T02 0211c02〕;「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」〔T02 0211c03〕 |
| 825 | 0211c13 | 告比丘·偈 | 「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」〔T02 0211c14〕 |
| 826 | 0211c23 | 告比丘·略·差別·偈·附句 | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0211c24〕;「何等為學戒隨福利?謂大師為諸聲聞制戒」〔T02 0211c25〕;「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」〔T02 0212a21〕 |
| 827 | 0212a24 | 告比丘·譬 | 「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作」〔T02 0212a25〕;「謂彼田夫隨時耕磨,隨時溉灌,隨時下種」〔T02 0212a26〕;「譬如,比丘!伏鷄生卵」〔T02 0212b10〕 |
| 828 | 0212b18 | 告比丘·譬·偈 | 「譬如驢隨群牛而行,而作是念:『我作牛聲。』」〔T02 0212b19〕;「其實去比丘大遠」〔T02 0212b26〕 |
| 829 | 0212c08 | 跋耆子白·佛告·後記 | 「然今,世尊!我不堪能隨學而學」〔T02 0212c13〕;「汝堪能隨時學三學不?」〔T02 0212c14〕;「爾時,尊者跋耆子聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」〔T02 0212c20〕 |
經之相從
- 經七九七至八〇〇:沙門法即八聖道,沙門果即四果,四果各有其所斷;經七九八立沙門法、沙門、沙門義三名;經七九九略前經,唯出「有沙門果」;經八〇〇以一句附出婆羅門四名、梵行四名。
- 經八〇一至八〇四:多所饒益修安那般那念之五法;修習多修習則身心止息、有覺有觀、寂滅純一、明分想修習滿足;經八〇三具出其修之次第;經八〇四以安那般那念斷諸覺想,附句再推不動搖乃至二果、四果、七果。
- 經八〇五至八〇八:阿梨瑟吒之修與更勝妙之修;罽賓那身心不動之三昧;如來二月以安那般那念住,三天子語,六住之正說;釋氏摩訶男問學住與如來住之異,迦磨比丘答。
- 經八〇九至八一〇:不淨觀與比丘厭身自害之事,佛更說微細住,即安那般那念住;一法滿足四念處,四念處滿足七覺分,七覺分滿足明、解脫。經八一一至八一二承上,換作異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘。
- 經八一三至八一五:為金毘羅說精勤修四念處,以四方車輿踐蹈土堆壠為喻;修安那般那念,身不疲倦,眼亦不患,乃至諸禪、諸果、神通;夏安居中佛讚比丘眾行諸正事,數今眾長老比丘之所得。
- 經八一六至八二〇:三學之名與偈;三學之三釋(經八一七);增上慧方便成就則增上戒、增上意修習滿足;過二百五十戒攝於三學;三學各配其果(經八二〇)。
- 經八二一至八二三:三學配果位之細分——增上戒學配一種子道以下五位,增上意學配五種般涅槃,增上慧學配三漏心解脫;經八二二、八二三以具足戒住為首。
- 經八二四至八二六:二學與偈;學戒多福利住、智慧為上、解脫堅固、念為增上與偈;經八二六逐句釋此四事,列制戒九事,再說偈。
- 經八二七至八二九:田夫三種作田、伏鷄生卵二喻,喻隨時善學三學;驢隨群牛之喻與偈;跋耆子自言不堪隨學而學,佛令隨時學三學。
說者
- 世尊告諸比丘為主,「世尊告諸比丘」凡二十四見。
- 經八〇五:佛問諸比丘,阿梨瑟吒比丘起白「世尊所說安那般那念,我已修習」之義,自述其修;佛告阿梨瑟吒:「更有勝妙過其上者」〔T02 0206c08〕。
- 經八〇六:佛問諸比丘見罽賓那不,諸比丘白佛:「我等數見彼尊者正身端坐」〔T02 0206c25〕;佛告以三昧,諸比丘再問「何等三昧」,佛答以依止聚落之修。
- 經八〇七:佛自述二月坐禪;三天子各一語:「沙門瞿曇時到」〔T02 0207a26〕;「此非時到,是時向至」〔T02 0207a26〕;「非為時到,亦非時向至」〔T02 0207a27〕;「此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳」〔T02 0207a28〕。
- 經八〇八:釋氏摩訶男問,迦磨比丘答,全經無世尊直說之語;迦磨比丘於答中轉述世尊一奢能伽羅林二月坐禪之語:「一時,世尊住一奢能伽羅林中」〔T02 0207b14〕;結作「釋氏摩訶男聞迦磨比丘所說歡喜,從座起去」〔T02 0207b19〕。
- 經八〇九:世尊為諸比丘說不淨觀;鹿林梵志子殺比丘、魔天讚之,為經中所敘之事;佛問尊者阿難,阿難白佛:「世尊為諸比丘說修不淨觀,讚歎不淨觀」〔T02 0207c21〕;結作「佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T02 0208a07〕。
- 經八一〇:「爾時,尊者阿難獨一靜處,思惟禪思」〔T02 0208a10〕,作念後白佛;佛告阿難;結作「佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T02 0208c08〕。
- 經八一三:世尊告尊者金毘羅;「爾時,尊者金毘羅默然住,如是再三」〔T02 0208c15〕;尊者阿難語金毘羅「今大師告汝!」〔T02 0208c16〕,如是三說;金毘羅答:「我已知。尊者阿難!我已知。尊者瞿曇!」〔T02 0208c17〕;阿難白佛:「世尊!是時。世尊!是時。善逝!」〔T02 0208c19〕;佛告阿難;結作「佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T02 0209a21〕。
- 經八一五:年少比丘、上座比丘、人間比丘三眾;「爾時,眾多上座聲聞於世尊左右樹下、窟中安居」〔T02 0209b16〕;「時,有眾多年少比丘詣佛所」〔T02 0209b17〕。
- 經八二九:尊者跋耆子白佛,佛告跋耆子,跋耆子答「堪能」;佛再告以三學。
- 結語之異:經八二六作「佛說是經已」〔T02 0212a20〕;經八〇八作「從座起去」;經八一五、八二九作「歡喜隨喜」「作禮而去」。
- 一經二結:經八一五先記「諸年少比丘聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,從座起,作禮而去」〔T02 0209b20〕,次記「爾時人間比丘聞佛說法,歡喜隨喜,從座起,作禮而去」〔T02 0209c07〕,經末更有「佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T02 0210a04〕。
- 結語居中:經八二九「爾時,尊者跋耆子聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」〔T02 0212c20〕在經中,其後「獨一靜處,專精思惟」〔T02 0212c22〕起為略說之後記,其後「專精思惟……如上說,乃至」〔T02 0212c23〕,終於明出之證果句「心善解脫,得阿羅漢」〔T02 0212c23〕;卷末題「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0212c25〕。
- 不記「佛說此經已」者:經八〇〇、八〇八、八一一至八一二、八二九;經八二六作「佛說是經已」。「佛說此經已」凡二十七見。
偈
- 經八一六:「爾時,世尊即說偈言」〔T02 0210a09〕;偈 0210a10–a21,二十四句。
- 經八二四:導句跨 0211c03–c04,「爾時,世尊即說偈言」〔T02 0211c03〕;偈 0211c05–c11,十四句。
- 經八二五:「爾時,世尊即說偈言」〔T02 0211c18〕;偈 0211c19–c21,六句。
- 經八二六:「爾時,世尊即說偈言」〔T02 0212a16〕;偈 0212a17–a19,六句。
- 經八二八:導句跨 0212b26–b27,「爾時,世尊即說偈言」〔T02 0212b26〕;偈 0212b28–0212c06,十六句。
- 經八一七:「即說偈,如上所說」〔T02 0210b02〕,引而不出,無偈體。
- 凡五首,六十六句;說者皆世尊。本卷無攝頌。
略文
| 經 | 類 | 略文(逐字) | 錨 | 所指 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 799 | 如上說·差別者 | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」 | 〔T02 0205c16〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 800 | 亦如上說 | 「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0205c22〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 804 | 如上廣說·乃至 | 「如上廣說,乃至」 | 〔T02 0206b19〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 804 | 一一經·亦如上說 | 「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0206b24〕 | 本經 |
| 805 | 如前廣說·乃至 | 「如前廣說,乃至」 | 〔T02 0206c10〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 806 | 乃至 | 「思惟繫念,乃至息滅觀察善學」 | 〔T02 0207a04〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 807 | 乃至 | 「乃至滅出息念如實知」 | 〔T02 0207a21〕 | 本經 |
| 807 | 乃至 | 「乃至無學現法樂住」 | 〔T02 0207b04〕 | 本經 |
| 808 | 廣說如前·乃至 | 「廣說如前,乃至」 | 〔T02 0207b17〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 809 | 廣說乃至 | 「廣說乃至」 | 〔T02 0207c23〕 | 本經 |
| 809 | 如前廣說·乃至 | 「如前廣說,乃至」 | 〔T02 0208a06〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 810 | 乃至 | 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至如滅出息念學」 | 〔T02 0208a22〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 810 | 亦如是說 | 「受、心、法法念處亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0208b28〕 | 本經 |
| 811–812 | 亦如上說 | 「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0208c10〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 813 | 乃至 | 「乃至滅出息時如滅出息學」 | 〔T02 0208c23〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 814 | 乃至 | 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息時如滅出息學」 | 〔T02 0209a28〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 815 | 乃至 | 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息如觀滅出息學」 | 〔T02 0210a02〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 817 | 如上所說 | 「即說偈,如上所說」 | 〔T02 0210b02〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 820 | 如上說·差別者 | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」 | 〔T02 0210b20〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 826 | 如上說·差別者 | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」 | 〔T02 0211c24〕 | 經文未明指 |
| 826 | 亦如上說 | 「如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0212a22〕 | 本經 |
| 829 | 如上說·乃至 | 「專精思惟……如上說,乃至」 | 〔T02 0212c23〕 | 經文未明指 |
本卷略文之型:「乃至」三十七見、「如上說」八見(其中「亦如上說」四見)、「差別者」三見、「如前廣說」二見、「如上廣說」一見、「廣說如前」一見、「一一經」一見、「亦如是說」一見、「如上所說」一見。「乃至」三十七見中,多為安那般那念修法、三學之釋、四果之列之中間省略,句意自足;另有數之間之「乃至」,如「乃至殺六十人」、「若十乃至十二」,非略文。
經末之附句與後記
- 經八〇四:「如斷覺想,如是不動搖,得大果大福利」〔T02 0206b22〕至「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」〔T02 0206b24〕——列同式諸經之名:不動搖、得大果大福利、得甘露、究竟甘露、得二果、四果、七果,凡七事。
- 經八二六:「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」〔T02 0212a21〕;「如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說」〔T02 0212a22〕。
- 經八二九:結語之後,「獨一靜處,專精思惟」〔T02 0212c22〕起之略說。
攝事分之嗢拕南
息念門之嗢拕南:「復次,嗢拕南曰:」〔T30n1579 0866a05〕;「障隨惑尋等、果、欲、細、身勞、」〔T30n1579 0866a06〕;「學住、及作意、智無執為後。」〔T30n1579 0866a07〕。學門之嗢拕南:「復次,嗢拕南曰:」〔T30n1579 0866c29〕;「初尊重尸羅、清淨戒圓滿、」〔T30n1579 0867a01〕;「現行、學勝利、學差別為後。」〔T30n1579 0867a02〕。息念門十目、學門五目,論文各以「復次」分段,段數與目數不一一相當;以下依論文之次第,見目三、目四。
二、異譯對勘
本卷三十二經,大正校注不錄別譯(校注中『別譯』『No. 100』二詞皆無);大正注所出之對讀,唯巴利座標(見目十②)與 cf. 五條。
| 經 | 大正注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 809 | cf. S. 54. 9. Vesāli. | 0207b21 |
| 821 | cf. A. III. 85-86. Sekha. | 0210c13 |
| 823 | cf. A. III. 84. Sekha. | 0211b06 |
| 824 | cf. Itiv. 46. Sikkhā. | 0211c01 |
| 825 | cf. Itiv. 45. Sikkhā. | 0211c13 |
三、經論宗依(眼)
雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依攝事分息念門、學門之次第,列論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者,經在前,論在後;詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。標〔參〕者,同詞而泛,或論段與經之對位只在義近,誌之備讀。經稱「安那般那念」,論稱「入出息念」;經稱「增上意學」,論稱「增上心學」;經稱「波羅提木叉」,論稱「別解脫」;經稱「四念處」,論稱「四念住」——凡此詞異,以下並錄不判同。
息念門
障·隨惑(論0866a08 起段;經801·802·803·804)
- 經:「念於內息,繫念善學」〔T02 0206a27〕
- 經:「得身止息及心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」〔T02 0206a10〕
- 經:「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」〔T02 0206a05〕
- 經:「初夜、後夜不著睡眠」〔T02 0206a03〕
- 論:「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」〔T30n1579 0866a08〕
- 論:「爾時應知五障礙法」〔T30n1579 0866a10〕
- 論:「一者、於其外緣,其心散亂」〔T30n1579 0866a11〕
- 論:「四者、惛沈睡眠纏現在前」〔T30n1579 0866a12〕
- 論:「五者、樂與道俗共相雜住」〔T30n1579 0866a13〕
- 論:「由正修習入出息念,身心輕安」〔T30n1579 0866a16〕
- 論:「由正修習入出息念,令尋伺等悉皆靜息」〔T30n1579 0866a21〕
- 論:「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0866a22〕
同詞者:明分想、睡眠、身心。論標「十六行」而不列其行,經八〇三具出其修,經無「十六行」之名;論之「十六行」與經八〇三之逐句,並錄不判。經作「明分想修習滿足」,論作「純修明分想,令速得圓滿」。經八〇一之五法是多所饒益之緣,論之五法是障礙之法:經「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」與論「樂與道俗共相雜住」相反相成,經「不著睡眠」與論「惛沈睡眠纏」同「睡眠」二字——〔參〕。經「身止息及心止息」,論「身心輕安」,詞異。經八〇四「斷諸覺想」〔T02 0206b17〕,與論「令尋伺等悉皆靜息」,經作「覺想」,論作「尋伺」,詞異義近。
尋等·果(論0866a24 起段;經805·804附句;經815〔參〕)
- 經:「我於過去諸行不顧念,未來諸行不生欣樂,於現在諸行不生染著」〔T02 0206c03〕
- 經:「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」〔T02 0206b24〕
- 論:「於緣過去諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得損減」〔T30n1579 0866a24〕
- 論:「於緣未來諸行尋伺」〔T30n1579 0866a26〕
- 論:「於緣現在諸行尋伺」〔T30n1579 0866a27〕
- 論:「又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」〔T30n1579 0866a29〕
- 論:「謂順下分、上分二結,見道、修道所斷二結,若起、若生二分位結」〔T30n1579 0866b02〕
同詞者:過去諸行、未來諸行、現在諸行;二、四、七之果數。經八〇五以三世諸行說阿梨瑟吒之修,論以緣三世諸行之尋伺說入出息念之用;經「不顧念」「不生欣樂」「不生染著」,論「損減」「止息」「寂靜」,詞異。經八〇四附句「得二果、四果、七果」,論「二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」,同數同詞;論以六結之斷釋之,經無其詞。〔參〕:經八一五「修安那般那念,斷覺想」〔T02 0209c29〕,與上『障·隨惑』段論之「令尋伺等悉皆靜息」義近;經八一五數長老比丘所得諸果,與論「諸果勝利」同「果」字。
有上·無上(論0866b06 起段;經806〔參〕)
- 論:「復次,入出息念修習差別,略有二種」〔T30n1579 0866b06〕
- 論:「命根繫屬入息出息」〔T30n1579 0866b08〕
- 論:「深心厭離」〔T30n1579 0866b13〕
- 論:「十六行修,當知無上」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- 經:「此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」〔T02 0206c28〕
此段論文與本卷經文無逐字同詞。嗢拕南「欲」之一目,論文此段無「欲」字;經八〇六「隨欲即得」與嗢拕南「欲」同字,〔參〕,並錄不判。經八〇九「極厭患身」〔T02 0207b25〕與論「深心厭離」,詞異。
細(論0866b15 起段;經807·809;經806〔參〕)
- 經:「當更修餘微細修住而住」〔T02 0207a23〕
- 經:「即更入微細思惟,多住而住」〔T02 0207a24〕
- 經:「是故,我今次第說,住微細住,隨順開覺」〔T02 0207c27〕
- 經:「何等為微細住多修習」〔T02 0208a02〕
- 經:「身心不動,住勝妙住」〔T02 0207a01〕
- 論:「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- 論:「隔絕一切亂尋伺故,名不流散」〔T30n1579 0866b17〕
- 論:「發生廣大身心所有妙輕安故,名不可伏」〔T30n1579 0866b17〕
同詞者:微細住(經八〇九與論同三字)、微細(經八〇七)、息、念住(經「安那般那念住」〔T02 0208a03〕,論「入息出息念住」)。〔參〕:經八〇六「身心不動,住勝妙住」,與論「名不可伏」「身心所有妙輕安」同「身心」「妙」字,詞異。
身勞(論0866b19 起段;經814)
- 經:「身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」〔T02 0209a25〕
- 經:「樂隨觀住」〔T02 0209a27〕
- 論:「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」〔T30n1579 0866b19〕
- 論:「令眼無勞,善能除遣毘鉢舍那品隨煩惱故」〔T30n1579 0866b20〕
- 論:「由隨觀察涅槃樂故,名隨觀樂」〔T30n1579 0866b21〕
- 論:「由隨領受第三靜慮地中樂故,名領受樂」〔T30n1579 0866b22〕
- 論:「無染住故,無恐畏故,名安樂住」〔T30n1579 0866b23〕
同詞者:身、眼、隨觀、樂、住。經「身不疲倦」論「身無勞」,經「眼亦不患」論「眼無勞」,經「樂隨觀住」論「隨觀樂」,經「樂覺知」論「領受樂」,經「不染著樂」論「無染住」——五事次第相當,詞有同異,並錄。
學住(論0866b25 起段;經808;經807〔參〕)
- 經:「學住者為即是如來住耶?為學住異、如來住異?」〔T02 0207b09〕
- 經:「學住者,斷五蓋多住」〔T02 0207b11〕
- 經:「如來住者,於五蓋已斷已知,斷其根本」〔T02 0207b12〕
- 論:「頗復有人作如是念:如來所有離諸蓋住」〔T30n1579 0866b28〕
- 論:「若諸有學、若諸異生,由精進力,於其五蓋伏斷而住,名離蓋住」〔T30n1579 0866c01〕
- 論:「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別」〔T30n1579 0866c04〕
- 論:「然彼隨眠未永斷故,諸蓋數數間心相續」〔T30n1579 0866c05〕
- 論:「如來諸蓋畢竟斷故,離諸蓋住」〔T30n1579 0866c07〕
同詞者:如來、五蓋、斷、住;嗢拕南「學住」〔T30n1579 0866a07〕與經同詞。經「學住」,論「有學」之離蓋住;經「如來住」,論「如來所有離諸蓋住」;經「斷五蓋多住」,論「於其五蓋伏斷而住」;經「斷其根本」,論「畢竟斷」。論之「離蓋住」,經無其詞。〔參〕:經八〇七「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」〔T02 0207a29〕列學住、如來住之名,見下學門「學差別」段。
作意(論0866c10 起段;經813;經810〔參〕)
- 經:「如是知善內思惟」〔T02 0208c27〕
- 經:「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來」〔T02 0208c28〕
- 經:「當於爾時踐蹈諸土堆壠不?」〔T02 0208c28〕
- 經:「譬如四衢道有土堆壠」〔T02 0209a17〕
- 論:「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止」〔T30n1579 0866c10〕
- 論:「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」〔T30n1579 0866c16〕
- 論:「非理作意如塵土丘」〔T30n1579 0866c16〕
- 論:「如理作意如四方來輿乘車車,緣身等四境界門轉」〔T30n1579 0866c18〕
同詞者:輿、車、四、身。經以四方之車輿踐蹈土堆壠,喻身、受、心、法四念處次第成就而「善內思惟」;論以「身等四法如四大路」、「非理作意如塵土丘」、「如理作意如四方來輿乘車車」釋之。經「四衢道」論「四大路」,經「土堆壠」論「塵土丘」,經「車輿」論「輿乘車車」,經「善內思惟」論「如理作意」——同喻而詞異,並錄。〔參〕:經八一〇以安那般那念滿足四念處,與論「入出息念為所依止,修四念住」同為依息念修念處之說。
智無執(論0866c21 起段;經810〔參〕)
- 經:「聖弟子爾時身身觀念住,異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」〔T02 0208a29〕
- 經:「受、心、法法念處亦如是說」〔T02 0208b28〕
- 論:「精勤修習諸息念者,由正修習四種念住,無我等故,平等平等」〔T30n1579 0866c21〕
- 論:「是身種類,能取於身如理作意」〔T30n1579 0866c22〕
- 論:「如身念住,廣說乃至修法念住,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0866c25〕
- 論:「是故說此修念住教,名非一切外道所執」〔T30n1579 0866c27〕
同詞者:身、念住、法。經八一〇「異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」,與論「是身種類,能取於身如理作意」,同在身與觀身者之一類,詞異義近,〔參〕。論「無我」「非一切外道所執」,經無其詞。
學門
尊重尸羅(論0867a03 起段;經816·817·818·820·821;經819·828·829〔參〕)
- 經:「有三學」〔T02 0210a07〕
- 經:「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」〔T02 0210a08〕
- 經:「何等為增上意學?若比丘離欲、惡不善法,乃至第四禪具足住」〔T02 0210a28〕
- 經:「有比丘增上戒學,非增上意、增上慧學,有增上戒、增上意學,非增上慧學」〔T02 0210b06〕
- 經:「謂比丘重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上」〔T02 0210b21〕
- 經:「於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」〔T02 0210b23〕
- 經:「我不說彼不堪能」〔T02 0210b24〕
- 論:「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」〔T30n1579 0867a03〕
- 論:「建立如是三學差別,如聲聞地應知其相」〔T30n1579 0867a04〕
- 論:「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家」〔T30n1579 0867a06〕
- 論:「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」〔T30n1579 0867a12〕
- 論:「於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上」〔T30n1579 0867a13〕
- 論:「此不容有犯無餘罪,而容有犯小隨小罪」〔T30n1579 0867a14〕
- 論:「於此如來不說其於沙門果證為無能者」〔T30n1579 0867a15〕
- 論:「中正行者,謂於戒定皆悉尊重,亦為增上」〔T30n1579 0867a16〕
- 論:「上正行者,謂已見諦,於三種學皆悉尊重」〔T30n1579 0867a19〕
- 論:「當知此中,若有定學,必有戒學;若有慧學,必有定學;有戒學者,不必定有定學、慧學」〔T30n1579 0867a22〕
同詞者:三學、增上戒學、增上慧學、戒、定、慧、增上。經「增上意學」,論「增上心學」,詞異。經八二〇「重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上」,論下正行「尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」「於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上」,同其次第;經增上意學「重於戒,戒增上,重於定,定增上」,論中正行「於戒定皆悉尊重」;經增上慧學三者皆重,論上正行「於三種學皆悉尊重」。經「細微戒,犯則隨悔」,論「容有犯小隨小罪」;經「我不說彼不堪能」,論「如來不說其於沙門果證為無能者」——詞異義同,並錄不判。經八一八之戒、意、慧三學相待,與論「若有定學,必有戒學」一段同「戒學」「慧學」二詞;經作「意」,論作「定」。〔參〕:經八一九「說三學,能攝諸戒」〔T02 0210b16〕與論「學有三種」同「三學」之名;經八二八「有一愚癡男子違律犯戒,隨逐大眾」〔T02 0212b23〕與論邪行「不尊重戒,汎爾出家」,詞異義近;經八二九「我不堪能隨學而學」〔T02 0212c13〕與論「此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能」〔T30n1579 0867a20〕同「能」字之問。
清淨戒圓滿·現行(論0867a27、0867b04 二段;經822·823·824〔參〕)
- 經:「善攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀行處,見細微罪,能生怖畏」〔T02 0211a14〕
- 經:「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」〔T02 0211c03〕
- 論:「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿」〔T30n1579 0867a27〕
- 論:「於能密護諸根門等攝受淨戒所有善法」〔T30n1579 0867a28〕
- 論:「於遮罪處能遠離故,當知是名別解脫圓滿」〔T30n1579 0867b01〕
- 論:「受持非止所攝所受尸羅,所有如法身語現行所攝學處」〔T30n1579 0867b05〕
- 論:「是故一切總略而言,有三學處」〔T30n1579 0867b10〕
- 論:「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」〔T30n1579 0867b10〕
此二段論文與本卷經文同詞者唯「學」「增上」;經「波羅提木叉」,論「別解脫」;經八二四「上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」二學,論「增上現行」「增上毘奈耶」「增上別解脫」三學處——詞異,學處之數亦異,〔參〕,並錄不判。經八〇三「守諸根門」〔T02 0206a21〕與論「密護諸根門」同「根門」二字。
學勝利(論0867b12 起段;經825·826)
- 經:「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」〔T02 0211c14〕
- 經:「何等為學戒隨福利?」〔T02 0211c25〕
- 經:「何等智慧為上?」〔T02 0212a02〕
- 經:「何等為解脫堅固?」〔T02 0212a07〕
- 經:「何等為比丘念增上?」〔T02 0212a11〕
- 論:「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」〔T30n1579 0867b12〕
同詞者:學、住、慧、上、解脫堅固、念為增上、三學。經「學戒多福利住」論「學勝利住」,經「智慧為上」論「慧為上首」;經「令三學滿足」,論「修習三學速圓滿」。論自指攝釋分,此不展開。
學差別(論0867b15 起段;經822·823·807;經814·815〔參〕)
- 經:「若比丘具足戒住者」〔T02 0211a13〕
- 經:「若比丘具足戒住,善攝波羅提木叉」〔T02 0211b07〕
- 經:「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」〔T02 0207a29〕
- 經:「有得初禪、第二禪、第三禪、第四禪,慈、悲、喜、捨,空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想處具足住」〔T02 0209c20〕
- 論:「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」〔T30n1579 0867b15〕
- 論:「又即淨戒,對治一切犯戒惡故,密護根門所依處故,說名律儀」〔T30n1579 0867b15〕
- 論:「如是名為增上戒學所有差別」〔T30n1579 0867b28〕
- 論:「三住為依,當知增上心學、慧學所有差別」〔T30n1579 0867b28〕
- 論:「謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別」〔T30n1579 0867b29〕
- 論:「由諸所有覺分等法聖住差別,應知增上慧學差別」〔T30n1579 0867c01〕
- 論:「謂四靜慮、四無色等,名為天住」〔T30n1579 0867c02〕
- 論:「四無量定,名為梵住」〔T30n1579 0867c03〕
- 論:「四聖諦智,四種念住,乃至道支,四種行迹,勝奢摩他、毘鉢舍那,四法迹等,當知一切皆名聖住」〔T30n1579 0867c04〕
同詞者:具戒(經「具足戒住」,論「住具戒」)、律儀、增上戒學、聖住、天住、梵住、覺分、念住。經八〇七列六住之名,論以天住、梵住、聖住三住為增上心學、慧學之依;經無天住、梵住、聖住之別釋。〔參〕:經八一四、八一五之四禪、慈悲喜捨、四無色,與論「四靜慮、四無色等,名為天住」「四無量定,名為梵住」義近,經不稱天住、梵住。經八二一、八二三之果位名——一種子道、斯陀含、家家、七有、須陀洹、隨法行、隨信行、中般涅槃、生般涅槃、無行般涅槃、有行般涅槃、上流般涅槃——於學門論文中無同字;論唯言「此已獲得沙門果證」〔T30n1579 0867a20〕。
二門所未攝
- 經七九七至八〇〇〔查無:沙門法、沙門義、婆羅門、梵行四詞於息念門、學門論文中搜之,婆羅門、梵行皆無;沙門四見,皆作沙門果證或沙門性〕。〔參〕:息念門之前,道支門之沙門目與此四經同詞:「又彼追求此沙門果貪瞋癡等畢竟斷義,是故說彼名沙門義」〔T30n1579 0865c28〕;「一、沙門性,二、是沙門,三、沙門義,四、沙門果」〔T30n1579 0866a02〕;「其婆羅門差別道理,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0866a03〕——經七九七「有沙門法及沙門果」、經七九八「有沙門法、沙門、沙門義」、經八〇〇「婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果」,與此同詞;論段不屬本卷所對之二門,誌之備讀。
- 經八一一至八一二〔查無:一句總標,無可對之詞;異比丘、佛問二語於二門論文中搜之皆無〕。
- 經八二七〔查無:田、耕、溉、種子、鷄、隨時六詞於二門論文中搜之皆無〕。
四、本段釋要
本卷無逐文古疏。雜阿含不見逐經之古疏;攝事分息念門、學門依嗢拕南之次第,擇攝本卷諸經,即本卷唯一之鏡:
一、息念門——入出息念之障礙、對治與勝利(與經801–810·813·814同詞或義近·經815參)
- 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」〔T30n1579 0866a08〕
- 「爾時應知五障礙法」〔T30n1579 0866a10〕
- 「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0866a22〕
- 「又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」〔T30n1579 0866a29〕
- 「十六行修,當知無上」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」〔T30n1579 0866b19〕
- 「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別」〔T30n1579 0866c04〕
- 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」〔T30n1579 0866c16〕
- 「是故說此修念住教,名非一切外道所執」〔T30n1579 0866c27〕
二、學門——三學、正行與邪行、學處、勝利、三住(與經816–826同詞或義近·經807參·經819·827–829參或查無)
- 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」〔T30n1579 0867a03〕
- 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」〔T30n1579 0867a12〕
- 「上正行者,謂已見諦,於三種學皆悉尊重」〔T30n1579 0867a19〕
- 「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿」〔T30n1579 0867a27〕
- 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」〔T30n1579 0867b10〕
- 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」〔T30n1579 0867b12〕
- 「三住為依,當知增上心學、慧學所有差別」〔T30n1579 0867b28〕
- 「如其所應,當知即是無貪、無瞋、正念、正定」〔T30n1579 0867c14〕
攝事分菩提分法擇攝之念住、正斷、神足、根、力、覺支、證淨諸門,於本卷無所對之經;道支門之沙門目與經七九七至八〇〇同詞,誌於目三〔參〕。學門之後,「復次,嗢拕南曰:」〔T30n1579 0867c16〕起為證淨門,不攝本卷之經。
五、諸家異釋
本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。
六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)
承前:八聖道、正見、正定;須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果;三結、五下分結;沙門法、沙門義、沙門果、婆羅門義;安那般那念;波羅提木叉律儀;學戒;少欲;飲食知量;初夜、後夜;身行;心解脫;寂滅;純一;覺想;止息;五蓋;掉悔;根門;律儀;尼師檀;上座;年少;族姓子;天住;現法樂住;阿羅訶;多羅樹;不淨觀;四念處、身身觀念住、法法觀念住;七覺分(念、擇法、精進、喜、猗、定、捨);明、解脫;依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨;善逝;甘露;大果大福利;神通;空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想入處;七有;三菩提;苦邊;隨信行、隨法行;家家;中般涅槃、生般涅槃、無行般涅槃、有行般涅槃、上流般涅槃;身見、戒取;惡趣;解脫知見;慧解脫;心善解脫;梵行;夏安居;布薩;教誡、教授;示、教、照、喜;正事;無常想;戒身;牟尼;彼岸;堪能;無知;不生法(卷十二「於未來世成不生法耶」已釋·本卷新語境為如來住);宿命智(卷二已釋)——諸詞已見前卷,此不重出。
| 名相 | 本卷首見(逐字) | 錨 | 攝事分 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 婆羅門法·婆羅門果 | 「如是婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果」 | 〔T02 0205c20〕 | 「其婆羅門差別道理,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0866a03〕〔參〕 |
| 梵行法·梵行者·梵行義·梵行果 | 「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0205c22〕 | 論未釋 |
| 五法多所饒益 | 「有五法,多所饒益修安那般那念」 | 〔T02 0205c24〕 | 「爾時應知五障礙法」〔T30n1579 0866a10〕〔參〕 |
| 淨戒 | 「住於淨戒波羅提木叉律儀」 | 〔T02 0205c25〕 | 「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿」〔T30n1579 0867a27〕 |
| 威儀行處 | 「威儀行處具足」 | 〔T02 0205c26〕 | 論未釋 |
| 少事·少務 | 「少欲、少事、少務」 | 〔T02 0205c28〕 | 論未釋 |
| 空閑林中·憒閙 | 「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」 | 〔T02 0206a05〕 | 「五者、樂與道俗共相雜住」〔T30n1579 0866a13〕〔參〕 |
| 身止息·心止息 | 「得身止息及心止息」 | 〔T02 0206a10〕 | 「由正修習入出息念,身心輕安」〔T30n1579 0866a16〕〔參〕 |
| 有覺有觀 | 「有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」 | 〔T02 0206a11〕 | 論未釋 |
| 明分想 | 「寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」 | 〔T02 0206a11〕 | 「純修明分想,令速得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0866a23〕 |
| 守諸根門·善繫心住 | 「善護其身,守諸根門,善繫心住」 | 〔T02 0206a21〕 | 「於能密護諸根門等攝受淨戒所有善法」〔T30n1579 0867a28〕 |
| 端身正坐·繫念面前 | 「端身正坐,繫念面前」 | 〔T02 0206a23〕 | 論未釋 |
| 繫念善學 | 「念於內息,繫念善學」 | 〔T02 0206a27〕 | 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」〔T30n1579 0866a08〕〔參〕 |
| 身行息 | 「覺知一切身行息入息」 | 〔T02 0206b01〕 | 論未釋 |
| 心悅·心定 | 「覺知心,覺知心悅,覺知心定」 | 〔T02 0206b06〕 | 論未釋 |
| 斷諸覺想 | 「安那般那念修習多修習者,斷諸覺想」 | 〔T02 0206b17〕 | 「令尋伺等悉皆靜息」〔T30n1579 0866a21〕〔參〕 |
| 不動搖 | 「如是不動搖」 | 〔T02 0206b22〕 | 論未釋 |
| 究竟甘露 | 「如是得甘露、究竟甘露」 | 〔T02 0206b23〕 | 論未釋 |
| 二果·四果·七果 | 「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0206b24〕 | 「二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」〔T30n1579 0866b01〕 |
| 對礙想 | 「於內外對礙想善正除滅」 | 〔T02 0206c04〕 | 論未釋 |
| 勝妙過其上 | 「更有勝妙過其上者」 | 〔T02 0206c08〕 | 論未釋 |
| 晡時 | 「晡時從禪覺」 | 〔T02 0206c22〕 | 論未釋 |
| 勝妙住 | 「住勝妙住」 | 〔T02 0206c24〕 | 論未釋 |
| 隨欲即得 | 「此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」 | 〔T02 0206c28〕 | 論未釋 |
| 麁思惟住·微細修住 | 「此則麁思惟住」 | 〔T02 0207a22〕 | 「緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」〔T30n1579 0866b16〕〔參〕 |
| 聖住·梵住·學住·無學住·如來住 | 「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」 | 〔T02 0207a29〕 | 「謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別」〔T30n1579 0867b29〕;「由諸所有覺分等法聖住差別,應知增上慧學差別」〔T30n1579 0867c01〕 |
| 惡露不淨 | 「極生厭患惡露不淨」 | 〔T02 0207b27〕 | 論未釋 |
| 魔天 | 「有魔天住於空中」 | 〔T02 0207c01〕 | 論未釋 |
| 微細住 | 「是故,我今次第說,住微細住,隨順開覺」 | 〔T02 0207c27〕 | 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」〔T30n1579 0866b15〕 |
| 安那般那念住 | 「謂安那般那念住」 | 〔T02 0208a03〕 | 「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止」〔T30n1579 0866c10〕〔參〕 |
| 隨身比思惟 | 「異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」 | 〔T02 0208a29〕 | 「是身種類,能取於身如理作意」〔T30n1579 0866c22〕〔參〕 |
| 法法相類·法法相潤 | 「是名法法相類、法法相潤」 | 〔T02 0208c06〕 | 論未釋 |
| 十三法 | 「如是十三法,一法為增上,一法為門」 | 〔T02 0208c07〕 | 論未釋 |
| 善內思惟 | 「如是知善內思惟」 | 〔T02 0208c27〕 | 「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止」〔T30n1579 0866c10〕〔參〕 |
| 車輿 | 「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來」 | 〔T02 0208c28〕 | 「如理作意如四方來輿乘車車,緣身等四境界門轉」〔T30n1579 0866c18〕 |
| 土堆壠 | 「當於爾時踐蹈諸土堆壠不?」 | 〔T02 0208c28〕 | 「非理作意如塵土丘」〔T30n1579 0866c16〕 |
| 四衢道 | 「譬如四衢道有土堆壠」 | 〔T02 0209a17〕 | 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」〔T30n1579 0866c16〕 |
| 身不疲倦·眼亦不患 | 「身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」 | 〔T02 0209a25〕 | 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」〔T30n1579 0866b19〕;「令眼無勞,善能除遣毘鉢舍那品隨煩惱故」〔T30n1579 0866b20〕 |
| 天耳·他心智·生死智·漏盡智 | 「天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智者」 | 〔T02 0209b10〕 | 論未釋 |
| 滿迦低月 | 「滿迦低月」 | 〔T02 0209c02〕 | 論未釋 |
| 人間比丘 | 「爾時,世尊為人間比丘種種說法」 | 〔T02 0209c06〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三學 | 「有三學」 | 〔T02 0210a07〕 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 |
| 增上戒學·增上意學·增上慧學 | 「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」 | 〔T02 0210a08〕 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 |
| 增上慧方便 | 「聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者」 | 〔T02 0210b08〕 | 論未釋 |
| 無上慧壽 | 「無上慧壽而活」 | 〔T02 0210b10〕 | 論未釋 |
| 二百五十戒 | 「過二百五十戒」 | 〔T02 0210b14〕 | 論未釋 |
| 波羅提木叉修多羅 | 「隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅」 | 〔T02 0210b15〕 | 論未釋 |
| 重於戒·戒增上 | 「謂比丘重於戒,戒增上」 | 〔T02 0210b21〕 | 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」〔T30n1579 0867a12〕 |
| 細微戒·犯則隨悔 | 「於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」 | 〔T02 0210b23〕 | 「而容有犯小隨小罪」〔T30n1579 0867a15〕 |
| 戒堅固·戒師常住 | 「如是比丘戒堅固、戒師常住、戒常隨順生」 | 〔T02 0210b25〕 | 論未釋 |
| 欲有漏·有有漏·無明有漏心解脫 | 「欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫」 | 〔T02 0210c08〕 | 論未釋 |
| 一種子道 | 「成一種子道」 | 〔T02 0210c22〕 | 論未釋 |
| 彼地未等覺者 | 「彼地未等覺者,名斯陀含」 | 〔T02 0210c23〕 | 論未釋 |
| 具足戒住 | 「若比丘具足戒住者」 | 〔T02 0211a13〕 | 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」〔T30n1579 0867b15〕 |
| 少定·少慧 | 「是比丘戒為滿足,少定、少慧」 | 〔T02 0211a19〕 | 「於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上」〔T30n1579 0867a13〕〔參〕 |
| 二學·上威儀學·上波羅提木叉學 | 「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」 | 〔T02 0211c03〕 | 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」〔T30n1579 0867b10〕〔參〕 |
| 無知解脫 | 「得無知解脫」 | 〔T02 0211c08〕 | 論未釋 |
| 不動解脫 | 「成不動解脫」 | 〔T02 0211c09〕 | 論未釋 |
| 後邊身 | 「持此後邊身」 | 〔T02 0211c11〕 | 論未釋 |
| 學戒多福利住·智慧為上·解脫堅固·念為增上 | 「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」 | 〔T02 0211c14〕 | 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」〔T30n1579 0867b12〕 |
| 制戒·攝僧 | 「謂大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧」 | 〔T02 0211c25〕 | 論未釋 |
| 田夫 | 「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作」 | 〔T02 0212a25〕 | 論未釋 |
| 不起諸漏 | 「欲令我今日得不起諸漏,心善解脫」 | 〔T02 0212b05〕 | 論未釋 |
| 伏鷄 | 「伏鷄生卵,若十乃至十二,隨時消息,冷暖愛護」 | 〔T02 0212b10〕 | 論未釋 |
| 愚癡男子 | 「有一愚癡男子違律犯戒,隨逐大眾」 | 〔T02 0212b23〕 | 「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家」〔T30n1579 0867a06〕〔參〕 |
| 勝欲 | 「而不學習勝欲增上戒學」 | 〔T02 0212b24〕 | 論未釋 |
| 隨學而學 | 「我不堪能隨學而學」 | 〔T02 0212c13〕 | 「此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能」〔T30n1579 0867a20〕〔參〕 |
| 無漏心解脫 | 「盡諸有漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫」 | 〔T02 0212c18〕 | 論未釋 |
專名
- 阿梨瑟吒——經八〇五:「時,有比丘名阿梨瑟吒」〔T02 0206b27〕。
- 罽賓那——經八〇六:「時,尊者罽賓那亦晨朝時著衣持鉢」〔T02 0206c18〕。
- 安陀林——經八〇六:「持尼師檀入安陀林」〔T02 0206c17〕。
- 一奢能伽羅林——經八〇七、八〇八。
- 三天子——經八〇七:「時,有三天子,極上妙色,過夜來至我所」〔T02 0207a24〕。
- 釋氏摩訶男——經八〇八:「爾時,釋氏摩訶男詣尊者迦磨比丘所」〔T02 0207b07〕。
- 迦磨比丘——經八〇八,「迦磨」凡六見。
- 迦毘羅越尼拘律樹園——經八〇八。
- 鹿林梵志子——經八〇九:「至鹿林梵志子所」〔T02 0207b27〕。
- 金剛聚落、跋求摩河、薩羅梨林——經八〇九、八一〇。
- 金毘羅——經八一三:「爾時,世尊告尊者金毘羅」〔T02 0208c13〕;金毘羅聚落金毘林。
- 尸婆迦修多羅——經八二六附句:「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」〔T02 0212a21〕。
- 阿難陀比丘——經八二六附句:「如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說」〔T02 0212a22〕。
- 跋耆子、跋耆聚落——經八二九。
七、譬喻·修辭
譬喻八則
- 截多羅樹頭——「如截多羅樹頭,更不生長」〔T02 0207b13〕:如來住於五蓋斷其根本,未來不生。
- 天大雨——「如天大雨,起、未起塵能令休息」〔T02 0207c28〕:微細住令已起、未起惡不善法休息。
- 四方車輿踐蹈土堆壠——「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來」〔T02 0208c28〕;「譬如有人乘車輿從南方顛沛而來」〔T02 0209a04〕;「譬如有人乘車輿從西方來」〔T02 0209a11〕;「譬如四衢道有土堆壠,有人乘車輿從北方顛沛而來」〔T02 0209a17〕:四方之車次第配身、受、心、法四念處。
- 田夫三種作田——「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作」〔T02 0212a25〕;「而彼種子已入地中,則自隨時生長,果實成熟」〔T02 0212b02〕:喻隨時善學三學,不起諸漏,心善解脫自得。
- 伏鷄生卵——「伏鷄生卵,若十乃至十二,隨時消息,冷暖愛護」〔T02 0212b10〕;「然其伏鷄善伏其子,愛護隨時,其子自然安隱得生」〔T02 0212b13〕:同上。
- 驢隨群牛——「譬如驢隨群牛而行,而作是念:『我作牛聲。』」〔T02 0212b19〕:喻不學三學而自言比丘者。
- 偈中之城——「勇猛堅固城,常守護諸根」〔T02 0210a12〕。
- 偈中之燈——「如燈盡火滅」〔T02 0210a21〕。
經八〇九鹿林梵志子殺比丘、魔天讚之,為經中所敘之事,非喻,見目一。
偈
經八一六:
- 「三學具足者,是比丘正行,」〔T02 0210a10〕
- 「增上戒心慧,三法勤精進,」〔T02 0210a11〕
- 「勇猛堅固城,常守護諸根。」〔T02 0210a12〕
- 「如晝如其夜,如夜亦如晝,」〔T02 0210a13〕
- 「如前如其後,如後亦如前,」〔T02 0210a14〕
- 「如上如其下,如下亦如上。」〔T02 0210a15〕
- 「無量諸三昧,映一切諸方,」〔T02 0210a16〕
- 「是說為覺跡,第一清涼集,」〔T02 0210a17〕
- 「捨離無明諍,其心善解脫,」〔T02 0210a18〕
- 「我為世間覺,明行悉具足,」〔T02 0210a19〕
- 「正念不忘住,其心得解脫,」〔T02 0210a20〕
- 「身壞而命終,如燈盡火滅。」〔T02 0210a21〕
經八二四:
- 「學者學戒時,直道隨順行,」〔T02 0211c05〕
- 「專審勤方便,善自護其身,」〔T02 0211c06〕
- 「得初漏盡智,次究竟無知,」〔T02 0211c07〕
- 「得無知解脫,知見悉已度。」〔T02 0211c08〕
- 「成不動解脫,諸有結滅盡,」〔T02 0211c09〕
- 「彼諸根具足,諸根寂靜樂,」〔T02 0211c10〕
- 「持此後邊身,摧伏眾魔怨。」〔T02 0211c11〕
經八二五:
- 「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪,」〔T02 0211c19〕
- 「智慧為最上,現生之最後,」〔T02 0211c20〕
- 「牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸。」〔T02 0211c21〕
經八二六:
- 「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪,」〔T02 0212a17〕
- 「智慧為最上,現生最後邊,」〔T02 0212a18〕
- 「牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸。」〔T02 0212a19〕
經八二八:
- 「同蹄無角獸,四足具聲口,」〔T02 0212b28〕
- 「隨逐大群牛,常以為等侶。」〔T02 0212b29〕
- 「形亦非牛類,不能作牛聲,」〔T02 0212c01〕
- 「如是愚癡人,不隨繫心念。」〔T02 0212c02〕
- 「於善逝教誡,無欲勤方便,」〔T02 0212c03〕
- 「懈怠心輕慢,不獲無上道。」〔T02 0212c04〕
- 「如驢在群牛,去牛常自遠,」〔T02 0212c05〕
- 「彼雖隨大眾,內行常自乖。」〔T02 0212c06〕
經八一七:「即說偈,如上所說」〔T02 0210b02〕——引而不出,無偈體,不計入上五首。
定型句
| 句 | 錨 | 經 |
|---|---|---|
| 「增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學」全列 | 九見(另經八一六作「增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」〔T02 0210a08〕) | 817·819·821·822·825·827·828·829 |
| 「彼地未等覺者」 | 〔T02 0210c23〕起,十四見 | 821·823 |
| 「於彼未等覺者」 | 〔T02 0211b21〕起,四見 | 823 |
| 「如是知、如是見」 | 十二見 | 820·821·822·823 |
| 「欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫」 | 〔T02 0210c08〕起,三見 | 820·821·822 |
| 「我生已盡」 | 五見(「梵行已立」四見、「梵行是立」一見) | 820·821·822·823·829 |
| 「有覺有觀」 | 五見 | 802·803·814 |
| 「身心止息」 | 二見(另經八〇二「身止息及心止息」〔T02 0206a11〕) | 803 |
| 「依止聚落」 | 六見 | 804·806·809·810·814·815 |
| 「修習多修習」 | 四見 | 804·810 |
| 「大果大福利」 | 五見 | 804·809·814 |
| 「善學」 | 十七見 | 803·804·805·806·827 |
| 「如實知」 | 八見 | 807·817 |
| 「觀念住」 | 十五見 | 810·813 |
| 「依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨」 | 〔T02 0208c03〕起,二見 | 810 |
| 「土堆壠」 | 〔T02 0208c29〕起,五見 | 813 |
| 「示、教、照、喜」 | 〔T02 0209b19〕起,三見 | 815 |
| 「諦聽,善思」 | 四見 | 797·798·813 |
問答之型
- 『何等為……?謂……』之自問自答:「何等為」凡四十一見,經七九七、七九八、七九九、八〇一、八〇九、八一〇、八一六至八二三、八二五、八二六、八二七皆有。
- 『云何……?』之問:「云何」凡十一見,經八〇三、八〇四、八〇五、八〇八、八一〇、八一三、八一四、八一五。
- 『汝等……不?』之問:經八〇五「如我所說安那般那念,汝等修習不?」〔T02 0206b26〕;經八〇六「汝等見尊者罽賓那不?」〔T02 0206c23〕;經八一三四問「當踐蹈土堆壠不」之型;經八二九「汝堪能隨時學三學不?」〔T02 0212c14〕。
反覆句式
- 經八〇三:安那般那念之修,以「善學」十二見逐句成文。
- 經八一〇:四念處各配安那般那念之修四句,七覺分各以『修……覺分已,……覺分滿足』相承,七覺分再以「依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨」滿足明、解脫。
- 經八一三:四念處各配一方之車輿,四度問答。
- 經八二〇至八二三:三學之釋,以『重於戒,戒增上』或『戒滿足』為式,逐學增減其一。
- 經八二一、八二三:「彼地未等覺者」「於彼未等覺者」重疊為果位之列。
- 經八二六:學戒隨福利、智慧為上、解脫堅固、念增上四釋,皆以『如是如是』與『彼彼法、彼彼處』重言。
偈之體
五首皆五言,經八一六二十四句、八二四十四句、八二五六句、八二六六句、八二八十六句。經八二五與經八二六偈文相同,唯第四句一作「現生之最後」〔T02 0211c20〕,一作「現生最後邊」〔T02 0212a18〕。
略說句群與編者附句
- 經八〇〇:婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果;梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果——八名。
- 經八〇四:不動搖、得大果大福利、得甘露、究竟甘露、得二果、四果、七果——七事。
- 經八一一至八一二:異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘——二經。
- 經八二六制戒九事(底本逐字):攝僧、極攝僧、不信者信、信者增其信、調伏惡人、慙愧者得樂住、現法防護有漏、未來得正對治、令梵行久住——「謂大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧」〔T02 0211c25〕起;經末附句二:尸婆迦修多羅、阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問與佛問諸比丘三經。
八、徵引承衍
- 攝事分之同詞:〔T30n1579 0866a08〕〔T30n1579 0866a10〕〔T30n1579 0866a22〕〔T30n1579 0866a24〕〔T30n1579 0866a29〕〔T30n1579 0866b15〕〔T30n1579 0866b19〕〔T30n1579 0866b28〕〔T30n1579 0866c01〕〔T30n1579 0866c16〕〔T30n1579 0866c18〕〔T30n1579 0867a03〕〔T30n1579 0867a12〕〔T30n1579 0867a22〕〔T30n1579 0867b12〕〔T30n1579 0867b15〕〔T30n1579 0867b29〕〔T30n1579 0867c01〕。
- 嗢拕南之承衍:息念門「障隨惑尋等、果、欲、細、身勞、」〔T30n1579 0866a06〕;「學住、及作意、智無執為後。」〔T30n1579 0866a07〕——其次第與本卷經八〇一至八一五相應,經八〇五、八〇四附句、八〇九與八〇七、八一四、八〇八、八一三、八一〇相次;經之次第與論之次第不同,並錄。學門「初尊重尸羅、清淨戒圓滿、」〔T30n1579 0867a01〕;「現行、學勝利、學差別為後。」〔T30n1579 0867a02〕——與本卷經八一六至八二九相應。
- 卷內之承衍(只錄同式):
- 經七九七至八〇〇:經七九九承前經,「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0205c16〕;經八〇〇「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」〔T02 0205c22〕。
- 經八〇一至八〇四:經八〇四「若比丘依止聚落、城邑住」〔T02 0206b19〕之下,「如上廣說,乃至」〔T02 0206b19〕承經八〇三之修。
- 經八〇五至八〇八:經八〇五「如前廣說,乃至」〔T02 0206c10〕;經八〇八迦磨比丘轉述經八〇七,「廣說如前,乃至」〔T02 0207b17〕,與經八〇七「乃至無學現法樂住」〔T02 0207b04〕同句。
- 經八〇九至八一二:經八〇九「如前廣說,乃至」〔T02 0208a06〕;經八一〇「是比丘依止聚落,乃至如滅出息念學」〔T02 0208a22〕;經八一一至八一二「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」〔T02 0208c10〕。
- 經八一三至八一五:經八一三「乃至滅出息時如滅出息學」〔T02 0208c23〕;經八一四「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息時如滅出息學」〔T02 0209a28〕;經八一五「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息如觀滅出息學」〔T02 0210a02〕。
- 經八一六至八二〇:經八一七「即說偈,如上所說」〔T02 0210b02〕承經八一六之偈;經八二〇「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0210b20〕。
- 經八二一至八二三:經八二一「成一種子道」〔T02 0210c22〕與經八二三「得一種子道」〔T02 0211b13〕同式異字。
- 經八二四至八二六:經八二六「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0211c24〕承經八二五,逐句釋其四事;經八二六附句「亦如上說」〔T02 0212a23〕。
- 經八二七至八二九:經八二七「謂善戒學、善意學、善慧學已」〔T02 0212b04〕、經八二八「而不學習勝欲增上戒學」〔T02 0212b24〕、經八二九「汝當隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學」〔T02 0212c15〕,同承三學之名;經八二九後記「專精思惟……如上說,乃至」〔T02 0212c23〕。
- 本卷之外:論於三學差別曰「如聲聞地應知其相」〔T30n1579 0867a04〕,於入出息念十六行曰「如聲聞地應知其相」〔T30n1579 0866a09〕,於學勝利曰「如攝釋分廣辯應知」〔T30n1579 0867b13〕;論文自指他處,此不展開。
九、校本定位
大正校記與今行校本之列,本卷共七十三條:三本、聖本之異讀六十六條,今行與大正原刊字異七條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【聖】=正倉院聖語藏本;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;「無」=該本無此字;並錄不判)。
| # | 錨 | 今行字 | 異讀 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0206a17 | 想 | 【聖】無 |
| 002 | 0206a26 | 慧 | 【明】恚 |
| 003 | 0206b03 | 喜 | 【宋】【元】善 |
| 004 | 0206c17 | 檀 | 【三】壇 |
| 005 | 0206c20 | 檀 | 【三】壇 |
| 006 | 0207a10 | 復 | 【聖】得 |
| 007 | 0207b04 | 法 | 【聖】無 |
| 008 | 0207b27 | 至 | 【明】觀 |
| 009 | 0207c04 | 穌 | 【聖】蘇 |
| 010 | 0207c04 | 穌 | 【聖】蘇 |
| 011 | 0207c08 | 穌 | 【聖】蘇 |
| 012 | 0207c09 | 穌 | 【聖】蘇 |
| 013 | 0207c10 | 循 | 【三】【聖】順 |
| 014 | 0207c13 | 令 | 【三】【聖】無 |
| 015 | 0207c27 | 住 | 【明】依 |
| 016 | 0208a05 | 已 | 【聖】無 |
| 017 | 0208a09 | 金 | 【宋】舍 |
| 018 | 0208a26 | 學 | 【宋】學一切身行休息入息念時如入息念學出息念時如出息念學;【元】【明】【聖】學一切身行覺知入息念時如入息念學出息念時如出息念學 |
| 019 | 0208a27 | 休 | 【宋】無 |
| 020 | 0208b01 | 思 | 【聖】丘思 |
| 021 | 0208b05 | 受隨身 | 【元】【明】隨受 |
| 022 | 0208b05 | 思 | 【聖】丘思 |
| 023 | 0208b09 | 思 | 【聖】丘思 |
| 024 | 0208b12 | 思 | 【聖】丘思 |
| 025 | 0208b23 | 猗 | 【聖】倚 |
| 026 | 0208b24 | 猗 | 【聖】倚 |
| 027 | 0208b24 | 猗 | 【聖】倚 |
| 028 | 0208b24 | 分 | 【三】【聖】無 |
| 029 | 0208b26 | 分 | 【三】【聖】無 |
| 030 | 0208c14 | 勤 | 【宋】進 |
| 031 | 0209a14 | 學 | 【宋】【聖】覺 |
| 032 | 0209a24 | 諸 | 【三】無 |
| 033 | 0209a25 | 倦 | 【三】【聖】極 |
| 034 | 0209a26 | 覺知 | 【三】【聖】知覺 |
| 035 | 0209a27 | 倦 | 【三】【聖】極 |
| 036 | 0209a28 | 覺知 | 【三】【聖】知覺 |
| 037 | 0209b01 | 倦 | 【三】【聖】極 |
| 038 | 0209b29 | 告 | 【三】告言 |
| 039 | 0209c02 | 間 | 【三】間遊行 |
| 040 | 0209c03 | 滿 | 【三】限 |
| 041 | 0209c22 | 想 | 【三】想入 |
| 042 | 0209c23 | 正 | 【三】【聖】無 |
| 043 | 0210a18 | 諍 | 【三】【聖】靜 |
| 044 | 0210b28 | 正 | 【三】【聖】無 |
| 045 | 0210c27 | 名 | 【三】無 |
| 046 | 0211a01 | 分 | 【三】分結 |
| 047 | 0211a22 | 決定正 | 【三】【聖】法決定 |
| 048 | 0211a24 | 彼 | 【三】於彼 |
| 049 | 0211b11 | 定 | 【聖】靜 |
| 050 | 0211b16 | 行 | 【聖】門 |
| 051 | 0211b22 | 於 | 【宋】【元】無 |
| 052 | 0211b23 | 覺 | 【聖】學 |
| 053 | 0211b26 | 明 | 【三】明有;【聖】時 |
| 054 | 0211b27 | 是 | 【三】【聖】已 |
| 055 | 0211c02 | 二 | 【三】【聖】三 |
| 056 | 0211c03 | 二 | 【三】【聖】三 |
| 057 | 0211c03 | 謂 | 【三】謂上戒覺 |
| 058 | 0211c06 | 身 | 【三】【聖】心 |
| 059 | 0211c17 | 令 | 【三】今 |
| 060 | 0212a10 | 彼處如是 | 【宋】彼如是;【元】【明】【聖】如是彼 |
| 061 | 0212b10 | 譬如,比丘 | 【明】比丘譬如;【聖】比丘譬如比丘 |
| 062 | 0212b11 | 暖 | 【明】䐘 |
| 063 | 0212b13 | 瓜 | 【三】爪;【聖】爾 |
| 064 | 0212b21 | 牛 | 【三】無 |
| 065 | 0212c04 | 上 | 【聖】為 |
| 066 | 0212c05 | 群牛 | 【三】牛群 |
今行與大正原刊字異七條(白話一律照今行字)
| # | 錨 | 經 | 今行字 | 大正原刊 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 067 | 0206a20 | 803 | 聚 | 娶 |
| 068 | 0206b03 | 803 | 切 | 心 |
| 069 | 0206b04 | 803 | 心 | 身 |
| 070 | 0208c30 | 813 | 入 | 人 |
| 071 | 0209b04 | 814 | 喜 | 善 |
| 072 | 0212b22 | 828 | 己 | 已 |
| 073 | 0212b29 | 828 | 大 | 太 |
另:卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第二十九」〔T02 0212c25〕下,大正注錄【聖】本附光明皇后願文,不入上表。
可記者十事(並錄不判)
- 經八一六〔T02 0210a08〕:今行「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」,「增上慧學」前重出一「謂」字;大正注(0210a08):謂字麗本版缺今依忍澂師校正本補之。白話照今行之位譯出。
- 經八二三〔T02 0211b26〕〔T02 0211b27〕:今行「無明漏心解脫」,三本作「無明有漏」(第053條),與經八二〇至八二二同式;今行「梵行是立」,三本、聖本作「已」(第054條),與他經「梵行已立」同式。白話依今行。
- 經八二一與經八二三之果位列:經八二一作「彼地未等覺者」,次第為斯陀含、家家、七有、隨法行、隨信行;經八二三之增上戒學作「若彼地未等覺者」「彼地未等覺者」,次第為斯陀含、家家、須陀洹、隨法行、隨信行,增上意學作「於彼未等覺者」〔T02 0211b21〕。經八二一作「成一種子道」〔T02 0210c22〕,經八二三作「得一種子道」〔T02 0211b13〕。照底本逐譯,不齊一。
- 經八二二〔T02 0211a24〕:今行「彼彼分細微戒」,三本「於彼」(第048條)。
- 經八二四〔T02 0211c02〕〔T02 0211c03〕:今行「有二學」「何等為二」,三本、聖本皆作「三」(第055、056條);今行「謂上威儀學」,三本作「謂上戒覺」(第057條)。白話依今行作二學。
- 經八二五與經八二六之偈:第四句今行一作「現生之最後」〔T02 0211c20〕,一作「現生最後邊」〔T02 0212a18〕;大正無校注。逐段照底本,不齊一。
- 經八二七〔T02 0212b13〕:今行「若以瓜刮」之「瓜」,三本作「爪」,聖本作「爾」(第063條)。白話依今行。
- 經八一〇〔T02 0208a26〕:今行「學」下,宋本與元明聖本各多一長句(第018條),二本所多之句又互異。
- 經八一四〔T02 0209a25〕起:今行「身不疲倦」之「倦」,三本、聖本作「極」,三見同(第033、035、037條);今行「樂覺知」之「覺知」,三本、聖本作「知覺」,二見同(第034、036條)。
- 經八一六偈〔T02 0210a18〕:今行「捨離無明諍」之「諍」,三本、聖本作「靜」(第043條)。
字形
- 「迦磨」——經八〇八,凡六見;卷第二十八經七五二之比丘名作「迦摩」,二卷字形不同,不判同人。
- 經八〇九「金剛聚落跋求摩河側薩羅梨林」與經八一〇「金剛跋求摩河側薩羅梨林」,地名二形,照底本。
- 經八二六「佛說是經已」〔T02 0212a20〕,作「是」不作「此」。
- 經八二六「慙愧者得樂住」〔T02 0211c27〕,作「慙」。
- 經八〇一「離諸憒閙」〔T02 0206a05〕,作「閙」。
- 經八〇九「穌息」之「穌」,聖本皆作「蘇」(第009至012條)。
夾註——本卷無夾註。
偈之行式——五首皆每行二句;經八二四、八二八之導句跨行。
十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文
① 本母
| 經 | 本母(逐字) | 錨 | 同詞 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 797 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | —〔二門無;道支門同詞見目三〕 |
| 798 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | —〔二門無;道支門同詞見目三〕 |
| 799 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | —〔二門無;道支門同詞見目三〕 |
| 800 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | —〔二門無;道支門同詞見目三〕 |
| 801 | 「爾時應知五障礙法」 | 〔T30n1579 0866a10〕 | 〔參〕五法·睡眠 |
| 802 | 「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」 | 〔T30n1579 0866a22〕 | 明分想 |
| 803 | 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」 | 〔T30n1579 0866a08〕 | 〔參〕論標十六行·經逐句 |
| 804 | 「又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」 | 〔T30n1579 0866a29〕 | 二·四·七果 |
| 805 | 「於緣過去諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得損減」 | 〔T30n1579 0866a24〕 | 過去諸行·未來諸行·現在諸行 |
| 806 | 「發生廣大身心所有妙輕安故,名不可伏」 | 〔T30n1579 0866b17〕 | 〔參〕身心 |
| 807 | 「謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別」 | 〔T30n1579 0867b29〕 | 天住·梵住·聖住;〔參〕微細 |
| 808 | 「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別」 | 〔T30n1579 0866c04〕 | 如來·五蓋·斷 |
| 809 | 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」 | 〔T30n1579 0866b15〕 | 微細住 |
| 810 | 「精勤修習諸息念者,由正修習四種念住,無我等故,平等平等」 | 〔T30n1579 0866c21〕 | 〔參〕念住·身 |
| 811–812 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 813 | 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」 | 〔T30n1579 0866c16〕 | 輿·車·四〔同喻詞異〕 |
| 814 | 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」 | 〔T30n1579 0866b19〕 | 身·眼·隨觀·樂 |
| 815 | 「由正修習入出息念,令尋伺等悉皆靜息」 | 〔T30n1579 0866a21〕 | 〔參〕斷覺想 |
| 816 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 | 三學·增上戒學·增上慧學 |
| 817 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 | 三學·增上戒學·增上慧學 |
| 818 | 「當知此中,若有定學,必有戒學;若有慧學,必有定學;有戒學者,不必定有定學、慧學」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a22〕 | 戒學·慧學 |
| 819 | 「建立如是三學差別,如聲聞地應知其相」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a04〕 | 〔參〕三學 |
| 820 | 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a12〕 | 戒·增上·尊重 |
| 821 | 「中正行者,謂於戒定皆悉尊重,亦為增上」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a16〕 | 戒·定·增上〔果位名論無同字〕 |
| 822 | 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」 | 〔T30n1579 0867b15〕 | 具戒 |
| 823 | 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」 | 〔T30n1579 0867b15〕 | 具戒〔果位名論無同字〕 |
| 824 | 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」 | 〔T30n1579 0867b10〕 | 〔參〕詞異·學處之數異 |
| 825 | 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」 | 〔T30n1579 0867b12〕 | 解脫堅固·念為增上·三學 |
| 826 | 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」 | 〔T30n1579 0867b12〕 | 解脫堅固·念為增上 |
| 827 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 828 | 「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a06〕 | 〔參〕詞異 |
| 829 | 「此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能」 | 〔T30n1579 0867a20〕 | 〔參〕能 |
② SN 座標
| 經 | 大正注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 797 | — | — |
| 798 | — | — |
| 799 | — | — |
| 800 | S. 45. 37-38. Brahmañña.(原刊注作 45. 37-38. Brahmañña.);S. 45. 39-40. Brahmacariya.(原刊注作 45. 39-40. Brahmacariya.) | 0205c20;0205c22 |
| 801 | — | — |
| 802 | — | — |
| 803 | S. 54. 1. Ekadhamma. | 0206a14 |
| 804 | S. 54. 3-5. Suddhaka; phala. | 0206b15 |
| 805 | S. 54. 6. Ariṭṭha. (阿梨瑟吒) | 0206b25 |
| 806 | S. 54. 7. Kappina. | 0206c14 |
| 807 | S. 54. 11. Icchānaṅgala. (一奢能伽羅) | 0207a08 |
| 808 | S. 54. 12. Kaṅkheyya. | 0207b06 |
| 809 | cf. S. 54. 9. Vesāli. | 0207b21 |
| 810 | S. 54. 13-14. Ānanda. | 0208a09 |
| 811–812 | (811-812)S. 54. 15-16. Bhikkhu. | 0208c10 |
| 813 | S. 54. 10. Kimbila. | 0208c12 |
| 814 | — | — |
| 815 | — | — |
| 816 | — | — |
| 817 | — | — |
| 818 | — | — |
| 819 | — | — |
| 820 | — | — |
| 821 | — | — |
| 822 | — | — |
| 823 | — | — |
| 824 | — | — |
| 825 | — | — |
| 826 | — | — |
| 827 | — | — |
| 828 | — | — |
| 829 | — | — |
大正注之 S. 座標本卷十二條:原刊注十條,繫經八〇三至八一三之十經(經八一一至八一二以括號總標一條);今行注二條,繫經八〇〇。
非 S. 座標之大正注(照錄不解):經八一六「A. III. 89. Sikkha.」(0210a06);經八一九「A. III. 87. Sādhika.」(0210b13);經八二〇「A. III. 85-86. Sekha.」(0210b19);經八二一「cf. A. III. 85-86. Sekha.」(0210c13);經八二三「cf. A. III. 84. Sekha.」(0211b06);經八二四「cf. Itiv. 46. Sikkhā.」(0211c01;今行注作 cf. It. 46. Sikkhā.);經八二五「cf. Itiv. 45. Sikkhā.」(0211c13;今行注作 It. 46. Sikkhā.,與原刊注之數不同);經八二七「A. III. 82. Sukhetta.」(0212a24);經八二八「A. III. 81. Samaṇa.」(0212b18);經八二九「A. III. 83. Vajjiputta.(跋耆子)」(0212c08)。無任何座標注之經:七九七、七九八、七九九、八〇一、八〇二、八一四、八一五、八一七、八一八、八二二、八二六。
音寫對照之大正注(唯錄注文,不據以改譯):安那般那念 Ānāpānasati.(0206a18);罽賓那 Kappina.(0206c18);聖住 Ariyavihāra.、Brahmavihāra.(0207a29);Tathāgatavihāra.(0207b01);Kapilavatthusmiṃ. Nigrodha-ārāme.(0207b06);Mahānāma.(0207b07);Sekhavihāra.(0207b09);多羅 Tālā.(0207b13);於未…不生法 Āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā.(0207b14);Asubhakathā.(0207b23);明解脫 Vijjāvimutti.(0208a21);Adhisīlasikkhā.、Adhicittasikkhā.、Adhipaññāsikkā.(0210a08)。
③ 別譯異文——本卷大正注不錄別譯,無可對勘。
Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 29 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: from the fascicle title at its head, 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29”〔T02 0205b24〕, to the closing title at its end, 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29”〔T02 0212c25〕; it holds thirty-two discourses (discourse numbers 797 to 829 in the base text; of these, Discourses 811 to 812 are two discourses headed together in a single sentence; Discourse 800 is a single appended sentence of the compilers, without 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard”, without a dwelling place, and without closing words). This fascicle is the fifth fascicle of the Connected Discourses on the Path, continuing on from the four preceding fascicles of the Path, and its thirty-two discourses teach the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic, mindfulness of breathing, and the three trainings. The mirror in the Compendium of Topics is the door of mindfulness of breathing and the door of training in the Selection on the Factors of Awakening of the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi: the door of mindfulness of breathing begins from 「復次,嗢拕南曰:」—“Further, the uddāna says:”〔T30n1579 0866a05〕, and the door of training begins from 「復次,嗢拕南曰:」—“Further, the uddāna says:”〔T30n1579 0866c29〕, running to 「如其所應,當知即是無貪、無瞋、正念、正定」—“as is fitting, it should be known that these are non-greed, non-hatred, right mindfulness, and right concentration”〔T30n1579 0867c14〕; what follows, from 「復次,嗢拕南曰:」—“Further, the uddāna says:”〔T30n1579 0867c16〕, is the door of the purities of realization and does not belong to this fascicle.
I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
The place of Fascicle 29—the head of the fascicle in the base text:
- 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29”〔T02 0205b24〕
- 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0205b26〕
The head of the fascicle bears no separate recitation title (0205b25 is a blank line); this fascicle continues on from the four preceding fascicles of the Path, and the recitation title is not repeated. The closing title at the end of the fascicle reads 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29”〔T02 0212c25〕.
Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text)
- Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park—twenty-four discourses: from 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0205b27〕 onward, the same in Discourses 797 to 799, 801 to 806, and 814 to 828; of these, Discourse 815 reads 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園夏安居」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park, for the summer retreat”〔T02 0209b15〕.
- The Icchānaṅgala Grove—Discourse 807: 「如是我聞:一時,佛住一奢能伽羅林中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Icchānaṅgala Grove”〔T02 0207a08〕.
- Kapilavastu, in the Nyagrodha Park—Discourse 808: 「如是我聞:一時,佛住迦毘羅越尼拘律樹園中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kapilavastu, in the Nyagrodha Park”〔T02 0207b06〕.
- The Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River, at Jingang village—Discourse 809: 「如是我聞:一時,佛住金剛聚落跋求摩河側薩羅梨林中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River, at Jingang village”〔T02 0207b21〕.
- The Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River, at Jingang—Discourse 810: 「如是我聞:一時,佛住金剛跋求摩河側薩羅梨林中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River at Jingang”〔T02 0208a09〕; compared with Discourse 809 it lacks the two characters 「聚落」—“village”, and the two forms are kept as the base text has them.
- The Jinpi Grove at Jinpiluo village—Discourse 813: 「如是我聞:一時,佛住金毘羅聚落金毘林中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Jinpi Grove at Jinpiluo village”〔T02 0208c12〕.
- The Baqi village—Discourse 829: 「如是我聞:一時,佛住跋耆聚落」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at the Baqi village”〔T02 0212c08〕; 「尊者跋耆子侍佛左右」—“the venerable Baqizi was attending at the Buddha’s side”〔T02 0212c08〕.
- Discourse 800 and Discourses 811 to 812 have no dwelling place. 「佛住」—“the Buddha was staying” occurs thirty times in all.
The types of the thirty-two discourses, and what is asked and what is said
| Discourse | Anchor | Type | What is asked · what is said (verbatim) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 797 | 0205b27 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「有沙門法及沙門果」—“There is the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic”〔T02 0205b28〕; 「何等為須陀洹果?謂三結斷」—“What is the fruit of stream-entry? The cutting off of the three bonds”〔T02 0205c02〕; 「何等為阿羅漢果?謂貪、恚、癡永盡,一切煩惱永盡」—“What is the fruit of arhatship? Greed, hatred, and delusion forever ended, all defilements forever ended”〔T02 0205c05〕 |
| 798 | 0205c08 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「有沙門法、沙門、沙門義」—“There is the dharma of an ascetic, the ascetic, and the goal of an ascetic”〔T02 0205c09〕; 「何等為沙門?謂成就此法者」—“What is an ascetic? One who is accomplished in this dharma”〔T02 0205c11〕; 「謂貪欲永斷,瞋恚、癡永斷,一切煩惱永斷」—“the complete cutting off of greed, the complete cutting off of hatred and delusion, the complete cutting off of all defilements”〔T02 0205c12〕 |
| 799 | 0205c15 | Said to the bhikṣus · abbreviated · difference | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0205c16〕; 「有沙門果」—“There are the fruits of an ascetic”〔T02 0205c17〕 |
| 800 | 0205c20 | Compilers’ appended sentence | 「如是婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果」—“Likewise the dharma of a brāhmaṇa, the brāhmaṇa, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, the fruits of a brāhmaṇa”〔T02 0205c20〕; 「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」—“the dharma of pure conduct, the one of pure conduct, the goal of pure conduct, the fruits of pure conduct, are also as said above”〔T02 0205c22〕 |
| 801 | 0205c23 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「有五法,多所饒益修安那般那念」—“There are five things of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing”〔T02 0205c24〕; 「住於淨戒波羅提木叉律儀,威儀行處具足」—“dwelling in the pure precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort”〔T02 0205c25〕; 「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」—“in an empty grove, away from all clamor”〔T02 0206a05〕 |
| 802 | 0206a08 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「當修安那般那念」—“One should cultivate mindfulness of breathing”〔T02 0206a09〕; 「得身止息及心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」—“attains the stilling of body and the stilling of mind, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment”〔T02 0206a10〕 |
| 803 | 0206a14 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「是比丘若依聚落、城邑止住」—“If this bhikṣu dwells relying on a village or town”〔T02 0206a20〕; 「念於內息,繫念善學」—“Mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well”〔T02 0206a27〕; 「觀察無常,觀察斷,觀察無欲,觀察滅入息」—“contemplating impermanence, contemplating cutting off, contemplating dispassion, contemplating cessation on the in-breath”〔T02 0206b09〕 |
| 804 | 0206b15 | Said to the bhikṣus · abbreviated · appended sentence | 「安那般那念修習多修習者,斷諸覺想」—“mindfulness of breathing cultivated and cultivated much cuts off all thoughts and perceptions”〔T02 0206b17〕; 「如上廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length above, up to”〔T02 0206b19〕; 「如斷覺想,如是不動搖,得大果大福利」—“As with cutting off thoughts and perceptions, so likewise not being shaken, attaining great fruit and great blessing”〔T02 0206b22〕 |
| 805 | 0206b25 | The Buddha asks · Alishizha answers · abbreviated | 「如我所說安那般那念,汝等修習不?」—“The mindfulness of breathing that I have taught—have you cultivated it?”〔T02 0206b26〕; 「我於過去諸行不顧念,未來諸行不生欣樂,於現在諸行不生染著」—“I do not look back on past formations, I do not delight in future formations, I am not attached to present formations”〔T02 0206c03〕; 「更有勝妙過其上者」—“there is something superior and more excellent, beyond it”〔T02 0206c08〕 |
| 806 | 0206c14 | The Buddha asks · the bhikṣus answer | 「汝等見尊者罽賓那不?」—“Do you see the venerable Jibinna?”〔T02 0206c23〕; 「若比丘修習三昧,身心安住,不傾不動,住勝妙住者」—“If a bhikṣu cultivates samādhi and is settled in body and mind, neither leaning nor moving, dwelling in a superior dwelling”〔T02 0206c27〕; 「此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」—“that bhikṣu attains this samādhi without exerting skilful means; he obtains it at will”〔T02 0206c28〕 |
| 807 | 0207a08 | Said to the bhikṣus · words of the gods | 「我欲二月坐禪」—“I wish to sit in meditation for two months”〔T02 0207a09〕; 「如來二月以安那般那念坐禪思惟住」—“The Tathāgata for two months sat in meditation and dwelt in reflection by mindfulness of breathing”〔T02 0207a15〕; 「此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳」—“this is a dwelling of cultivation, it is the stillness of the Arhat, that is all”〔T02 0207a28〕; 「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」—“the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, the Tathāgata’s dwelling”〔T02 0207a29〕 |
| 808 | 0207b06 | Mahānāma asks · Jiamo answers | 「學住者為即是如來住耶?為學住異、如來住異?」—“Is the dwelling of one in training the same as the Tathāgata’s dwelling? Or is the dwelling of one in training one thing and the Tathāgata’s dwelling another?”〔T02 0207b09〕; 「學住者,斷五蓋多住」—“The dwelling of one in training is to cut off the five hindrances and dwell much”〔T02 0207b11〕; 「如截多羅樹頭,更不生長」—“like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to grow again”〔T02 0207b13〕 |
| 809 | 0207b21 | Said to the bhikṣus · Ānanda speaks · the Buddha tells Ānanda | 「諸比丘修不淨觀,多修習者,得大果大福利」—“Bhikṣus who cultivate the contemplation of the impure and cultivate it much attain great fruit and great blessing”〔T02 0207b23〕; 「何因何緣諸比丘轉少、轉減、轉盡?」—“For what cause, for what reason, have the bhikṣus become fewer, dwindled, and come to an end?”〔T02 0207c20〕; 「謂安那般那念住」—“namely, dwelling in mindfulness of breathing”〔T02 0208a03〕 |
| 810 | 0208a09 | Ānanda reflects · speaks to the Buddha · the Buddha tells Ānanda | 「頗有一法,修習多修習,令四法滿足」—“Is there one dharma which, cultivated and cultivated much, causes four dharmas to be fulfilled”〔T02 0208a11〕; 「何等為一法?謂安那般那念」—“What is the one dharma? Namely, mindfulness of breathing”〔T02 0208a19〕; 「是名法法相類、法法相潤」—“This is called dharma akin to dharma, dharma nourishing dharma”〔T02 0208c06〕 |
| 811–812 | 0208c10 | Joint heading of discourses | 「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」—“So too what a certain bhikṣu asked, and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are as said above”〔T02 0208c10〕 |
| 813 | 0208c12 | Said to Jinpiluo · Ānanda requests · simile | 「我今當說精勤修習四念處」—“I shall now teach the diligent cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness”〔T02 0208c13〕; 「今大師告汝!」—“Now the teacher is addressing you!”〔T02 0208c16〕; 「譬如四衢道有土堆壠」—“Suppose at a crossroads there were mounds of earth”〔T02 0209a17〕 |
| 814 | 0209a23 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」—“the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail; one delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance, delights in knowing, and is not attached to happiness”〔T02 0209a25〕; 「得無量種神通力」—“attains the countless kinds of supernormal power”〔T02 0209b10〕 |
| 815 | 0209b15 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「我今喜諸比丘行諸正事」—“I now rejoice that the bhikṣus practise all right conduct”〔T02 0209b29〕; 「我欣汝等所行正事,樂汝等所行正事」—“I rejoice in the right conduct you practise, I delight in the right conduct you practise”〔T02 0209c16〕; 「修安那般那念,斷覺想」—“cultivate mindfulness of breathing and cut off thoughts and perceptions”〔T02 0209c29〕 |
| 816 | 0210a06 | Said to the bhikṣus · verse | 「有三學」—“There are three trainings”〔T02 0210a07〕; 「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」—“namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and, namely, the training in the higher wisdom”〔T02 0210a08〕 |
| 817 | 0210a23 | Said to the bhikṣus · verse cited, not given | 「何等為增上戒學?若比丘住於戒波羅提木叉律儀」—“What is the training in the higher precepts? If a bhikṣu dwells in the precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa”〔T02 0210a26〕; 「是比丘此苦聖諦如實知」—“that bhikṣu knows this noble truth of suffering as it really is”〔T02 0210b01〕; 「即說偈,如上所說」—“spoke a verse, as said above”〔T02 0210b02〕 |
| 818 | 0210b05 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者,增上戒、增上意修習滿足」—“a noble disciple who dwells having accomplished the skilful means of higher wisdom in accordance has the higher precepts and the higher mind cultivated to fulfilment”〔T02 0210b08〕; 「無上慧壽而活」—“lives by the life of unsurpassed wisdom”〔T02 0210b10〕 |
| 819 | 0210b13 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「過二百五十戒,隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅」—“More than two hundred and fifty precepts—in sequence, every half month, the prātimokṣa sūtra is recited”〔T02 0210b14〕; 「說三學,能攝諸戒」—“three trainings are taught, which can gather all the precepts”〔T02 0210b16〕 |
| 820 | 0210b19 | Said to the bhikṣus · abbreviated · difference | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0210b20〕; 「謂比丘重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上」—“namely, a bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, concentration is not higher”〔T02 0210b21〕; 「我不說彼不堪能」—“I do not say that he is incapable”〔T02 0210b24〕 |
| 821 | 0210c13 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「若學此三學,則攝受一切學戒」—“If he trains in these three trainings, he gathers all the training precepts”〔T02 0210c17〕; 「成一種子道」—“accomplishes the one-seed path”〔T02 0210c22〕; 「能得中般涅槃」—“is able to attain final nirvāṇa in the interval”〔T02 0211a02〕 |
| 822 | 0211a12 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「若比丘具足戒住者,善攝持波羅提木叉」—“If a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts, well keeping the prātimokṣa”〔T02 0211a13〕; 「是比丘戒為滿足,少定、少慧」—“this bhikṣu has the precepts fulfilled, with little concentration and little wisdom”〔T02 0211a19〕 |
| 823 | 0211b06 | Said to the bhikṣus | 「受持學戒住,滿足三學」—“dwells taking up and keeping the training precepts, and fulfils the three trainings”〔T02 0211b09〕; 「得一種子道」—“attains the one-seed path”〔T02 0211b13〕; 「梵行是立」—“the pure conduct is established”〔T02 0211b27〕 |
| 824 | 0211c01 | Said to the bhikṣus · verse | 「有二學」—“There are two trainings”〔T02 0211c02〕; 「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」—“namely, the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa”〔T02 0211c03〕 |
| 825 | 0211c13 | Said to the bhikṣus · verse | 「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」—“dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts, with wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher”〔T02 0211c14〕 |
| 826 | 0211c23 | Said to the bhikṣus · abbreviated · difference · verse · appended sentence | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0211c24〕; 「何等為學戒隨福利?謂大師為諸聲聞制戒」—“What is following the blessing of training in the precepts? Namely, the teacher lays down the precepts for the śrāvakas”〔T02 0211c25〕; 「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」—“The Śivaka sūtra—as below, the Buddha will teach it”〔T02 0212a21〕 |
| 827 | 0212a24 | Said to the bhikṣus · simile | 「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作」—“Just as a farmer has three kinds of field-work, which he does well in season”〔T02 0212a25〕; 「謂彼田夫隨時耕磨,隨時溉灌,隨時下種」—“namely, that farmer ploughs and harrows in season, irrigates in season, and sows in season”〔T02 0212a26〕; 「譬如,比丘!伏鷄生卵」—“Just as, bhikṣus, a brooding hen lays eggs”〔T02 0212b10〕 |
| 828 | 0212b18 | Said to the bhikṣus · simile · verse | 「譬如驢隨群牛而行,而作是念:『我作牛聲。』」—“Just as a donkey follows a herd of cattle and thinks: ‘I make the sound of cattle’”〔T02 0212b19〕; 「其實去比丘大遠」—“in truth he is far from a bhikṣu”〔T02 0212b26〕 |
| 829 | 0212c08 | Baqizi speaks · the Buddha tells · after-note | 「然今,世尊!我不堪能隨學而學」—“But now, World-Honored One, I am not able to train as the training goes”〔T02 0212c13〕; 「汝堪能隨時學三學不?」—“Are you able to train in the three trainings in season?”〔T02 0212c14〕; 「爾時,尊者跋耆子聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」—“At that time the venerable Baqizi, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and was glad along with it, made obeisance, and departed”〔T02 0212c20〕 |
The grouping of the discourses
- Discourses 797 to 800: the dharma of an ascetic is the eightfold noble path, the fruits of an ascetic are the four fruits, and each of the four fruits has what it cuts off; Discourse 798 sets up the three names of the dharma of an ascetic, the ascetic, and the goal of an ascetic; Discourse 799 abbreviates the preceding discourse and gives only 「有沙門果」—“There are the fruits of an ascetic”; Discourse 800 adds in a single sentence the four names of the brāhmaṇa and the four names of pure conduct.
- Discourses 801 to 804: the five things of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing; cultivated and cultivated much, it brings the stilling of body and mind, with thought and examination, stillness and singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment; Discourse 803 gives in full the sequence of its cultivation; Discourse 804 has mindfulness of breathing cut off all thoughts and perceptions, and its appended sentence extends this further to not being shaken, up to the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits.
- Discourses 805 to 808: Alishizha’s cultivation and a cultivation more superior and excellent; the samādhi of Jibinna, unmoving in body and mind; the Tathāgata’s two months dwelling by mindfulness of breathing, the words of the three gods, and the right way of speaking of the six dwellings; Mahānāma of the Śākyas asks the difference between the dwelling of one in training and the Tathāgata’s dwelling, and the bhikṣu Jiamo answers.
- Discourses 809 to 810: the contemplation of the impure and the affair of the bhikṣus who, weary of the body, did themselves harm, and the Buddha’s further teaching of the subtle dwelling, which is dwelling in mindfulness of breathing; one dharma fulfils the four foundations of mindfulness, the four foundations of mindfulness fulfil the seven factors of awakening, and the seven factors of awakening fulfil knowledge and liberation. Discourses 811 to 812 follow on from the above, changed to what a certain bhikṣu asked and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus.
- Discourses 813 to 815: the diligent cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness taught for Jinpiluo, with a carriage from the four directions trampling the mounds of earth as the simile; through cultivating mindfulness of breathing the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail, up to the dhyānas, the fruits, and the supernormal powers; during the summer retreat the Buddha praises the assembly of bhikṣus for practising all right conduct, and counts what the elder bhikṣus of the present assembly have attained.
- Discourses 816 to 820: the names of the three trainings, with a verse; three explanations of the three trainings (Discourse 817); when the skilful means of higher wisdom is accomplished, the higher precepts and the higher mind are cultivated to fulfilment; more than two hundred and fifty precepts are gathered in the three trainings; each of the three trainings is matched with its fruit (Discourse 820).
- Discourses 821 to 823: the finer division of the three trainings matched with the stages of fruit—the training in the higher precepts matched with the five stages from the one-seed path downward, the training in the higher mind with the five kinds of final nirvāṇa, the training in the higher wisdom with the liberation of mind from the three outflows; Discourses 822 and 823 begin with dwelling complete in the precepts.
- Discourses 824 to 826: the two trainings, with a verse; dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts, wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher, with a verse; Discourse 826 explains these four matters sentence by sentence, lists the nine purposes of laying down the precepts, and speaks the verse again.
- Discourses 827 to 829: the two similes of the farmer’s three kinds of field-work and the brooding hen laying eggs, as similes for training well in the three trainings in season; the simile of the donkey following the herd of cattle, with a verse; Baqizi says of himself that he is not able to train as the training goes, and the Buddha has him train in the three trainings in season.
Speakers
- For the most part the World-Honored One speaks to the bhikṣus; 「世尊告諸比丘」—“the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus” appears twenty-four times in all.
- Discourse 805: the Buddha asks the bhikṣus; the bhikṣu Alishizha rises and says to the effect of 「世尊所說安那般那念,我已修習」—“The mindfulness of breathing taught by the World-Honored One I have already cultivated”, stating his own cultivation; the Buddha tells Alishizha: 「更有勝妙過其上者」—“there is something superior and more excellent, beyond it”〔T02 0206c08〕.
- Discourse 806: the Buddha asks the bhikṣus whether they see Jibinna; the bhikṣus say to the Buddha: 「我等數見彼尊者正身端坐」—“Again and again we have seen that venerable sitting upright with body straight”〔T02 0206c25〕; the Buddha tells them of the samādhi, the bhikṣus ask again 「何等三昧」—“What samādhi”, and the Buddha answers with the cultivation of one dwelling relying on a village.
- Discourse 807: the Buddha himself relates his two months of sitting in meditation; the three gods speak one sentence each: 「沙門瞿曇時到」—“The ascetic Gautama’s time has come”〔T02 0207a26〕; 「此非時到,是時向至」—“This is not the time having come; it is the time drawing near”〔T02 0207a26〕; 「非為時到,亦非時向至」—“It is neither the time having come nor the time drawing near”〔T02 0207a27〕; 「此則修住,是阿羅訶寂滅耳」—“this is a dwelling of cultivation, it is the stillness of the Arhat, that is all”〔T02 0207a28〕.
- Discourse 808: Mahānāma of the Śākyas asks and the bhikṣu Jiamo answers; the whole discourse has no word spoken directly by the World-Honored One; within his answer the bhikṣu Jiamo relates the words of the World-Honored One’s two months of sitting in meditation in the Icchānaṅgala Grove: 「一時,世尊住一奢能伽羅林中」—“At one time the World-Honored One was staying in the Icchānaṅgala Grove”〔T02 0207b14〕; it closes with 「釋氏摩訶男聞迦磨比丘所說歡喜,從座起去」—“Mahānāma of the Śākyas, having heard what the bhikṣu Jiamo said, rejoiced, rose from his seat, and departed”〔T02 0207b19〕.
- Discourse 809: the World-Honored One teaches the bhikṣus the contemplation of the impure; Lulin, the brahmin’s son, killing the bhikṣus, and the god of Māra’s host praising him, are events narrated in the discourse; the Buddha asks the venerable Ānanda, and Ānanda says to the Buddha: 「世尊為諸比丘說修不淨觀,讚歎不淨觀」—“The World-Honored One taught the bhikṣus the cultivation of the contemplation of the impure and praised the contemplation of the impure”〔T02 0207c21〕; it closes with 「佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T02 0208a07〕.
- Discourse 810: 「爾時,尊者阿難獨一靜處,思惟禪思」—“At that time the venerable Ānanda, alone in a quiet place, reflecting in meditation”〔T02 0208a10〕, has a thought and then speaks to the Buddha; the Buddha tells Ānanda; it closes with 「佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T02 0208c08〕.
- Discourse 813: the World-Honored One addresses the venerable Jinpiluo; 「爾時,尊者金毘羅默然住,如是再三」—“At that time the venerable Jinpiluo stayed silent; and so a second and a third time”〔T02 0208c15〕; the venerable Ānanda says to Jinpiluo 「今大師告汝!」—“Now the teacher is addressing you!”〔T02 0208c16〕, and says it three times; Jinpiluo answers: 「我已知。尊者阿難!我已知。尊者瞿曇!」—“I know already, venerable Ānanda! I know already, venerable Gautama!”〔T02 0208c17〕; Ānanda says to the Buddha: 「世尊!是時。世尊!是時。善逝!」—“World-Honored One! It is time. World-Honored One! It is time. Well-Gone One!”〔T02 0208c19〕; the Buddha tells Ānanda; it closes with 「佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T02 0209a21〕.
- Discourse 815: three groups—the young bhikṣus, the elder bhikṣus, and the bhikṣus wandering among the people; 「爾時,眾多上座聲聞於世尊左右樹下、窟中安居」—“At that time many elder śrāvakas were keeping the retreat under the trees and in the caves to the left and right of the World-Honored One”〔T02 0209b16〕; 「時,有眾多年少比丘詣佛所」—“At that time many young bhikṣus came to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0209b17〕.
- Discourse 829: the venerable Baqizi speaks to the Buddha, the Buddha tells Baqizi, and Baqizi answers 「堪能」—“I am able”; the Buddha tells him further of the three trainings.
- Differences in the closing words: Discourse 826 reads 「佛說是經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this sūtra”〔T02 0212a20〕; Discourse 808 reads 「從座起去」—“rose from his seat, and departed”; Discourses 815 and 829 read 「歡喜隨喜」—“rejoiced and were glad along with it” and 「作禮而去」—“made obeisance, and departed”.
- Two closings in one discourse: Discourse 815 first records 「諸年少比丘聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,從座起,作禮而去」—“The young bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and were glad along with it, rose from their seats, made obeisance, and departed”〔T02 0209b20〕, then records 「爾時人間比丘聞佛說法,歡喜隨喜,從座起,作禮而去」—“At that time the bhikṣus wandering among the people, having heard the Buddha teach the Dharma, rejoiced and were glad along with it, rose from their seats, made obeisance, and departed”〔T02 0209c07〕, and at the end of the discourse there is further 「佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T02 0210a04〕.
- Closing words in the middle: in Discourse 829, 「爾時,尊者跋耆子聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」—“At that time the venerable Baqizi, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and was glad along with it, made obeisance, and departed”〔T02 0212c20〕 stands within the discourse; after it, from 「獨一靜處,專精思惟」—“alone in a quiet place, reflecting with concentrated diligence”〔T02 0212c22〕, comes the after-note of abbreviated teaching, then 「專精思惟……如上說,乃至」—“reflecting with concentrated diligence … as said above, up to”〔T02 0212c23〕, ending in the plainly stated sentence of realization of the fruit, 「心善解脫,得阿羅漢」—“mind well liberated, attains arhatship”〔T02 0212c23〕; the closing title of the fascicle reads 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29”〔T02 0212c25〕.
- Those that do not record 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse”: Discourses 800, 808, 811 to 812, and 829; Discourse 826 reads 「佛說是經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this sūtra”. 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse” appears twenty-seven times in all.
Verses
- Discourse 816: 「爾時,世尊即說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0210a09〕; the verse 0210a10–a21, twenty-four phrases.
- Discourse 824: the introductory sentence spans 0211c03–c04, 「爾時,世尊即說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0211c03〕; the verse 0211c05–c11, fourteen phrases.
- Discourse 825: 「爾時,世尊即說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0211c18〕; the verse 0211c19–c21, six phrases.
- Discourse 826: 「爾時,世尊即說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0212a16〕; the verse 0212a17–a19, six phrases.
- Discourse 828: the introductory sentence spans 0212b26–b27, 「爾時,世尊即說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0212b26〕; the verse 0212b28–0212c06, sixteen phrases.
- Discourse 817: 「即說偈,如上所說」—“spoke a verse, as said above”〔T02 0210b02〕—cited and not given; there is no verse form.
- Five verses in all, sixty-six phrases; the speaker in every case is the World-Honored One. This fascicle has no summary verse.
Abbreviated texts
| Discourse | Kind | Abbreviated text (verbatim) | Anchor | What it points to |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 799 | As said above · the difference is | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is” | 〔T02 0205c16〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 800 | Also as said above | 「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」—“the dharma of pure conduct, the one of pure conduct, the goal of pure conduct, the fruits of pure conduct, are also as said above” | 〔T02 0205c22〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 804 | As taught at length above · up to | 「如上廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length above, up to” | 〔T02 0206b19〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 804 | Each discourse · also as said above | 「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」—“attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—each discourse is also as said above” | 〔T02 0206b24〕 | This discourse |
| 805 | As taught at length before · up to | 「如前廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length before, up to” | 〔T02 0206c10〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 806 | Up to | 「思惟繫念,乃至息滅觀察善學」—“reflecting and binding mindfulness, up to contemplating cessation and training well” | 〔T02 0207a04〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 807 | Up to | 「乃至滅出息念如實知」—“up to mindful of the out-breath in cessation, I knew it as it really is” | 〔T02 0207a21〕 | This discourse |
| 807 | Up to | 「乃至無學現法樂住」—“up to the dwelling at ease in this very life of one beyond training” | 〔T02 0207b04〕 | This discourse |
| 808 | The rest at length as before · up to | 「廣說如前,乃至」—“the rest at length as before, up to” | 〔T02 0207b17〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 809 | Told in detail, up to | 「廣說乃至」—“told in detail, up to” | 〔T02 0207c23〕 | This discourse |
| 809 | As taught at length before · up to | 「如前廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length before, up to” | 〔T02 0208a06〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 810 | Up to | 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至如滅出息念學」—“This bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to training as one is mindful of the out-breath in cessation” | 〔T02 0208a22〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 810 | Is also taught likewise | 「受、心、法法念處亦如是說」—“The foundations of mindfulness of feeling, mind, and dharmas as dharmas are taught likewise” | 〔T02 0208b28〕 | This discourse |
| 811–812 | Also as said above | 「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」—“So too what a certain bhikṣu asked, and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are as said above” | 〔T02 0208c10〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 813 | Up to | 「乃至滅出息時如滅出息學」—“up to, at the out-breath in cessation, trains as with the out-breath in cessation” | 〔T02 0208c23〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 814 | Up to | 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息時如滅出息學」—“This bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, contemplating cessation on the out-breath, trains as with the out-breath in cessation” | 〔T02 0209a28〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 815 | Up to | 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息如觀滅出息學」—“This bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, contemplating cessation on the out-breath, trains as one contemplating cessation on the out-breath” | 〔T02 0210a02〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 817 | As said above | 「即說偈,如上所說」—“spoke a verse, as said above” | 〔T02 0210b02〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 820 | As said above · the difference is | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is” | 〔T02 0210b20〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 826 | As said above · the difference is | 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is” | 〔T02 0211c24〕 | Not specified in the text |
| 826 | Also as said above | 「如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說」—“Likewise, the three discourses of what the bhikṣu Ānanda and a certain bhikṣu asked, and of the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are also as said above” | 〔T02 0212a22〕 | This discourse |
| 829 | As said above · up to | 「專精思惟……如上說,乃至」—“reflecting with concentrated diligence … as said above, up to” | 〔T02 0212c23〕 | Not specified in the text |
The forms of abbreviation in this fascicle: 「乃至」—“up to” thirty-seven times, 「如上說」—“as said above” eight times (of which 「亦如上說」—“also as said above” four times), 「差別者」—“the difference is” three times, 「如前廣說」—“as taught at length before” twice, 「如上廣說」—“as taught at length above” once, 「廣說如前」—“the rest at length as before” once, 「一一經」—“each discourse” once, 「亦如是說」—“is also taught likewise” once, 「如上所說」—“as said above” once. Of the thirty-seven occurrences of 「乃至」—“up to”, most are omissions in the middle of the method of cultivating mindfulness of breathing, the explanations of the three trainings, and the list of the four fruits, and the sense of the sentence is complete in itself; there are also several instances of 「乃至」—“up to” between numbers, such as 「乃至殺六十人」—“up to killing sixty men” and 「若十乃至十二」—“ten or up to twelve”, which are not abbreviations.
The appended sentences and after-notes at the ends of discourses
- Discourse 804: from 「如斷覺想,如是不動搖,得大果大福利」—“As with cutting off thoughts and perceptions, so likewise not being shaken, attaining great fruit and great blessing”〔T02 0206b22〕 to 「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」—“attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—each discourse is also as said above”〔T02 0206b24〕—it lists the names of the discourses of the same form: not being shaken, attaining great fruit and great blessing, attaining the deathless, the final deathless, attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, the seven fruits—seven matters in all.
- Discourse 826: 「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」—“The Śivaka sūtra—as below, the Buddha will teach it”〔T02 0212a21〕; 「如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說」—“Likewise, the three discourses of what the bhikṣu Ānanda and a certain bhikṣu asked, and of the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are also as said above”〔T02 0212a22〕.
- Discourse 829: after the closing words, the abbreviated teaching from 「獨一靜處,專精思惟」—“alone in a quiet place, reflecting with concentrated diligence”〔T02 0212c22〕.
The uddāna of the Compendium of Topics
The uddāna of the door of mindfulness of breathing: 「復次,嗢拕南曰:」—“Further, the uddāna says:”〔T30n1579 0866a05〕; 「障隨惑尋等、果、欲、細、身勞、」—“Obstructions, secondary defilements, thoughts and the like, Fruit, Desire, Subtle, Bodily Fatigue,”〔T30n1579 0866a06〕; 「學住、及作意、智無執為後。」—“The Dwelling of One in Training, and Attention, Knowledge and Non-Clinging last.”〔T30n1579 0866a07〕. The uddāna of the door of training: 「復次,嗢拕南曰:」—“Further, the uddāna says:”〔T30n1579 0866c29〕; 「初尊重尸羅、清淨戒圓滿、」—“first Esteem for Śīla, the Pure Precepts Fulfilled,”〔T30n1579 0867a01〕; 「現行、學勝利、學差別為後。」—“Present Conduct, the Benefit of Training, the Differences of Training last.”〔T30n1579 0867a02〕. The door of mindfulness of breathing has ten items and the door of training five; the text of the treatise divides its passages with 「復次」—“Further” in each case, and the number of passages does not correspond one to one with the number of items; what follows goes by the order of the text of the treatise—see Sections III and IV.
II. Collation with the Alternate Translations
For the thirty-two discourses of this fascicle the Taishō collation notes record no separate translation (neither the words “separate translation” nor “No. 100” occur in the notes); the parallels given by the Taishō notes are only the Pāli coordinates (see Section X②) and five cf. entries.
| Discourse | Taishō note (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 809 | cf. S. 54. 9. Vesāli. | 0207b21 |
| 821 | cf. A. III. 85-86. Sekha. | 0210c13 |
| 823 | cf. A. III. 84. Sekha. | 0211b06 |
| 824 | cf. Itiv. 46. Sikkhā. | 0211c01 |
| 825 | cf. Itiv. 45. Sikkhā. | 0211c13 |
III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)
The Saṃyukta Āgama is the teaching of the Buddha and his disciples, and what it rests on is the discourses themselves; the treatise, in relation to the discourses, is a selection and not what they rest on. What follows, in the order of the door of mindfulness of breathing and the door of training in the Compendium of Topics, lists the places where the text of the treatise and the discourses of this fascicle share the same words verbatim, the discourse first and the treatise after; where the words differ this is marked, and the discourse is not altered by the treatise, nor the treatise by the discourse. Where [cf.] is marked, the words are shared but general, or the correspondence between the treatise passage and the discourse lies only in nearness of sense; it is noted for reading. The discourses say 「安那般那念」—“mindfulness of breathing”, the treatise 「入出息念」—“mindfulness of the in-and-out breath”; the discourses say 「增上意學」—“the training in the higher mind”, the treatise 「增上心學」—“the training in the higher mind (心)”; the discourses say 「波羅提木叉」—“prātimokṣa”, the treatise 「別解脫」—“separate liberation”; the discourses say 「四念處」—“the four foundations of mindfulness (念處)”, the treatise 「四念住」—“the four foundations of mindfulness (念住)”—all these differences of wording are recorded together below without being judged the same.
The Door of Mindfulness of Breathing
Obstructions · Secondary Defilements (treatise passage from 0866a08; Discourses 801 · 802 · 803 · 804)
- Sūtra: 「念於內息,繫念善學」—“Mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well”〔T02 0206a27〕
- Sūtra: 「得身止息及心止息,有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」—“attains the stilling of body and the stilling of mind, with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment”〔T02 0206a10〕
- Sūtra: 「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」—“in an empty grove, away from all clamor”〔T02 0206a05〕
- Sūtra: 「初夜、後夜不著睡眠」—“in the first and last watches of the night not clinging to sleep”〔T02 0206a03〕
- Treatise: 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」—“the differences in the cultivation of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath are of sixteen steps; their meaning is distinguished at length, and their characteristics should be known as in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0866a08〕
- Treatise: 「爾時應知五障礙法」—“at that time five obstructing dharmas should be known”〔T30n1579 0866a10〕
- Treatise: 「一者、於其外緣,其心散亂」—“first, the mind is scattered toward outer objects”〔T30n1579 0866a11〕
- Treatise: 「四者、惛沈睡眠纏現在前」—“fourth, the entanglement of torpor and sleep is present”〔T30n1579 0866a12〕
- Treatise: 「五者、樂與道俗共相雜住」—“fifth, delighting in dwelling mixed together with those of the path and the laity”〔T30n1579 0866a13〕
- Treatise: 「由正修習入出息念,身心輕安」—“through rightly cultivating mindfulness of the in-and-out breath, body and mind have pliant ease”〔T30n1579 0866a16〕
- Treatise: 「由正修習入出息念,令尋伺等悉皆靜息」—“through rightly cultivating mindfulness of the in-and-out breath, thought and examination, and the like are all stilled”〔T30n1579 0866a21〕
- Treatise: 「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」—“in order to counteract the false imaginings of the portion of ignorance, one purely cultivates the perception of the portion of knowledge, and makes it swiftly attain fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0866a22〕
Shared words: the perception of the portion of knowledge, sleep, body and mind. The treatise names 「十六行」—“sixteen steps” but does not list the steps, while Discourse 803 gives its cultivation in full, and the discourse has no name 「十六行」—“sixteen steps”; the treatise’s 「十六行」—“sixteen steps” and the sentence-by-sentence text of Discourse 803 are recorded together without judgement. The discourse reads 「明分想修習滿足」—“the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment”, the treatise 「純修明分想,令速得圓滿」—“one purely cultivates the perception of the portion of knowledge, and makes it swiftly attain fulfilment”. The five things of Discourse 801 are conditions of much help, while the five things of the treatise are obstructing dharmas: the discourse’s 「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」—“in an empty grove, away from all clamor” and the treatise’s 「樂與道俗共相雜住」—“delighting in dwelling mixed together with those of the path and the laity” are opposites that complete each other, and the discourse’s 「不著睡眠」—“not clinging to sleep” and the treatise’s 「惛沈睡眠纏」—“the entanglement of torpor and sleep” share the two characters 「睡眠」—“sleep”—[cf.]. The discourse’s 「身止息及心止息」—“the stilling of body and the stilling of mind” and the treatise’s 「身心輕安」—“body and mind have pliant ease” differ in wording. Discourse 804’s 「斷諸覺想」—“cuts off all thoughts and perceptions”〔T02 0206b17〕 and the treatise’s 「令尋伺等悉皆靜息」—“thought and examination, and the like are all stilled”: the discourse reads 「覺想」—“thoughts and perceptions”, the treatise 「尋伺」—“thought and examination”; the words differ and the sense is near.
Thoughts and the Like · Fruit (treatise passage from 0866a24; Discourse 805 · the appended sentence of 804; Discourse 815 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「我於過去諸行不顧念,未來諸行不生欣樂,於現在諸行不生染著」—“I do not look back on past formations, I do not delight in future formations, I am not attached to present formations”〔T02 0206c03〕
- Sūtra: 「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」—“attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—each discourse is also as said above”〔T02 0206b24〕
- Treatise: 「於緣過去諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得損減」—“thought and examination directed at past formations, which can cause the samādhi arising without interval to be interrupted, is swiftly diminished”〔T30n1579 0866a24〕
- Treatise: 「於緣未來諸行尋伺」—“the thought and examination that take future formations as object”〔T30n1579 0866a26〕
- Treatise: 「於緣現在諸行尋伺」—“the thought and examination that take present formations as object”〔T30n1579 0866a27〕
- Treatise: 「又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」—“further, to speak briefly, because one is able to cut off forever six kinds of bonds, it should be known that the excellent benefits of the fruits are established as of two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds”〔T30n1579 0866a29〕
- Treatise: 「謂順下分、上分二結,見道、修道所斷二結,若起、若生二分位結」—“namely the two bonds of the lower and the higher portion, the two bonds abandoned by the path of seeing and the path of cultivation, and the bonds of the two states of arising and of being born”〔T30n1579 0866b02〕
Shared words: past formations, future formations, present formations; the numbers of fruits two, four, and seven. Discourse 805 speaks of Alishizha’s cultivation in terms of the formations of the three times, while the treatise speaks of the use of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath in terms of the thought and examination that take the formations of the three times as object; the discourse’s 「不顧念」—“do not look back”, 「不生欣樂」—“do not delight”, 「不生染著」—“am not attached” and the treatise’s 「損減」—“diminish”, 「止息」—“stilled”, 「寂靜」—“quiescent” differ in wording. The appended sentence of Discourse 804, 「得二果、四果、七果」—“attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits”, and the treatise’s 「二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」—“the excellent benefits of the fruits of two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds” share the numbers and the words; the treatise explains them by the cutting off of the six bonds, and the discourse has no such words. [cf.]: Discourse 815’s 「修安那般那念,斷覺想」—“cultivate mindfulness of breathing and cut off thoughts and perceptions”〔T02 0209c29〕 is near in sense to the treatise’s 「令尋伺等悉皆靜息」—“thought and examination, and the like are all stilled” in the passage “Obstructions · Secondary Defilements” above; Discourse 815 counts the fruits attained by the elder bhikṣus, and with the treatise’s 「諸果勝利」—“the excellent benefits of the fruits” shares the character 「果」—“fruit”.
With Something Higher · Unsurpassed (treatise passage from 0866b06; Discourse 806 [cf.])
- Treatise: 「復次,入出息念修習差別,略有二種」—“further, the differences in the cultivation of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath are, in brief, of two kinds”〔T30n1579 0866b06〕
- Treatise: 「命根繫屬入息出息」—“the life faculty is bound to the in-breath and the out-breath”〔T30n1579 0866b08〕
- Treatise: 「深心厭離」—“deep-hearted weariness”〔T30n1579 0866b13〕
- Treatise: 「十六行修,當知無上」—“the cultivation of the sixteen steps, it should be known, is unsurpassed”〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- Sūtra: 「此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」—“that bhikṣu attains this samādhi without exerting skilful means; he obtains it at will”〔T02 0206c28〕
This passage of the treatise has no words shared verbatim with the discourses of this fascicle. Of the items of the uddāna, 「欲」—“desire” has no character 「欲」—“desire” in this passage of the treatise; Discourse 806’s 「隨欲即得」—“obtains it at will” shares a character with the uddāna’s 「欲」—“desire”, [cf.], recorded together without judgement. Discourse 809’s 「極厭患身」—“grew utterly weary and sick of the body”〔T02 0207b25〕 and the treatise’s 「深心厭離」—“deep-hearted weariness” differ in wording.
Subtle (treatise passage from 0866b15; Discourses 807 · 809; Discourse 806 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「當更修餘微細修住而住」—“I should further cultivate another, subtler dwelling of cultivation, and dwell in it”〔T02 0207a23〕
- Sūtra: 「即更入微細思惟,多住而住」—“I entered further into subtle reflection and dwelt much in it”〔T02 0207a24〕
- Sūtra: 「是故,我今次第說,住微細住,隨順開覺」—“Therefore I now teach in sequence: dwelling in the subtle dwelling, opening to awakening in accordance with it”〔T02 0207c27〕
- Sūtra: 「何等為微細住多修習」—“What is the subtle dwelling which, cultivated much”〔T02 0208a02〕
- Sūtra: 「身心不動,住勝妙住」—“unmoving in body and mind, dwelling in a superior dwelling”〔T02 0207a01〕
- Treatise: 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」—“further, this dwelling of mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath, because it takes the form of subtle wind as its object, is called the subtle dwelling”〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- Treatise: 「隔絕一切亂尋伺故,名不流散」—“because it cuts off all scattered thought and examination, it is called not flowing and scattering”〔T30n1579 0866b17〕
- Treatise: 「發生廣大身心所有妙輕安故,名不可伏」—“because it gives rise to the vast and excellent pliant ease of body and mind, it is called unsubduable”〔T30n1579 0866b17〕
Shared words: the subtle dwelling (the same three characters in Discourse 809 and the treatise), subtle (Discourse 807), breath, dwelling of mindfulness (the discourse’s 「安那般那念住」—“dwelling in mindfulness of breathing”〔T02 0208a03〕, the treatise’s 「入息出息念住」—“the dwelling of mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath”). [cf.]: Discourse 806’s 「身心不動,住勝妙住」—“unmoving in body and mind, dwelling in a superior dwelling” shares with the treatise’s 「名不可伏」—“it is called unsubduable” and 「身心所有妙輕安」—“the excellent pliant ease of body and mind” the characters 「身心」—“body and mind” and 「妙」—“excellent”; the words differ.
Bodily Fatigue (treatise passage from 0866b19; Discourse 814)
- Sūtra: 「身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」—“the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail; one delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance, delights in knowing, and is not attached to happiness”〔T02 0209a25〕
- Sūtra: 「樂隨觀住」—“delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance”〔T02 0209a27〕
- Treatise: 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」—“it makes the body without fatigue, for it is well able to remove the secondary defilements of the side of calm”〔T30n1579 0866b19〕
- Treatise: 「令眼無勞,善能除遣毘鉢舍那品隨煩惱故」—“it makes the eyes without fatigue, for it is well able to remove the secondary defilements of the class of insight”〔T30n1579 0866b20〕
- Treatise: 「由隨觀察涅槃樂故,名隨觀樂」—“because one contemplates in accordance the happiness of nirvāṇa, it is called the happiness of contemplating in accordance”〔T30n1579 0866b21〕
- Treatise: 「由隨領受第三靜慮地中樂故,名領受樂」—“because one receives in accordance the happiness of the ground of the third meditation, it is called the happiness of receiving”〔T30n1579 0866b22〕
- Treatise: 「無染住故,無恐畏故,名安樂住」—“because one dwells without defilement and without fear, it is called the happy dwelling”〔T30n1579 0866b23〕
Shared words: body, eyes, contemplating in accordance, happiness, dwelling. The discourse’s 「身不疲倦」—“the body does not tire” and the treatise’s 「身無勞」—“the body without fatigue”, the discourse’s 「眼亦不患」—“the eyes do not ail” and the treatise’s 「眼無勞」—“the eyes without fatigue”, the discourse’s 「樂隨觀住」—“delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance” and the treatise’s 「隨觀樂」—“the happiness of contemplating in accordance”, the discourse’s 「樂覺知」—“delights in knowing” and the treatise’s 「領受樂」—“the happiness of receiving”, the discourse’s 「不染著樂」—“is not attached to happiness” and the treatise’s 「無染住」—“dwells without defilement”—the five matters correspond in order, with words alike and unlike; recorded together.
The Dwelling of One in Training (treatise passage from 0866b25; Discourse 808; Discourse 807 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「學住者為即是如來住耶?為學住異、如來住異?」—“Is the dwelling of one in training the same as the Tathāgata’s dwelling? Or is the dwelling of one in training one thing and the Tathāgata’s dwelling another?”〔T02 0207b09〕
- Sūtra: 「學住者,斷五蓋多住」—“The dwelling of one in training is to cut off the five hindrances and dwell much”〔T02 0207b11〕
- Sūtra: 「如來住者,於五蓋已斷已知,斷其根本」—“The Tathāgata’s dwelling is that the five hindrances are already cut off, already known, cut off at the root”〔T02 0207b12〕
- Treatise: 「頗復有人作如是念:如來所有離諸蓋住」—“might someone again have such a thought: the dwelling apart from the hindrances that the Tathāgata has”〔T30n1579 0866b28〕
- Treatise: 「若諸有學、若諸異生,由精進力,於其五蓋伏斷而住,名離蓋住」—“if those in training, or ordinary persons, by the power of energy dwell having suppressed and cut off the five hindrances, it is called the dwelling apart from the hindrances”〔T30n1579 0866c01〕
- Treatise: 「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別」—“it should be known that these two dwellings apart from the hindrances differ greatly”〔T30n1579 0866c04〕
- Treatise: 「然彼隨眠未永斷故,諸蓋數數間心相續」—“yet because their latent tendencies are not yet cut off forever, the hindrances again and again break into the continuity of the mind”〔T30n1579 0866c05〕
- Treatise: 「如來諸蓋畢竟斷故,離諸蓋住」—“because the Tathāgata’s hindrances are finally cut off, he dwells apart from all hindrances”〔T30n1579 0866c07〕
Shared words: the Tathāgata, the five hindrances, cutting off, dwelling; the uddāna’s 「學住」—“the dwelling of one in training”〔T30n1579 0866a07〕 shares words with the discourse. The discourse’s 「學住」—“the dwelling of one in training” is the treatise’s dwelling apart from the hindrances of 「有學」—“those in training”; the discourse’s 「如來住」—“the Tathāgata’s dwelling”, the treatise’s 「如來所有離諸蓋住」—“the dwelling apart from the hindrances that the Tathāgata has”; the discourse’s 「斷五蓋多住」—“to cut off the five hindrances and dwell much”, the treatise’s 「於其五蓋伏斷而住」—“dwell having suppressed and cut off the five hindrances”; the discourse’s 「斷其根本」—“cut off at the root”, the treatise’s 「畢竟斷」—“finally cut off”. The treatise’s 「離蓋住」—“the dwelling apart from the hindrances” has no such words in the discourse. [cf.]: Discourse 807’s 「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」—“the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, the Tathāgata’s dwelling”〔T02 0207a29〕 lists the names of the dwelling of one in training and the Tathāgata’s dwelling; see the passage 「學差別」—“The Differences of Training” in the door of training below.
Attention (treatise passage from 0866c10; Discourse 813; Discourse 810 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「如是知善內思惟」—“knows it thus, and reflects well within”〔T02 0208c27〕
- Sūtra: 「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來」—“Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the east”〔T02 0208c28〕
- Sūtra: 「當於爾時踐蹈諸土堆壠不?」—“at that time would he trample the mounds of earth?”〔T02 0208c28〕
- Sūtra: 「譬如四衢道有土堆壠」—“Suppose at a crossroads there were mounds of earth”〔T02 0209a17〕
- Treatise: 「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止」—“with mindfulness of the in-and-out breath as its support, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness has proper attention as its support”〔T30n1579 0866c10〕
- Treatise: 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」—“further, in this, the four dharmas of body and the rest are like four great roads”〔T30n1579 0866c16〕
- Treatise: 「非理作意如塵土丘」—“improper attention is like mounds of dust and earth”〔T30n1579 0866c16〕
- Treatise: 「如理作意如四方來輿乘車車,緣身等四境界門轉」—“proper attention is like carts and carriages coming from the four directions, turning along the gates of the four objects, body and the rest”〔T30n1579 0866c18〕
Shared words: cart, carriage, four, body. The discourse uses the carriage from the four directions trampling the mounds of earth as a simile for the four foundations of mindfulness—body, feeling, mind, and dharmas—accomplished in sequence, with 「善內思惟」—“reflects well within”; the treatise explains it with 「身等四法如四大路」—“the four dharmas of body and the rest are like four great roads”, 「非理作意如塵土丘」—“improper attention is like mounds of dust and earth”, 「如理作意如四方來輿乘車車」—“proper attention is like carts and carriages coming from the four directions”. The discourse’s 「四衢道」—“crossroads” and the treatise’s 「四大路」—“four great roads”, the discourse’s 「土堆壠」—“mounds of earth” and the treatise’s 「塵土丘」—“mounds of dust and earth”, the discourse’s 「車輿」—“carriage” and the treatise’s 「輿乘車車」—“carts and carriages”, the discourse’s 「善內思惟」—“reflects well within” and the treatise’s 「如理作意」—“proper attention”—the same simile with different words; recorded together. [cf.]: Discourse 810, in which mindfulness of breathing fulfils the four foundations of mindfulness, and the treatise’s 「入出息念為所依止,修四念住」—“with mindfulness of the in-and-out breath as its support, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness” are alike the teaching of cultivating the foundations of mindfulness on the basis of mindfulness of breathing.
Knowledge and Non-Clinging (treatise passage from 0866c21; Discourse 810 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「聖弟子爾時身身觀念住,異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」—“the noble disciple at that time dwells in the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body; as for what is other than the body, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with the body”〔T02 0208a29〕
- Sūtra: 「受、心、法法念處亦如是說」—“The foundations of mindfulness of feeling, mind, and dharmas as dharmas are taught likewise”〔T02 0208b28〕
- Treatise: 「精勤修習諸息念者,由正修習四種念住,無我等故,平等平等」—“those who diligently cultivate mindfulness of breathing, through rightly cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, because of non-self and the like, are equal and equal”〔T30n1579 0866c21〕
- Treatise: 「是身種類,能取於身如理作意」—“this is of the kind of the body, able to take the body with proper attention”〔T30n1579 0866c22〕
- Treatise: 「如身念住,廣說乃至修法念住,當知亦爾」—“as with the foundation of mindfulness of the body, so, taught at length up to the cultivation of the foundation of mindfulness of dharmas, it should be known to be the same”〔T30n1579 0866c25〕
- Treatise: 「是故說此修念住教,名非一切外道所執」—“therefore this teaching of cultivating the foundations of mindfulness is called not clung to by any of the other sects”〔T30n1579 0866c27〕
Shared words: body, foundation of mindfulness, dharmas. Discourse 810’s 「異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」—“as for what is other than the body, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with the body” and the treatise’s 「是身種類,能取於身如理作意」—“this is of the kind of the body, able to take the body with proper attention” alike place the body and the one who contemplates the body in one kind; the words differ and the sense is near, [cf.]. The treatise’s 「無我」—“non-self” and 「非一切外道所執」—“not clung to by any of the other sects” have no such words in the discourse.
The Door of Training
Esteem for Śīla (treatise passage from 0867a03; Discourses 816 · 817 · 818 · 820 · 821; Discourses 819 · 828 · 829 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「有三學」—“There are three trainings”〔T02 0210a07〕
- Sūtra: 「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」—“namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and, namely, the training in the higher wisdom”〔T02 0210a08〕
- Sūtra: 「何等為增上意學?若比丘離欲、惡不善法,乃至第四禪具足住」—“What is the training in the higher mind? If a bhikṣu, secluded from desire and from evil, unwholesome dharmas, up to, dwells having attained the fourth dhyāna”〔T02 0210a28〕
- Sūtra: 「有比丘增上戒學,非增上意、增上慧學,有增上戒、增上意學,非增上慧學」—“There are bhikṣus in the training in the higher precepts who are not in the training in the higher mind or the higher wisdom; there are those in the training in the higher precepts and the higher mind who are not in the training in the higher wisdom”〔T02 0210b06〕
- Sūtra: 「謂比丘重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上」—“namely, a bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, concentration is not higher”〔T02 0210b21〕
- Sūtra: 「於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」—“as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents”〔T02 0210b23〕
- Sūtra: 「我不說彼不堪能」—“I do not say that he is incapable”〔T02 0210b24〕
- Treatise: 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」—“training is of three kinds, namely the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind (心), and the training in the higher wisdom”〔T30n1579 0867a03〕
- Treatise: 「建立如是三學差別,如聲聞地應知其相」—“the establishing of such differences among the three trainings should be known in its characteristics as in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0867a04〕
- Treatise: 「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家」—“as for wrong conduct, it is like someone who does not esteem the precepts and goes forth casually”〔T30n1579 0867a06〕
- Treatise: 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」—“as for lower right conduct, it is like someone who esteems the pure precepts and also takes the pure precepts as the higher”〔T30n1579 0867a12〕
- Treatise: 「於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上」—“toward concentration and toward wisdom he does not give rise to esteem, and does not take them as the higher”〔T30n1579 0867a13〕
- Treatise: 「此不容有犯無餘罪,而容有犯小隨小罪」—“for him it is not possible to commit a fault beyond remainder, but it is possible to commit small and minor faults”〔T30n1579 0867a14〕
- Treatise: 「於此如來不說其於沙門果證為無能者」—“of him the Tathāgata does not say that he is incapable of realizing the fruits of an ascetic”〔T30n1579 0867a15〕
- Treatise: 「中正行者,謂於戒定皆悉尊重,亦為增上」—“as for middle right conduct, it is that one esteems both precepts and concentration, and also takes them as the higher”〔T30n1579 0867a16〕
- Treatise: 「上正行者,謂已見諦,於三種學皆悉尊重」—“as for higher right conduct, it is that one has already seen the truths, and esteems all three kinds of training”〔T30n1579 0867a19〕
- Treatise: 「當知此中,若有定學,必有戒學;若有慧學,必有定學;有戒學者,不必定有定學、慧學」—“it should be known that in this, if there is the training in concentration, there is necessarily the training in the precepts; if there is the training in wisdom, there is necessarily the training in concentration; one who has the training in the precepts does not necessarily have the training in concentration and the training in wisdom”〔T30n1579 0867a22〕
Shared words: the three trainings, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher wisdom, precepts, concentration, wisdom, higher. The discourse’s 「增上意學」—“the training in the higher mind” and the treatise’s 「增上心學」—“the training in the higher mind (心)” differ in wording. Discourse 820’s 「重於戒,戒增上,不重於定,定不增上」—“values the precepts, the precepts are higher; does not value concentration, concentration is not higher” and the treatise’s lower right conduct, 「尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」—“esteems the pure precepts and also takes the pure precepts as the higher” and 「於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上」—“toward concentration and toward wisdom he does not give rise to esteem, and does not take them as the higher”, follow the same order; the discourse’s training in the higher mind, 「重於戒,戒增上,重於定,定增上」—“values the precepts, the precepts are higher; values concentration, concentration is higher”, and the treatise’s middle right conduct, 「於戒定皆悉尊重」—“esteems both precepts and concentration”; in the discourse’s training in the higher wisdom all three are valued, and the treatise’s higher right conduct 「於三種學皆悉尊重」—“esteems all three kinds of training”. The discourse’s 「細微戒,犯則隨悔」—“the minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents” and the treatise’s 「容有犯小隨小罪」—“it is possible to commit small and minor faults”; the discourse’s 「我不說彼不堪能」—“I do not say that he is incapable” and the treatise’s 「如來不說其於沙門果證為無能者」—“the Tathāgata does not say that he is incapable of realizing the fruits of an ascetic”—the words differ and the sense is the same; recorded together without judgement. The mutual dependence of the three trainings of precepts, mind, and wisdom in Discourse 818 shares with the treatise’s passage 「若有定學,必有戒學」—“if there is the training in concentration, there is necessarily the training in the precepts” the two words 「戒學」—“the training in the precepts” and 「慧學」—“the training in wisdom”; the discourse reads 「意」—“mind”, the treatise 「定」—“concentration”. [cf.]: Discourse 819’s 「說三學,能攝諸戒」—“three trainings are taught, which can gather all the precepts”〔T02 0210b16〕 shares with the treatise’s 「學有三種」—“training is of three kinds” the name 「三學」—“the three trainings”; Discourse 828’s 「有一愚癡男子違律犯戒,隨逐大眾」—“there is a foolish man who breaks the discipline and violates the precepts, following along with the great assembly”〔T02 0212b23〕 and the treatise’s wrong conduct, 「不尊重戒,汎爾出家」—“does not esteem the precepts and goes forth casually”, differ in wording and are near in sense; Discourse 829’s 「我不堪能隨學而學」—“I am not able to train as the training goes”〔T02 0212c13〕 and the treatise’s 「此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能」—“this one has already attained the realization of the fruits of an ascetic, and does not wait on considering whether he is able or not able”〔T30n1579 0867a20〕 share the question of the character 「能」—“able”.
The Pure Precepts Fulfilled · Present Conduct (treatise passages from 0867a27 and 0867b04; Discourses 822 · 823 · 824 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「善攝持波羅提木叉,具足威儀行處,見細微罪,能生怖畏」—“well keeping the prātimokṣa, complete in deportment and resort, sees the smallest fault and is able to feel fear”〔T02 0211a14〕
- Sūtra: 「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」—“namely, the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa”〔T02 0211c03〕
- Treatise: 「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿」—“because one is able to keep far from the places of faults by nature, it should be known that this is called the fulfilment of the pure precepts”〔T30n1579 0867a27〕
- Treatise: 「於能密護諸根門等攝受淨戒所有善法」—“in all the wholesome dharmas of taking up the pure precepts, such as closely guarding the gates of the faculties”〔T30n1579 0867a28〕
- Treatise: 「於遮罪處能遠離故,當知是名別解脫圓滿」—“because one is able to keep far from the places of faults by prohibition, it should be known that this is called the fulfilment of separate liberation”〔T30n1579 0867b01〕
- Treatise: 「受持非止所攝所受尸羅,所有如法身語現行所攝學處」—“taking up and keeping the śīla received that is not comprised in restraint, the points of training comprised in all present conduct of body and speech in accordance with the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0867b05〕
- Treatise: 「是故一切總略而言,有三學處」—“therefore, to speak of all of it in sum, there are three points of training”〔T30n1579 0867b10〕
- Treatise: 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」—“first, higher present conduct; second, the higher discipline; third, higher separate liberation”〔T30n1579 0867b10〕
These two passages of the treatise share with the discourses of this fascicle only the words 「學」—“training” and 「增上」—“higher”; the discourses read 「波羅提木叉」—“prātimokṣa”, the treatise 「別解脫」—“separate liberation”; the two trainings of Discourse 824, 「上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」—“the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa”, and the treatise’s three points of training, 「增上現行」—“higher present conduct”, 「增上毘奈耶」—“the higher discipline”, 「增上別解脫」—“higher separate liberation”—the words differ, and the number of points of training also differs, [cf.], recorded together without judgement. Discourse 803’s 「守諸根門」—“guarding the gates of the faculties”〔T02 0206a21〕 and the treatise’s 「密護諸根門」—“closely guarding the gates of the faculties” share the two characters 「根門」—“the gates of the faculties”.
The Benefit of Training (treatise passage from 0867b12; Discourses 825 · 826)
- Sūtra: 「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」—“dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts, with wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher”〔T02 0211c14〕
- Sūtra: 「何等為學戒隨福利?」—“What is following the blessing of training in the precepts?”〔T02 0211c25〕
- Sūtra: 「何等智慧為上?」—“What is wisdom as the highest?”〔T02 0212a02〕
- Sūtra: 「何等為解脫堅固?」—“What is liberation firm?”〔T02 0212a07〕
- Sūtra: 「何等為比丘念增上?」—“What is a bhikṣu’s mindfulness as higher?”〔T02 0212a11〕
- Treatise: 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」—“further, the dwelling in the benefit of training, wisdom as the foremost, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the swift fulfilment of cultivating the three trainings, and the rest, should be known as distinguished at length in the Compendium of Explanations”〔T30n1579 0867b12〕
Shared words: training, dwelling, wisdom, highest, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the three trainings. The discourse’s 「學戒多福利住」—“dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts” and the treatise’s 「學勝利住」—“the dwelling in the benefit of training”, the discourse’s 「智慧為上」—“wisdom as the highest” and the treatise’s 「慧為上首」—“wisdom as the foremost”; the discourse’s 「令三學滿足」—“brings the three trainings to fulfilment”, the treatise’s 「修習三學速圓滿」—“the swift fulfilment of cultivating the three trainings”. The treatise itself points to the Compendium of Explanations, and this is not unfolded here.
The Differences of Training (treatise passage from 0867b15; Discourses 822 · 823 · 807; Discourses 814 · 815 [cf.])
- Sūtra: 「若比丘具足戒住者」—“If a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts”〔T02 0211a13〕
- Sūtra: 「若比丘具足戒住,善攝波羅提木叉」—“If a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts, well keeping the prātimokṣa”〔T02 0211b07〕
- Sūtra: 「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」—“the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, the Tathāgata’s dwelling”〔T02 0207a29〕
- Sūtra: 「有得初禪、第二禪、第三禪、第四禪,慈、悲、喜、捨,空入處、識入處、無所有入處、非想非非想處具足住」—“there are those who dwell having attained the first dhyāna, the second dhyāna, the third dhyāna, the fourth dhyāna; loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity; the sphere of space, the sphere of consciousness, the sphere of nothingness, the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception”〔T02 0209c20〕
- Treatise: 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」—“further, dwelling complete in the precepts and the rest should be known as already distinguished in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0867b15〕
- Treatise: 「又即淨戒,對治一切犯戒惡故,密護根門所依處故,說名律儀」—“further, the pure precepts themselves, because they counteract all the evil of breaking the precepts, and because they are the basis for closely guarding the gates of the faculties, are called restraint”〔T30n1579 0867b15〕
- Treatise: 「如是名為增上戒學所有差別」—“such are called the differences of the training in the higher precepts”〔T30n1579 0867b28〕
- Treatise: 「三住為依,當知增上心學、慧學所有差別」—“with the three dwellings as basis, the differences of the training in the higher mind and the training in wisdom should be known”〔T30n1579 0867b28〕
- Treatise: 「謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別」—“namely, by the differences of the heavenly dwelling and the Brahmā dwelling, the differences of the training in the higher mind should be known”〔T30n1579 0867b29〕
- Treatise: 「由諸所有覺分等法聖住差別,應知增上慧學差別」—“by the differences of the noble dwelling of all dharmas such as the factors of awakening, the differences of the training in the higher wisdom should be known”〔T30n1579 0867c01〕
- Treatise: 「謂四靜慮、四無色等,名為天住」—“namely, the four meditations, the four formless attainments, and the like, are called the heavenly dwelling”〔T30n1579 0867c02〕
- Treatise: 「四無量定,名為梵住」—“the four immeasurable concentrations are called the Brahmā dwelling”〔T30n1579 0867c03〕
- Treatise: 「四聖諦智,四種念住,乃至道支,四種行迹,勝奢摩他、毘鉢舍那,四法迹等,當知一切皆名聖住」—“the knowledge of the four noble truths, the four foundations of mindfulness, up to the factors of the path, the four modes of progress, excellent calm and insight, the four tracks of dharma and the like—it should be known that all of these are called the noble dwelling”〔T30n1579 0867c04〕
Shared words: complete in the precepts (the discourse’s 「具足戒住」—“dwells complete in the precepts”, the treatise’s 「住具戒」—“dwelling complete in the precepts”), restraint, the training in the higher precepts, the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the factors of awakening, the foundations of mindfulness. Discourse 807 lists the names of the six dwellings, while the treatise takes the three dwellings—the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, and the noble dwelling—as the basis of the training in the higher mind and the training in wisdom; the discourse has no separate explanation of the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, and the noble dwelling. [cf.]: the four dhyānas, loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity, and the four formless spheres of Discourses 814 and 815 are near in sense to the treatise’s 「四靜慮、四無色等,名為天住」—“the four meditations, the four formless attainments, and the like, are called the heavenly dwelling” and 「四無量定,名為梵住」—“the four immeasurable concentrations are called the Brahmā dwelling”, but the discourses do not call them the heavenly dwelling or the Brahmā dwelling. The names of the stages of fruit in Discourses 821 and 823—the one-seed path, once-returner, clan-to-clan, seven-existences, stream-enterer, one who follows by Dharma, one who follows by faith, final nirvāṇa in the interval, final nirvāṇa on being reborn, final nirvāṇa without exertion, final nirvāṇa with exertion, final nirvāṇa going upstream—have no shared characters in the text of the treatise in the door of training; the treatise says only 「此已獲得沙門果證」—“this one has already attained the realization of the fruits of an ascetic”〔T30n1579 0867a20〕.
Not Gathered by the Two Doors
- Discourses 797 to 800 [Not found: the four words “dharma of an ascetic,” “goal of an ascetic,” “brāhmaṇa,” and “pure conduct” were searched in the text of the treatise in the door of mindfulness of breathing and the door of training; “brāhmaṇa” and “pure conduct” do not occur at all; “ascetic” occurs four times, each time as “the realization of the fruits of an ascetic” or “the nature of an ascetic”]. [cf.]: before the door of mindfulness of breathing, the item Ascetic in the door of the path factors shares words with these four discourses: 「又彼追求此沙門果貪瞋癡等畢竟斷義,是故說彼名沙門義」—“further, because he seeks the meaning of the final cutting off of greed, hatred, delusion, and the like, which is the fruit of an ascetic, he is therefore called the goal of an ascetic”〔T30n1579 0865c28〕; 「一、沙門性,二、是沙門,三、沙門義,四、沙門果」—“first, the nature of an ascetic; second, being an ascetic; third, the goal of an ascetic; fourth, the fruit of an ascetic”〔T30n1579 0866a02〕; 「其婆羅門差別道理,當知亦爾」—“the principle of the differences of the brāhmaṇa should be known to be the same”〔T30n1579 0866a03〕—Discourse 797’s 「有沙門法及沙門果」—“There is the dharma of an ascetic and the fruits of an ascetic”, Discourse 798’s 「有沙門法、沙門、沙門義」—“There is the dharma of an ascetic, the ascetic, and the goal of an ascetic”, and Discourse 800’s 「婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果」—“the dharma of a brāhmaṇa, the brāhmaṇa, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, the fruits of a brāhmaṇa” share words with these; the treatise passage does not belong to the two doors that correspond to this fascicle, and is noted for reading.
- Discourses 811 to 812 [Not found: a single joint heading, with no words to correspond; the two expressions “a certain bhikṣu” and “the Buddha asks” were searched in the text of the treatise in the two doors and neither occurs].
- Discourse 827 [Not found: the six words “field,” “plough,” “irrigate,” “seed,” “hen,” and “in season” were searched in the text of the treatise in the two doors and none occurs].
IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage
This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. No old commentary discourse by discourse is found for the Saṃyukta Āgama; the door of mindfulness of breathing and the door of training in the Compendium of Topics, in the order of their uddāna, select the discourses of this fascicle, and this is the only mirror of this fascicle:
1. The Door of Mindfulness of Breathing—the obstructions, counteragents, and excellent benefits of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath (shares words with or is near in sense to Discourses 801–810 · 813 · 814 · cf. Discourse 815)
- 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」—“the differences in the cultivation of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath are of sixteen steps; their meaning is distinguished at length, and their characteristics should be known as in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0866a08〕
- 「爾時應知五障礙法」—“at that time five obstructing dharmas should be known”〔T30n1579 0866a10〕
- 「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」—“in order to counteract the false imaginings of the portion of ignorance, one purely cultivates the perception of the portion of knowledge, and makes it swiftly attain fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0866a22〕
- 「又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」—“further, to speak briefly, because one is able to cut off forever six kinds of bonds, it should be known that the excellent benefits of the fruits are established as of two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds”〔T30n1579 0866a29〕
- 「十六行修,當知無上」—“the cultivation of the sixteen steps, it should be known, is unsurpassed”〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」—“further, this dwelling of mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath, because it takes the form of subtle wind as its object, is called the subtle dwelling”〔T30n1579 0866b15〕
- 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」—“it makes the body without fatigue, for it is well able to remove the secondary defilements of the side of calm”〔T30n1579 0866b19〕
- 「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別」—“it should be known that these two dwellings apart from the hindrances differ greatly”〔T30n1579 0866c04〕
- 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」—“further, in this, the four dharmas of body and the rest are like four great roads”〔T30n1579 0866c16〕
- 「是故說此修念住教,名非一切外道所執」—“therefore this teaching of cultivating the foundations of mindfulness is called not clung to by any of the other sects”〔T30n1579 0866c27〕
2. The Door of Training—the three trainings, right conduct and wrong conduct, the points of training, the excellent benefits, and the three dwellings (shares words with or is near in sense to Discourses 816–826 · cf. Discourse 807 · Discourses 819 · 827–829 cf. or not found)
- 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」—“training is of three kinds, namely the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind (心), and the training in the higher wisdom”〔T30n1579 0867a03〕
- 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」—“as for lower right conduct, it is like someone who esteems the pure precepts and also takes the pure precepts as the higher”〔T30n1579 0867a12〕
- 「上正行者,謂已見諦,於三種學皆悉尊重」—“as for higher right conduct, it is that one has already seen the truths, and esteems all three kinds of training”〔T30n1579 0867a19〕
- 「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿」—“because one is able to keep far from the places of faults by nature, it should be known that this is called the fulfilment of the pure precepts”〔T30n1579 0867a27〕
- 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」—“first, higher present conduct; second, the higher discipline; third, higher separate liberation”〔T30n1579 0867b10〕
- 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」—“further, the dwelling in the benefit of training, wisdom as the foremost, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the swift fulfilment of cultivating the three trainings, and the rest, should be known as distinguished at length in the Compendium of Explanations”〔T30n1579 0867b12〕
- 「三住為依,當知增上心學、慧學所有差別」—“with the three dwellings as basis, the differences of the training in the higher mind and the training in wisdom should be known”〔T30n1579 0867b28〕
- 「如其所應,當知即是無貪、無瞋、正念、正定」—“as is fitting, it should be known that these are non-greed, non-hatred, right mindfulness, and right concentration”〔T30n1579 0867c14〕
The doors of the foundations of mindfulness, the right efforts, the bases of spiritual power, the faculties, the powers, the factors of awakening, and the purities of realization selected among the dharmas that are factors of awakening in the Compendium of Topics have no discourses of this fascicle corresponding to them; the item Ascetic in the door of the path factors shares words with Discourses 797 to 800, and is noted in Section III [cf.]. After the door of training, what begins from 「復次,嗢拕南曰:」—“Further, the uddāna says:”〔T30n1579 0867c16〕 is the door of the purities of realization, which does not gather the discourses of this fascicle.
V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators
This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, and there is nothing to set in separate columns.
VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)
Carried over from before: the eightfold noble path, right view, right concentration; the fruit of stream-entry, the fruit of once-returning, the fruit of non-returning, the fruit of arhatship; the three bonds, the five lower bonds; the dharma of an ascetic, the goal of an ascetic, the fruits of an ascetic, the goal of a brāhmaṇa; mindfulness of breathing; the restraint of the prātimokṣa; training in the precepts; few wishes; knowing measure in food; the first watch and the last watch of the night; bodily activity; liberation of mind; stillness; singleness; thoughts and perceptions; stilling; the five hindrances; restlessness and remorse; the gates of the faculties; restraint; the sitting cloth; elder; young; clansman; the heavenly dwelling; the dwelling at ease in this very life; the Arhat; the tāla tree; the contemplation of the impure; the four foundations of mindfulness, the foundation of mindfulness contemplating the body as body, the foundation of mindfulness contemplating dharmas as dharmas; the seven awakening factors (mindfulness, investigation of dharmas, energy, joy, ease, concentration, equanimity); knowledge, liberation; depending on seclusion, depending on dispassion, depending on cessation, inclining toward relinquishment; Well-Gone One; the deathless; great fruit and great benefit; spiritual powers; the sphere of space, the sphere of consciousness, the sphere of nothingness, the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception; seven-existences; saṃbodhi; the end of suffering; one who follows by faith, one who follows by Dharma; clan-to-clan; final nirvāṇa in the interval, final nirvāṇa on being reborn, final nirvāṇa without exertion, final nirvāṇa with exertion, final nirvāṇa going upstream; the view of the body, clinging to precepts; evil destinations; the knowledge and vision of liberation; liberation by wisdom; the mind well liberated; pure conduct; the summer rains retreat; the poṣadha; admonition, instruction; showing, teaching, illuminating, gladdening; right things; the perception of impermanence; the body of precepts; the sage; the far shore; capable; not knowing; the dharma of non-arising (already explained in Fascicle 12, 「於未來世成不生法耶」—“will one become in the future of the dharma of non-arising?”; the new context in this fascicle is the Tathāgata’s dwelling); the knowledge of past lives (already explained in Fascicle 2)—these words have already appeared in the preceding fascicles and are not given again here.
| Term | First occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim) | Anchor | The Compendium of Topics |
|---|---|---|---|
| The dharma of a brāhmaṇa · the fruits of a brāhmaṇa (婆羅門法·婆羅門果) | 「如是婆羅門法、婆羅門、婆羅門義、婆羅門果」—“Likewise, the dharma of a brāhmaṇa, the brāhmaṇa, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, and the fruits of a brāhmaṇa” | 〔T02 0205c20〕 | 「其婆羅門差別道理,當知亦爾」—“the principle of the differences of the brāhmaṇa should be known to be the same”〔T30n1579 0866a03〕 [cf.] |
| The dharma of pure conduct · the one of pure conduct · the goal of pure conduct · the fruits of pure conduct (梵行法·梵行者·梵行義·梵行果) | 「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」—“the dharma of pure conduct, the one of pure conduct, the goal of pure conduct, and the fruits of pure conduct are also as said above” | 〔T02 0205c22〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Five things of much help (五法多所饒益) | 「有五法,多所饒益修安那般那念」—“There are five things of much help in cultivating mindfulness of breathing” | 〔T02 0205c24〕 | 「爾時應知五障礙法」—“at that time five obstructing dharmas should be known”〔T30n1579 0866a10〕 [cf.] |
| The pure precepts (淨戒) | 「住於淨戒波羅提木叉律儀」—“dwelling in the pure precepts and the restraint of the prātimokṣa” | 〔T02 0205c25〕 | 「於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿」—“because one is able to keep far from the places of faults by nature, it should be known that this is called the fulfilment of the pure precepts”〔T30n1579 0867a27〕 |
| Deportment and resort (威儀行處) | 「威儀行處具足」—“complete in deportment and resort” | 〔T02 0205c26〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Few affairs · few duties (少事·少務) | 「少欲、少事、少務」—“few wishes, few affairs, few duties” | 〔T02 0205c28〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| In an empty grove · clamor (空閑林中·憒閙) | 「空閑林中,離諸憒閙」—“in an empty and quiet grove, away from all clamor” | 〔T02 0206a05〕 | 「五者、樂與道俗共相雜住」—“fifth, delighting in dwelling mixed together with those of the path and the laity”〔T30n1579 0866a13〕 [cf.] |
| The stilling of body · the stilling of mind (身止息·心止息) | 「得身止息及心止息」—“attains the stilling of body and the stilling of mind” | 〔T02 0206a10〕 | 「由正修習入出息念,身心輕安」—“through rightly cultivating mindfulness of the in-and-out breath, body and mind have pliant ease”〔T30n1579 0866a16〕 [cf.] |
| With thought and examination (有覺有觀) | 「有覺有觀,寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」—“with thought and examination, stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment” | 〔T02 0206a11〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The perception of the portion of knowledge (明分想) | 「寂滅、純一,明分想修習滿足」—“stillness, singleness, and the perception of the portion of knowledge cultivated to fulfilment” | 〔T02 0206a11〕 | 「純修明分想,令速得圓滿」—“one purely cultivates the perception of the portion of knowledge, and makes it swiftly attain fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0866a23〕 |
| Guarding the gates of the faculties · binding the mind well in dwelling (守諸根門·善繫心住) | 「善護其身,守諸根門,善繫心住」—“guarding his body well, guarding the gates of the faculties, binding his mind well in dwelling” | 〔T02 0206a21〕 | 「於能密護諸根門等攝受淨戒所有善法」—“in all the wholesome dharmas of taking up the pure precepts, such as closely guarding the gates of the faculties”〔T30n1579 0867a28〕 |
| Sitting upright · binding mindfulness before one (端身正坐·繫念面前) | 「端身正坐,繫念面前」—“sits upright, binding mindfulness before him” | 〔T02 0206a23〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Binding mindfulness and training well (繫念善學) | 「念於內息,繫念善學」—“Mindful of the breath within, one binds mindfulness and trains well” | 〔T02 0206a27〕 | 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」—“the differences in the cultivation of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath are of sixteen steps; their meaning is distinguished at length, and their characteristics should be known as in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0866a08〕 [cf.] |
| The stilling of bodily activity (身行息) | 「覺知一切身行息入息」—“knowing the stilling of all bodily activity on the in-breath” | 〔T02 0206b01〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The gladdening of the mind · the concentrating of the mind (心悅·心定) | 「覺知心,覺知心悅,覺知心定」—“knowing the mind, knowing the gladdening of the mind, knowing the concentrating of the mind” | 〔T02 0206b06〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Cutting off thoughts and perceptions (斷諸覺想) | 「安那般那念修習多修習者,斷諸覺想」—“When mindfulness of breathing is cultivated and cultivated much, one cuts off all thoughts and perceptions” | 〔T02 0206b17〕 | 「令尋伺等悉皆靜息」—“thought and examination, and the like are all stilled”〔T30n1579 0866a21〕 [cf.] |
| Unshaken (不動搖) | 「如是不動搖」—“thus unshaken” | 〔T02 0206b22〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The final deathless (究竟甘露) | 「如是得甘露、究竟甘露」—“thus attains the deathless, the final deathless” | 〔T02 0206b23〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Two fruits · four fruits · seven fruits (二果·四果·七果) | 「得二果、四果、七果,一一經亦如上說」—“attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—each discourse is also as said above” | 〔T02 0206b24〕 | 「二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」—“the excellent benefits of the fruits of two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds”〔T30n1579 0866b01〕 |
| Perceptions of resistance (對礙想) | 「於內外對礙想善正除滅」—“the perceptions of resistance, inner and outer, are well and rightly removed” | 〔T02 0206c04〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Superior and more excellent, beyond it (勝妙過其上) | 「更有勝妙過其上者」—“there is something superior and more excellent, beyond it” | 〔T02 0206c08〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| In the late afternoon (晡時) | 「晡時從禪覺」—“in the late afternoon he rose from meditation” | 〔T02 0206c22〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| A superior dwelling (勝妙住) | 「住勝妙住」—“dwelling in a superior dwelling” | 〔T02 0206c24〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Obtains it at will (隨欲即得) | 「此比丘得此三昧,不勤方便,隨欲即得」—“that bhikṣu attains this samādhi without exerting skilful means; he obtains it at will” | 〔T02 0206c28〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| A dwelling of coarse reflection · a subtler dwelling of cultivation (麁思惟住·微細修住) | 「此則麁思惟住」—“This is a dwelling of coarse reflection” | 〔T02 0207a22〕 | 「緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」—“because it takes the form of subtle wind as its object, is called the subtle dwelling”〔T30n1579 0866b16〕 [cf.] |
| The noble dwelling · the Brahmā dwelling · the dwelling of one in training · the dwelling of one beyond training · the Tathāgata’s dwelling (聖住·梵住·學住·無學住·如來住) | 「聖住、天住、梵住、學住、無學住、如來住」—“the noble dwelling, the heavenly dwelling, the Brahmā dwelling, the dwelling of one in training, the dwelling of one beyond training, the Tathāgata’s dwelling” | 〔T02 0207a29〕 | 「謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別」—“namely, by the differences of the heavenly dwelling and the Brahmā dwelling, the differences of the training in the higher mind should be known”〔T30n1579 0867b29〕; 「由諸所有覺分等法聖住差別,應知增上慧學差別」—“by the differences of the noble dwelling of all dharmas such as the factors of awakening, the differences of the training in the higher wisdom should be known”〔T30n1579 0867c01〕 |
| The impure and foul (惡露不淨) | 「極生厭患惡露不淨」—“grew utterly weary and sick of the body, the impure and foul” | 〔T02 0207b27〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| A god of Māra’s host (魔天) | 「有魔天住於空中」—“there was a god of Māra’s host, standing in the air” | 〔T02 0207c01〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The subtle dwelling (微細住) | 「是故,我今次第說,住微細住,隨順開覺」—“Therefore I now teach in sequence: dwelling in the subtle dwelling, opening to awakening in accordance with it” | 〔T02 0207c27〕 | 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」—“further, this dwelling of mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath, because it takes the form of subtle wind as its object, is called the subtle dwelling”〔T30n1579 0866b15〕 |
| Dwelling in mindfulness of breathing (安那般那念住) | 「謂安那般那念住」—“namely, dwelling in mindfulness of breathing” | 〔T02 0208a03〕 | 「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止」—“with mindfulness of the in-and-out breath as its support, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness has proper attention as its support”〔T30n1579 0866c10〕 [cf.] |
| Reflecting by comparison with the body (隨身比思惟) | 「異於身者,彼亦如是隨身比思惟」—“as for what is other than the body, he likewise reflects on it by comparison with the body” | 〔T02 0208a29〕 | 「是身種類,能取於身如理作意」—“this is of the kind of the body, able to take the body with proper attention”〔T30n1579 0866c22〕 [cf.] |
| Dharma akin to dharma · dharma nourishing dharma (法法相類·法法相潤) | 「是名法法相類、法法相潤」—“This is called dharma akin to dharma, dharma nourishing dharma” | 〔T02 0208c06〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Thirteen dharmas (十三法) | 「如是十三法,一法為增上,一法為門」—“Thus these thirteen dharmas, one dharma as the higher and one dharma as the gate” | 〔T02 0208c07〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Reflecting well within (善內思惟) | 「如是知善內思惟」—“knows it thus, and reflects well within” | 〔T02 0208c27〕 | 「入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止」—“with mindfulness of the in-and-out breath as its support, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness has proper attention as its support”〔T30n1579 0866c10〕 [cf.] |
| Carriage (車輿) | 「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來」—“Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the east” | 〔T02 0208c28〕 | 「如理作意如四方來輿乘車車,緣身等四境界門轉」—“proper attention is like carts and carriages coming from the four directions, turning along the gates of the four objects, body and the rest”〔T30n1579 0866c18〕 |
| Mounds of earth (土堆壠) | 「當於爾時踐蹈諸土堆壠不?」—“at that time would he trample the mounds of earth?” | 〔T02 0208c28〕 | 「非理作意如塵土丘」—“improper attention is like mounds of dust and earth”〔T30n1579 0866c16〕 |
| Crossroads (四衢道) | 「譬如四衢道有土堆壠」—“Suppose at a crossroads there were mounds of earth” | 〔T02 0209a17〕 | 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」—“further, in this, the four dharmas of body and the rest are like four great roads”〔T30n1579 0866c16〕 |
| The body does not tire · the eyes do not ail (身不疲倦·眼亦不患) | 「身不疲倦,眼亦不患,樂隨順觀住,樂覺知,不染著樂」—“the body does not tire and the eyes do not ail; one delights in dwelling in contemplation in accordance, delights in knowing, and is not attached to happiness” | 〔T02 0209a25〕 | 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」—“it makes the body without fatigue, for it is well able to remove the secondary defilements of the side of calm”〔T30n1579 0866b19〕; 「令眼無勞,善能除遣毘鉢舍那品隨煩惱故」—“it makes the eyes without fatigue, for it is well able to remove the secondary defilements of the class of insight”〔T30n1579 0866b20〕 |
| The divine ear · knowledge of others’ minds · knowledge of death and birth · knowledge of the ending of outflows (天耳·他心智·生死智·漏盡智) | 「天耳、他心智、宿命智、生死智、漏盡智者」—“the divine ear, the knowledge of others’ minds, the knowledge of past lives, the knowledge of death and birth, the knowledge of the ending of outflows” | 〔T02 0209b10〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The full moon of Kārttika (滿迦低月) | 「滿迦低月」—“the full moon of Kārttika” | 〔T02 0209c02〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The bhikṣus wandering among the people (人間比丘) | 「爾時,世尊為人間比丘種種說法」—“At that time the World-Honored One taught the Dharma in various ways to the bhikṣus wandering among the people” | 〔T02 0209c06〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The three trainings (三學) | 「有三學」—“There are three trainings” | 〔T02 0210a07〕 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」—“training is of three kinds, namely the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind (心), and the training in the higher wisdom”〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 |
| The training in the higher precepts · the training in the higher mind · the training in the higher wisdom (增上戒學·增上意學·增上慧學) | 「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」—“namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and, namely, the training in the higher wisdom” | 〔T02 0210a08〕 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」—“training is of three kinds, namely the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind (心), and the training in the higher wisdom”〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 |
| The skilful means of higher wisdom (增上慧方便) | 「聖弟子增上慧方便隨順成就住者」—“the noble disciple who dwells accomplished in accordance with the skilful means of higher wisdom” | 〔T02 0210b08〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Living by the life of unsurpassed wisdom (無上慧壽) | 「無上慧壽而活」—“lives by the life of unsurpassed wisdom” | 〔T02 0210b10〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Two hundred and fifty precepts (二百五十戒) | 「過二百五十戒」—“more than two hundred and fifty precepts” | 〔T02 0210b14〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The Prātimokṣa Sūtra (波羅提木叉修多羅) | 「隨次半月來說波羅提木叉修多羅」—“every half-month in turn the Prātimokṣa Sūtra is recited” | 〔T02 0210b15〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Values the precepts · the precepts are higher (重於戒·戒增上) | 「謂比丘重於戒,戒增上」—“namely, a bhikṣu values the precepts, the precepts are higher” | 〔T02 0210b21〕 | 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」—“as for lower right conduct, it is like someone who esteems the pure precepts and also takes the pure precepts as the higher”〔T30n1579 0867a12〕 |
| The minor precepts · when he breaks one he at once repents (細微戒·犯則隨悔) | 「於彼彼分細微戒,犯則隨悔」—“as for the several minor precepts, when he breaks one he at once repents” | 〔T02 0210b23〕 | 「而容有犯小隨小罪」—“but it is possible to commit small and minor faults”〔T30n1579 0867a15〕 |
| Firm in the precepts · the teacher of precepts ever present (戒堅固·戒師常住) | 「如是比丘戒堅固、戒師常住、戒常隨順生」—“thus that bhikṣu is firm in the precepts, the teacher of precepts ever present, and the precepts ever arising in accordance” | 〔T02 0210b25〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Liberation of mind from the outflow of desire · of existence · of ignorance (欲有漏·有有漏·無明有漏心解脫) | 「欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫」—“liberation of mind from the outflow of desire, liberation of mind from the outflow of existence, liberation of mind from the outflow of ignorance” | 〔T02 0210c08〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The one-seed path (一種子道) | 「成一種子道」—“accomplishes the one-seed path” | 〔T02 0210c22〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| One who has not yet fully awakened at that stage (彼地未等覺者) | 「彼地未等覺者,名斯陀含」—“One who has not yet fully awakened at that stage is called a once-returner” | 〔T02 0210c23〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Dwelling complete in the precepts (具足戒住) | 「若比丘具足戒住者」—“If a bhikṣu dwells complete in the precepts” | 〔T02 0211a13〕 | 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」—“further, dwelling complete in the precepts and the rest should be known as already distinguished in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0867b15〕 |
| Little concentration · little wisdom (少定·少慧) | 「是比丘戒為滿足,少定、少慧」—“this bhikṣu is fulfilled in the precepts, with little concentration and little wisdom” | 〔T02 0211a19〕 | 「於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上」—“toward concentration and toward wisdom he does not give rise to esteem, and does not take them as the higher”〔T30n1579 0867a13〕 [cf.] |
| Two trainings · the training in higher deportment · the training in the higher prātimokṣa (二學·上威儀學·上波羅提木叉學) | 「謂上威儀學、上波羅提木叉學」—“namely, the training in higher deportment and the training in the higher prātimokṣa” | 〔T02 0211c03〕 | 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」—“first, higher present conduct; second, the higher discipline; third, higher separate liberation”〔T30n1579 0867b10〕 [cf.] |
| The liberation of not-knowing (無知解脫) | 「得無知解脫」—“attains the liberation of not-knowing” | 〔T02 0211c08〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| The unshaken liberation (不動解脫) | 「成不動解脫」—“Accomplishing the unshaken liberation” | 〔T02 0211c09〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| This last body (後邊身) | 「持此後邊身」—“he bears this last body” | 〔T02 0211c11〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts · wisdom as the highest · liberation firm · mindfulness as higher (學戒多福利住·智慧為上·解脫堅固·念為增上) | 「學戒多福利住,智慧為上,解脫堅固,念為增上」—“dwelling in much blessing from training in the precepts, with wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher” | 〔T02 0211c14〕 | 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」—“further, the dwelling in the benefit of training, wisdom as the foremost, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the swift fulfilment of cultivating the three trainings, and the rest, should be known as distinguished at length in the Compendium of Explanations”〔T30n1579 0867b12〕 |
| Laying down the precepts · gathering the Saṅgha (制戒·攝僧) | 「謂大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧」—“namely, the teacher lays down the precepts for the śrāvakas, which is called gathering the Saṅgha, gathering the Saṅgha utterly” | 〔T02 0211c25〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| A farmer (田夫) | 「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作」—“It is like a farmer who has three kinds of work in the field, and does them well in season” | 〔T02 0212a25〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Not giving rise to the outflows (不起諸漏) | 「欲令我今日得不起諸漏,心善解脫」—“may I today attain not giving rise to the outflows, and the mind well liberated” | 〔T02 0212b05〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| A brooding hen (伏鷄) | 「伏鷄生卵,若十乃至十二,隨時消息,冷暖愛護」—“a brooding hen lays eggs, ten or up to twelve, and in season tends them, keeping them cool or warm, loving and protecting them” | 〔T02 0212b10〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| A foolish man (愚癡男子) | 「有一愚癡男子違律犯戒,隨逐大眾」—“there is a foolish man who breaks the discipline and violates the precepts, following along with the great assembly” | 〔T02 0212b23〕 | 「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家」—“as for wrong conduct, it is like someone who does not esteem the precepts and goes forth casually”〔T30n1579 0867a06〕 [cf.] |
| Keen desire (勝欲) | 「而不學習勝欲增上戒學」—“yet does not train in the training in the higher precepts with keen desire” | 〔T02 0212b24〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Training as the training goes (隨學而學) | 「我不堪能隨學而學」—“I am not able to train as the training goes” | 〔T02 0212c13〕 | 「此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能」—“this one has already attained the realization of the fruits of an ascetic, and does not wait on considering whether he is able or not able”〔T30n1579 0867a20〕 [cf.] |
| Liberation of mind without outflows (無漏心解脫) | 「盡諸有漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫」—“having ended all outflows, liberation of mind without outflows, liberation by wisdom” | 〔T02 0212c18〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
Proper names
- The bhikṣu Alishizha—Discourse 805: 「時,有比丘名阿梨瑟吒」—“At that time there was a bhikṣu named Alishizha”〔T02 0206b27〕.
- The venerable Jibinna—Discourse 806: 「時,尊者罽賓那亦晨朝時著衣持鉢」—“At that time the venerable Jibinna also, in the early morning, put on his robe and took his bowl”〔T02 0206c18〕.
- The Andha Grove—Discourse 806: 「持尼師檀入安陀林」—“took his sitting cloth and entered the Andha Grove”〔T02 0206c17〕.
- The Icchānaṅgala Grove—Discourses 807, 808.
- Three gods—Discourse 807: 「時,有三天子,極上妙色,過夜來至我所」—“At that time three gods, of supremely excellent form, came to me when the night was past”〔T02 0207a24〕.
- Mahānāma of the Śākyas—Discourse 808: 「爾時,釋氏摩訶男詣尊者迦磨比丘所」—“At that time Mahānāma of the Śākyas went to the venerable bhikṣu Jiamo”〔T02 0207b07〕.
- The bhikṣu Jiamo—Discourse 808; 「迦磨」—“Jiamo” occurs six times in all.
- Kapilavastu, in the Nyagrodha Park—Discourse 808.
- Lulin, a brahmin’s son—Discourse 809: 「至鹿林梵志子所」—“went to Lulin, a brahmin’s son”〔T02 0207b27〕.
- Jingang village, the Baqiumo River, the Saloli Grove—Discourses 809, 810.
- The venerable Jinpiluo—Discourse 813: 「爾時,世尊告尊者金毘羅」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the venerable Jinpiluo”〔T02 0208c13〕; the Jinpi Grove at Jinpiluo village.
- The Śivaka sūtra—the appended sentence of Discourse 826: 「尸婆迦修多羅,如後,佛當說」—“The Śivaka sūtra—as below, the Buddha will teach it”〔T02 0212a21〕.
- The bhikṣu Ānanda—the appended sentence of Discourse 826: 「如是阿難陀比丘及異比丘所問、佛問諸比丘三經,亦如上說」—“Likewise, the three discourses of what the bhikṣu Ānanda and a certain bhikṣu asked, and of the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are also as said above”〔T02 0212a22〕.
- The venerable Baqizi, the Baqi village—Discourse 829.
VII. Similes and Rhetoric
Eight similes
- Cutting off the top of the tāla tree—「如截多羅樹頭,更不生長」—“as when the top of a tāla tree is cut off, it grows no more”〔T02 0207b13〕: in the Tathāgata’s dwelling the five hindrances are cut off at the root and do not arise in the future.
- The great rain from the sky—「如天大雨,起、未起塵能令休息」—“as a great rain from the sky can settle the dust that has risen and has not yet risen”〔T02 0207c28〕: the subtle dwelling settles evil, unwholesome dharmas that have arisen and have not yet arisen.
- Carriages from the four directions trampling the mounds of earth—「譬如有人乘車輿從東方顛沛而來」—“Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the east”〔T02 0208c28〕; 「譬如有人乘車輿從南方顛沛而來」—“Suppose a man came driving a carriage headlong from the south”〔T02 0209a04〕; 「譬如有人乘車輿從西方來」—“Suppose a man came driving a carriage from the west”〔T02 0209a11〕; 「譬如四衢道有土堆壠,有人乘車輿從北方顛沛而來」—“Suppose at a crossroads there were mounds of earth, and a man came driving a carriage headlong from the north”〔T02 0209a17〕: the carriages of the four directions are matched in order with the four foundations of mindfulness—body, feeling, mind, and dharmas.
- The farmer’s three kinds of work in the field—「譬如田夫有三種作田,隨時善作」—“It is like a farmer who has three kinds of work in the field, and does them well in season”〔T02 0212a25〕; 「而彼種子已入地中,則自隨時生長,果實成熟」—“and once those seeds have gone into the ground, of themselves in season they grow, and the fruit ripens”〔T02 0212b02〕: a simile for training well in the three trainings in season, so that the outflows do not arise and the mind is of itself well liberated.
- The brooding hen laying eggs—「伏鷄生卵,若十乃至十二,隨時消息,冷暖愛護」—“a brooding hen lays eggs, ten or up to twelve, and in season tends them, keeping them cool or warm, loving and protecting them”〔T02 0212b10〕; 「然其伏鷄善伏其子,愛護隨時,其子自然安隱得生」—“yet that brooding hen broods her young well, loving and protecting them in season, and her young of themselves are born safely”〔T02 0212b13〕: the same as above.
- The donkey following the herd of cattle—「譬如驢隨群牛而行,而作是念:『我作牛聲。』」—“It is like a donkey that goes following a herd of cattle and has this thought: ‘I make the sound of cattle.’”〔T02 0212b19〕: a simile for one who does not train in the three trainings and yet calls himself a bhikṣu.
- The city in the verse—「勇猛堅固城,常守護諸根」—“valiant as a firm city, ever guarding the faculties”〔T02 0210a12〕.
- The lamp in the verse—「如燈盡火滅」—“as the lamp is spent and the flame goes out”〔T02 0210a21〕.
In Discourse 809, that Lulin, a brahmin’s son, killed the bhikṣus and a god of Māra’s host praised him, is a matter narrated in the discourse and not a simile; see Section I.
Verses
Discourse 816:
- 「三學具足者,是比丘正行,」—“One complete in the three trainings—this is a bhikṣu’s right practice:”〔T02 0210a10〕
- 「增上戒心慧,三法勤精進,」—“higher precepts, mind, and wisdom, striving diligently in these three dharmas,”〔T02 0210a11〕
- 「勇猛堅固城,常守護諸根。」—“valiant as a firm city, ever guarding the faculties.”〔T02 0210a12〕
- 「如晝如其夜,如夜亦如晝,」—“As by day so by night, as by night so by day;”〔T02 0210a13〕
- 「如前如其後,如後亦如前,」—“as before so after, as after so before;”〔T02 0210a14〕
- 「如上如其下,如下亦如上。」—“as above so below, as below so above.”〔T02 0210a15〕
- 「無量諸三昧,映一切諸方,」—“Immeasurable samādhis illuminate all directions;”〔T02 0210a16〕
- 「是說為覺跡,第一清涼集,」—“this is called the track of awakening, the first gathering of coolness;”〔T02 0210a17〕
- 「捨離無明諍,其心善解脫,」—“leaving the strife of ignorance, his mind is well liberated.”〔T02 0210a18〕
- 「我為世間覺,明行悉具足,」—“I am the awakened one of the world, complete in knowledge and conduct,”〔T02 0210a19〕
- 「正念不忘住,其心得解脫,」—“dwelling with right mindfulness unforgetting, his mind attains liberation;”〔T02 0210a20〕
- 「身壞而命終,如燈盡火滅。」—“the body breaks up and life ends, as the lamp is spent and the flame goes out.”〔T02 0210a21〕
Discourse 824:
- 「學者學戒時,直道隨順行,」—“When one in training trains in the precepts, he goes following the straight path,”〔T02 0211c05〕
- 「專審勤方便,善自護其身,」—“intent and careful, diligent in skilful means, well guarding his own body;”〔T02 0211c06〕
- 「得初漏盡智,次究竟無知,」—“he attains the first knowledge of the ending of outflows, and next the ultimate not-knowing,”〔T02 0211c07〕
- 「得無知解脫,知見悉已度。」—“attains the liberation of not-knowing, knowledge and vision all crossed over.”〔T02 0211c08〕
- 「成不動解脫,諸有結滅盡,」—“Accomplishing the unshaken liberation, all the bonds of existence are ended;”〔T02 0211c09〕
- 「彼諸根具足,諸根寂靜樂,」—“his faculties are complete, his faculties still and at ease;”〔T02 0211c10〕
- 「持此後邊身,摧伏眾魔怨。」—“he bears this last body, and subdues the hosts of Māra and his foes.”〔T02 0211c11〕
Discourse 825:
- 「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪,」—“Training in the precepts, following its blessing, intent on reflection in the dhyāna of samādhi,”〔T02 0211c19〕
- 「智慧為最上,現生之最後,」—“with wisdom as the highest—this is the last of this present life;”〔T02 0211c20〕
- 「牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸。」—“the sage bears this last body, subdues Māra, and crosses to the far shore.”〔T02 0211c21〕
Discourse 826:
- 「學戒隨福利,專思三昧禪,」—“Training in the precepts, following its blessing, intent on reflection in the dhyāna of samādhi,”〔T02 0212a17〕
- 「智慧為最上,現生最後邊,」—“with wisdom as the highest, the final edge of this present life;”〔T02 0212a18〕
- 「牟尼持後邊,降魔度彼岸。」—“the sage bears this last body, subdues Māra, and crosses to the far shore.”〔T02 0212a19〕
Discourse 828:
- 「同蹄無角獸,四足具聲口,」—“A beast with hooves alike and without horns, its four feet complete, with voice and mouth,”〔T02 0212b28〕
- 「隨逐大群牛,常以為等侶。」—“following the great herd of cattle, ever takes them for companions of its kind.”〔T02 0212b29〕
- 「形亦非牛類,不能作牛聲,」—“Its form is not of the cattle kind, it cannot make the sound of cattle;”〔T02 0212c01〕
- 「如是愚癡人,不隨繫心念。」—“so too the foolish man does not follow mindfulness with the mind bound.”〔T02 0212c02〕
- 「於善逝教誡,無欲勤方便,」—“Toward the instruction of the Well-Gone One he has no wish for diligent skilful means;”〔T02 0212c03〕
- 「懈怠心輕慢,不獲無上道。」—“slothful and with a mind of contempt, he cannot win the unsurpassed path.”〔T02 0212c04〕
- 「如驢在群牛,去牛常自遠,」—“Like the donkey among the herd of cattle, ever far of itself from the cattle,”〔T02 0212c05〕
- 「彼雖隨大眾,內行常自乖。」—“though he follows along with the great assembly, his inner practice ever departs from it.”〔T02 0212c06〕
Discourse 817: 「即說偈,如上所說」—“he then spoke the verse, as said above”〔T02 0210b02〕—cited but not given out, with no verse body, and not counted among the five above.
Fixed formulas
| Phrase | Anchor | Discourse |
|---|---|---|
| 「增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學」—“the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom”, the full list | Nine occurrences (and Discourse 816 reads 「增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」—“namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and, namely, the training in the higher wisdom”〔T02 0210a08〕) | 817·819·821·822·825·827·828·829 |
| 「彼地未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened at that stage” | From 〔T02 0210c23〕, fourteen occurrences | 821·823 |
| 「於彼未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened in that” | From 〔T02 0211b21〕, four occurrences | 823 |
| 「如是知、如是見」—“knowing thus, seeing thus” | Twelve occurrences | 820·821·822·823 |
| 「欲有漏心解脫、有有漏心解脫、無明有漏心解脫」—“liberation of mind from the outflow of desire, liberation of mind from the outflow of existence, liberation of mind from the outflow of ignorance” | From 〔T02 0210c08〕, three occurrences | 820·821·822 |
| 「我生已盡」—“My birth is ended” | Five occurrences (「梵行已立」—“the pure conduct established” four times, 「梵行是立」—“the pure conduct is established” once) | 820·821·822·823·829 |
| 「有覺有觀」—“with thought and examination” | Five occurrences | 802·803·814 |
| 「身心止息」—“the stilling of body and mind” | Two occurrences (and Discourse 802 reads 「身止息及心止息」—“the stilling of body and the stilling of mind”〔T02 0206a11〕) | 803 |
| 「依止聚落」—“dwelling relying on a village” | Six occurrences | 804·806·809·810·814·815 |
| 「修習多修習」—“cultivated and cultivated much” | Four occurrences | 804·810 |
| 「大果大福利」—“great fruit and great benefit” | Five occurrences | 804·809·814 |
| 「善學」—“trains well” | Seventeen occurrences | 803·804·805·806·827 |
| 「如實知」—“knowing as it really is” | Eight occurrences | 807·817 |
| 「觀念住」—“the foundation of mindfulness contemplating” | Fifteen occurrences | 810·813 |
| 「依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨」—“depending on seclusion, depending on dispassion, depending on cessation, inclining toward relinquishment” | From 〔T02 0208c03〕, two occurrences | 810 |
| 「土堆壠」—“mounds of earth” | From 〔T02 0208c29〕, five occurrences | 813 |
| 「示、教、照、喜」—“showing, teaching, illuminating, gladdening” | From 〔T02 0209b19〕, three occurrences | 815 |
| 「諦聽,善思」—“Listen closely and reflect well” | Four occurrences | 797·798·813 |
The pattern of question and answer
- Asking and answering oneself in the form ‘what is …? It is …’: 「何等為」—“what is” occurs forty-one times in all, in Discourses 797, 798, 799, 801, 809, 810, 816 to 823, 825, 826, and 827.
- The question ‘how …?’: 「云何」—“how” occurs eleven times in all, in Discourses 803, 804, 805, 808, 810, 813, 814, and 815.
- The question ‘do you …?’: Discourse 805’s 「如我所說安那般那念,汝等修習不?」—“Do you cultivate the mindfulness of breathing that I have taught?”〔T02 0206b26〕; Discourse 806’s 「汝等見尊者罽賓那不?」—“Do you see the venerable Jibinna?”〔T02 0206c23〕; the four questions of Discourse 813 in the form 「當踐蹈土堆壠不」—“would he trample the mounds of earth?”; Discourse 829’s 「汝堪能隨時學三學不?」—“Are you able to train in the three trainings in season?”〔T02 0212c14〕.
Repeated sentence patterns
- Discourse 803: the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing is composed sentence by sentence with 「善學」—“trains well”, twelve occurrences.
- Discourse 810: each of the four foundations of mindfulness is matched with four phrases of the cultivation of mindfulness of breathing; the seven awakening factors follow one upon another in the form ‘having cultivated the awakening factor of …, the awakening factor of … is fulfilled’; and the seven awakening factors, further, by 「依遠離、依無欲、依滅、向於捨」—“depending on seclusion, depending on dispassion, depending on cessation, inclining toward relinquishment”, fulfil knowledge and liberation.
- Discourse 813: each of the four foundations of mindfulness is matched with the carriage of one direction, in four rounds of question and answer.
- Discourses 820 to 823: the explanation of the three trainings takes the form ‘values the precepts, the precepts are higher’ or ‘the precepts are fulfilled,’ adding or subtracting one in each training.
- Discourses 821 and 823: 「彼地未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened at that stage” and 「於彼未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened in that” are repeated over one another into a list of the stages of fruit.
- Discourse 826: the four explanations—following the blessing of training in the precepts, wisdom as the highest, liberation firm, and mindfulness as higher—are all in repeated words with ‘thus and thus’ and ‘this and that dharma, this and that place.’
The form of the verses
All five are in five-character phrases: Discourse 816 twenty-four phrases, 824 fourteen phrases, 825 six phrases, 826 six phrases, 828 sixteen phrases. The verse texts of Discourse 825 and Discourse 826 are the same, except that the fourth phrase reads in the one 「現生之最後」—“this is the last of this present life”〔T02 0211c20〕, in the other 「現生最後邊」—“the final edge of this present life”〔T02 0212a18〕.
Abbreviated groups of phrases and the compilers’ appended sentences
- Discourse 800: the dharma of a brāhmaṇa, the brāhmaṇa, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, the fruits of a brāhmaṇa; the dharma of pure conduct, the one of pure conduct, the goal of pure conduct, the fruits of pure conduct—eight names.
- Discourse 804: unshaken, attaining great fruit and great benefit, attaining the deathless, the final deathless, attaining the two fruits, the four fruits, and the seven fruits—seven matters.
- Discourses 811 to 812: asked by a certain bhikṣu, the Buddha asking the bhikṣus—two discourses.
- The nine matters of laying down the precepts in Discourse 826 (verbatim from the base text): gathering the Saṅgha, gathering the Saṅgha utterly, that those without faith gain faith, that those with faith increase their faith, taming evil people, that those with shame dwell at ease, guarding against the outflows in this present life, attaining the right counteragent in the future, making pure conduct long endure—from 「謂大師為諸聲聞制戒,所謂攝僧,極攝僧」—“namely, the teacher lays down the precepts for the śrāvakas, which is called gathering the Saṅgha, gathering the Saṅgha utterly”〔T02 0211c25〕; the two appended sentences at the end of the discourse: the Śivaka sūtra, and the three discourses asked by the bhikṣu Ānanda and by a certain bhikṣu and of the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus.
VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward
- Shared words with the Compendium of Topics: 〔T30n1579 0866a08〕〔T30n1579 0866a10〕〔T30n1579 0866a22〕〔T30n1579 0866a24〕〔T30n1579 0866a29〕〔T30n1579 0866b15〕〔T30n1579 0866b19〕〔T30n1579 0866b28〕〔T30n1579 0866c01〕〔T30n1579 0866c16〕〔T30n1579 0866c18〕〔T30n1579 0867a03〕〔T30n1579 0867a12〕〔T30n1579 0867a22〕〔T30n1579 0867b12〕〔T30n1579 0867b15〕〔T30n1579 0867b29〕〔T30n1579 0867c01〕.
- The carrying forward of the uddāna: the door of mindfulness of breathing, 「障隨惑尋等、果、欲、細、身勞、」—“Obstructions · Secondary Defilements, Thoughts and the Like, Fruit, Desire, Subtle, Bodily Fatigue,”〔T30n1579 0866a06〕; 「學住、及作意、智無執為後。」—“the Dwelling of One in Training, and Attention, Knowledge and Non-Clinging last.”〔T30n1579 0866a07〕—its order answers to Discourses 801 to 815 of this fascicle, with Discourse 805, the appended sentence of 804, and 809 with 807, 814, 808, 813, and 810 following in turn; the order of the discourses and the order of the treatise differ, and both are recorded. The door of training, 「初尊重尸羅、清淨戒圓滿、」—“first Esteem for Śīla, the Pure Precepts Fulfilled,”〔T30n1579 0867a01〕; 「現行、學勝利、學差別為後。」—“Present Conduct, the Benefit of Training, the Differences of Training last.”〔T30n1579 0867a02〕—answers to Discourses 816 to 829 of this fascicle.
- Carrying forward within the fascicle (only shared forms are recorded):
- Discourses 797 to 800: Discourse 799 carries on from the preceding discourse, 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0205c16〕; Discourse 800’s 「梵行法、梵行者、梵行義、梵行果亦如上說」—“the dharma of pure conduct, the one of pure conduct, the goal of pure conduct, and the fruits of pure conduct are also as said above”〔T02 0205c22〕.
- Discourses 801 to 804: in Discourse 804, below 「若比丘依止聚落、城邑住」—“If a bhikṣu dwells relying on a village or town”〔T02 0206b19〕, 「如上廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length above, up to”〔T02 0206b19〕 carries on the cultivation of Discourse 803.
- Discourses 805 to 808: Discourse 805’s 「如前廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length before, up to”〔T02 0206c10〕; in Discourse 808 the bhikṣu Jiamo relates Discourse 807, 「廣說如前,乃至」—“taught at length as before, up to”〔T02 0207b17〕, the same sentence as Discourse 807’s 「乃至無學現法樂住」—“up to the dwelling at ease in this very life of one beyond training”〔T02 0207b04〕.
- Discourses 809 to 812: Discourse 809’s 「如前廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length before, up to”〔T02 0208a06〕; Discourse 810’s 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至如滅出息念學」—“this bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, as with the cessation of the out-breath he trains in mindfulness”〔T02 0208a22〕; Discourses 811 to 812, 「如是異比丘所問,佛問諸比丘亦如上說」—“Likewise, what a certain bhikṣu asked, and the Buddha’s asking the bhikṣus, are also as said above”〔T02 0208c10〕.
- Discourses 813 to 815: Discourse 813’s 「乃至滅出息時如滅出息學」—“up to, at the cessation of the out-breath, as with the cessation of the out-breath he trains”〔T02 0208c23〕; Discourse 814’s 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息時如滅出息學」—“this bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, when contemplating the cessation of the out-breath, as with the cessation of the out-breath he trains”〔T02 0209a28〕; Discourse 815’s 「是比丘依止聚落,乃至觀滅出息如觀滅出息學」—“this bhikṣu dwells relying on a village, up to, contemplating the cessation of the out-breath, as contemplating the cessation of the out-breath he trains”〔T02 0210a02〕.
- Discourses 816 to 820: Discourse 817’s 「即說偈,如上所說」—“he then spoke the verse, as said above”〔T02 0210b02〕 carries on the verse of Discourse 816; Discourse 820’s 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0210b20〕.
- Discourses 821 to 823: Discourse 821’s 「成一種子道」—“accomplishes the one-seed path”〔T02 0210c22〕 and Discourse 823’s 「得一種子道」—“attains the one-seed path”〔T02 0211b13〕 are the same form with a different character.
- Discourses 824 to 826: Discourse 826’s 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus … as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0211c24〕 carries on from Discourse 825 and explains its four matters sentence by sentence; the appended sentence of Discourse 826, 「亦如上說」—“are also as said above”〔T02 0212a23〕.
- Discourses 827 to 829: Discourse 827’s 「謂善戒學、善意學、善慧學已」—“namely, having trained well in the precepts, trained well in the mind, trained well in wisdom”〔T02 0212b04〕, Discourse 828’s 「而不學習勝欲增上戒學」—“yet does not train in the training in the higher precepts with keen desire”〔T02 0212b24〕, and Discourse 829’s 「汝當隨時增上戒學、增上意學、增上慧學」—“You should in season train in the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, the training in the higher wisdom”〔T02 0212c15〕 alike carry on the names of the three trainings; the closing record of Discourse 829, 「專精思惟……如上說,乃至」—“reflecting with concentrated energy … as said above, up to”〔T02 0212c23〕.
- Beyond this fascicle: of the differences of the three trainings the treatise says 「如聲聞地應知其相」—“their characteristics should be known as in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0867a04〕; of the sixteen steps of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath it says 「如聲聞地應知其相」—“their characteristics should be known as in the Śrāvaka Level”〔T30n1579 0866a09〕; of the benefit of training it says 「如攝釋分廣辯應知」—“should be known as distinguished at length in the Compendium of Explanations”〔T30n1579 0867b13〕; the treatise itself points elsewhere, and this is not opened out here.
IX. Placement Among the Recensions
The rows of the Taishō collation notes and of the current edition for this fascicle come to seventy-three in all: sixty-six variant readings of the three editions and the 【聖】 edition, and seven places where the current reading differs from the original Taishō printing (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【聖】 = the Shōgozō edition of the Shōsōin; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; 「無」—“lacks it” = that edition lacks the character; recorded together, without adjudication).
| No. | Anchor | Current reading | Variant readings |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0206a17 | 想 (perception) | 【聖】無 (lacks it) |
| 002 | 0206a26 | 慧 (wisdom) | 【明】恚 (hatred) |
| 003 | 0206b03 | 喜 (joy) | 【宋】【元】善 (good) |
| 004 | 0206c17 | 檀 (-dana of 尼師檀) | 【三】壇 (another form) |
| 005 | 0206c20 | 檀 (-dana of 尼師檀) | 【三】壇 (another form) |
| 006 | 0207a10 | 復 (further) | 【聖】得 (attain) |
| 007 | 0207b04 | 法 (dharma) | 【聖】無 (lacks it) |
| 008 | 0207b27 | 至 (went to) | 【明】觀 (contemplate) |
| 009 | 0207c04 | 穌 (relief) | 【聖】蘇 (another form) |
| 010 | 0207c04 | 穌 (relief) | 【聖】蘇 (another form) |
| 011 | 0207c08 | 穌 (relief) | 【聖】蘇 (another form) |
| 012 | 0207c09 | 穌 (relief) | 【聖】蘇 (another form) |
| 013 | 0207c10 | 循 (along) | 【三】【聖】順 (in accordance) |
| 014 | 0207c13 | 令 (make) | 【三】【聖】無 (lack it) |
| 015 | 0207c27 | 住 (dwell) | 【明】依 (rely on) |
| 016 | 0208a05 | 已 (already) | 【聖】無 (lacks it) |
| 017 | 0208a09 | 金 (Jin-) | 【宋】舍 (She-) |
| 018 | 0208a26 | 學 (trains) | 【宋】學一切身行休息入息念時如入息念學出息念時如出息念學 (trains; [knowing] the resting of all bodily activity, at the time of mindfulness of the in-breath he trains as with mindfulness of the in-breath, at the time of mindfulness of the out-breath he trains as with mindfulness of the out-breath); 【元】【明】【聖】學一切身行覺知入息念時如入息念學出息念時如出息念學 (trains; knowing all bodily activity, at the time of mindfulness of the in-breath he trains as with mindfulness of the in-breath, at the time of mindfulness of the out-breath he trains as with mindfulness of the out-breath) |
| 019 | 0208a27 | 休 (rest) | 【宋】無 (lacks it) |
| 020 | 0208b01 | 思 (reflect) | 【聖】丘思 (-kṣu reflects) |
| 021 | 0208b05 | 受隨身 (feeling, by comparison with the body) | 【元】【明】隨受 (by comparison with feeling) |
| 022 | 0208b05 | 思 (reflect) | 【聖】丘思 (-kṣu reflects) |
| 023 | 0208b09 | 思 (reflect) | 【聖】丘思 (-kṣu reflects) |
| 024 | 0208b12 | 思 (reflect) | 【聖】丘思 (-kṣu reflects) |
| 025 | 0208b23 | 猗 (ease) | 【聖】倚 (another form) |
| 026 | 0208b24 | 猗 (ease) | 【聖】倚 (another form) |
| 027 | 0208b24 | 猗 (ease) | 【聖】倚 (another form) |
| 028 | 0208b24 | 分 (factor) | 【三】【聖】無 (lack it) |
| 029 | 0208b26 | 分 (factor) | 【三】【聖】無 (lack it) |
| 030 | 0208c14 | 勤 (diligent) | 【宋】進 (advance) |
| 031 | 0209a14 | 學 (train) | 【宋】【聖】覺 (awaken) |
| 032 | 0209a24 | 諸 (all) | 【三】無 (lack it) |
| 033 | 0209a25 | 倦 (tire) | 【三】【聖】極 (exhausted) |
| 034 | 0209a26 | 覺知 (knowing) | 【三】【聖】知覺 (knowing, in reversed order) |
| 035 | 0209a27 | 倦 (tire) | 【三】【聖】極 (exhausted) |
| 036 | 0209a28 | 覺知 (knowing) | 【三】【聖】知覺 (knowing, in reversed order) |
| 037 | 0209b01 | 倦 (tire) | 【三】【聖】極 (exhausted) |
| 038 | 0209b29 | 告 (said to) | 【三】告言 (said to … saying) |
| 039 | 0209c02 | 間 (among) | 【三】間遊行 (wandering among) |
| 040 | 0209c03 | 滿 (full) | 【三】限 (limit) |
| 041 | 0209c22 | 想 (perception) | 【三】想入 (perception, entering) |
| 042 | 0209c23 | 正 (right) | 【三】【聖】無 (lack it) |
| 043 | 0210a18 | 諍 (strife) | 【三】【聖】靜 (stillness) |
| 044 | 0210b28 | 正 (right) | 【三】【聖】無 (lack it) |
| 045 | 0210c27 | 名 (is called) | 【三】無 (lack it) |
| 046 | 0211a01 | 分 (portion) | 【三】分結 (portion bonds) |
| 047 | 0211a22 | 決定正 (assured, right) | 【三】【聖】法決定 (dharma, assured) |
| 048 | 0211a24 | 彼 (that) | 【三】於彼 (in that) |
| 049 | 0211b11 | 定 (concentration) | 【聖】靜 (stillness) |
| 050 | 0211b16 | 行 (conduct) | 【聖】門 (gate) |
| 051 | 0211b22 | 於 (in) | 【宋】【元】無 (lack it) |
| 052 | 0211b23 | 覺 (awaken) | 【聖】學 (train) |
| 053 | 0211b26 | 明 (ignorance) | 【三】明有 (ignorance, existence); 【聖】時 (time) |
| 054 | 0211b27 | 是 (is) | 【三】【聖】已 (already) |
| 055 | 0211c02 | 二 (two) | 【三】【聖】三 (three) |
| 056 | 0211c03 | 二 (two) | 【三】【聖】三 (three) |
| 057 | 0211c03 | 謂 (namely) | 【三】謂上戒覺 (namely, the higher precepts, awakening) |
| 058 | 0211c06 | 身 (body) | 【三】【聖】心 (mind) |
| 059 | 0211c17 | 令 (make) | 【三】今 (now) |
| 060 | 0212a10 | 彼處如是 (that place, thus) | 【宋】彼如是 (that, thus); 【元】【明】【聖】如是彼 (thus, that) |
| 061 | 0212b10 | 譬如,比丘 (it is like, bhikṣus) | 【明】比丘譬如 (bhikṣus, it is like); 【聖】比丘譬如比丘 (bhikṣus, it is like, bhikṣus) |
| 062 | 0212b11 | 暖 (warm) | 【明】䐘 (another form) |
| 063 | 0212b13 | 瓜 (claw; the character standing for 爪) | 【三】爪 (claw); 【聖】爾 (thus) |
| 064 | 0212b21 | 牛 (cattle) | 【三】無 (lack it) |
| 065 | 0212c04 | 上 (unsurpassed) | 【聖】為 (as) |
| 066 | 0212c05 | 群牛 (the herd of cattle) | 【三】牛群 (the cattle herd, in reversed order) |
Seven places where the current reading differs from the original Taishō printing (the plain rendering follows the current reading throughout)
| No. | Anchor | Discourse | Current reading | Original Taishō printing |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 067 | 0206a20 | 803 | 聚 (village) | 娶 (marry) |
| 068 | 0206b03 | 803 | 切 (all) | 心 (mind) |
| 069 | 0206b04 | 803 | 心 (mind) | 身 (body) |
| 070 | 0208c30 | 813 | 入 (enter) | 人 (person) |
| 071 | 0209b04 | 814 | 喜 (joy) | 善 (good) |
| 072 | 0212b22 | 828 | 己 (oneself) | 已 (already) |
| 073 | 0212b29 | 828 | 大 (great) | 太 (very) |
Further: under the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第二十九」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 29”〔T02 0212c25〕, the Taishō note records the votive text of Empress Kōmyō appended in the 【聖】 edition; it is not entered in the table above.
Ten notable points (recorded together, without adjudication)
- Discourse 816〔T02 0210a08〕: the current reading is 「謂增上戒學、增上意學、謂增上慧學」—“namely, the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind, and, namely, the training in the higher wisdom”, where before 「增上慧學」—“the training in the higher wisdom” one character 「謂」—“namely” is repeated; the Taishō note (0210a08): 謂字麗本版缺今依忍澂師校正本補之 (“the character 謂 is missing from the Korean printing block; it is now supplied according to the corrected edition of master Ninchō”). The plain rendering translates it in the place of the current reading.
- Discourse 823〔T02 0211b26〕〔T02 0211b27〕: the current reading is 「無明漏心解脫」—“liberation of mind from the outflow of ignorance”, the three editions read 「無明有漏」—“from the outflow of ignorance” (row 053), the same form as Discourses 820 to 822; the current reading is 「梵行是立」—“the pure conduct is established”, the three editions and the 【聖】 edition read 「已」—“already” (row 054), the same form as 「梵行已立」—“the pure conduct established” in the other discourses. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- The lists of the stages of fruit in Discourse 821 and Discourse 823: Discourse 821 reads 「彼地未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened at that stage”, in the order once-returner, clan-to-clan, seven-existences, one who follows by Dharma, one who follows by faith; the training in the higher precepts in Discourse 823 reads 「若彼地未等覺者」—“if one has not yet fully awakened at that stage” and 「彼地未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened at that stage”, in the order once-returner, clan-to-clan, stream-enterer, one who follows by Dharma, one who follows by faith, and its training in the higher mind reads 「於彼未等覺者」—“one who has not yet fully awakened in that”〔T02 0211b21〕. Discourse 821 reads 「成一種子道」—“accomplishes the one-seed path”〔T02 0210c22〕, Discourse 823 「得一種子道」—“attains the one-seed path”〔T02 0211b13〕. Translated word for word by the base text, not made uniform.
- Discourse 822〔T02 0211a24〕: the current reading is 「彼彼分細微戒」—“the several minor precepts”, the three editions 「於彼」—“in that” (row 048).
- Discourse 824〔T02 0211c02〕〔T02 0211c03〕: the current reading is 「有二學」—“There are two trainings” and 「何等為二」—“What are the two?”, and the three editions and the 【聖】 edition all read 「三」—“three” (rows 055, 056); the current reading is 「謂上威儀學」—“namely, the training in higher deportment”, the three editions 「謂上戒覺」—“namely, the higher precepts, awakening” (row 057). The plain rendering follows the current reading as two trainings.
- The verses of Discourse 825 and Discourse 826: the fourth phrase in the current reading reads in the one 「現生之最後」—“this is the last of this present life”〔T02 0211c20〕, in the other 「現生最後邊」—“the final edge of this present life”〔T02 0212a18〕; there is no Taishō collation note. Each passage follows the base text, not made uniform.
- Discourse 827〔T02 0212b13〕: in the current reading’s 「若以瓜刮」—“if one scratches with the claw”, the character 「瓜」—“claw”: the three editions read 「爪」—“claw”, and the 【聖】 edition 「爾」—“thus” (row 063). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Discourse 810〔T02 0208a26〕: after the current reading’s 「學」—“trains”, the Song edition and the Yuan, Ming, and 【聖】 editions each have one long sentence more (row 018), and the sentences the two have in addition also differ from each other.
- Discourse 814, from 〔T02 0209a25〕: in the current reading’s 「身不疲倦」—“the body does not tire”, the character 「倦」—“tire”: the three editions and the 【聖】 edition read 「極」—“exhausted”, the same in three places (rows 033, 035, 037); in the current reading’s 「樂覺知」—“delights in knowing”, the word 「覺知」—“knowing”: the three editions and the 【聖】 edition read 「知覺」—“knowing, in reversed order”, the same in two places (rows 034, 036).
- The verse of Discourse 816〔T02 0210a18〕: in the current reading’s 「捨離無明諍」—“leaving the strife of ignorance”, the character 「諍」—“strife”: the three editions and the 【聖】 edition read 「靜」—“stillness” (row 043).
Characters
- 「迦磨」—“Jiamo”—Discourse 808, six occurrences in all; the bhikṣu’s name in Discourse 752 of Fascicle 28 is written 「迦摩」—“Jiamo” with another character; the character forms of the two fascicles differ, and they are not judged to be the same person.
- Discourse 809’s 「金剛聚落跋求摩河側薩羅梨林」—“the Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River, at Jingang village” and Discourse 810’s 「金剛跋求摩河側薩羅梨林」—“the Saloli Grove beside the Baqiumo River at Jingang”: two forms of the place name, following the base text.
- Discourse 826’s 「佛說是經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this sūtra”〔T02 0212a20〕 is written 「是」, not 「此」.
- Discourse 826’s 「慙愧者得樂住」—“that those with shame dwell at ease”〔T02 0211c27〕 is written with 「慙」.
- Discourse 801’s 「離諸憒閙」—“away from all clamor”〔T02 0206a05〕 is written with 「閙」.
- In Discourse 809’s 「穌息」—“relief”, the character 「穌」: the 【聖】 edition writes 「蘇」 throughout (rows 009 to 012).
Interlinear notes—none in this fascicle.
The line form of the verses—all five have two phrases to each line; the introductory sentences of Discourses 824 and 828 span lines.
X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation
① Mātṛkā
| Discourse | Mātṛkā (verbatim) | Anchor | Shared words |
|---|---|---|---|
| 797 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | —[not in the two doors; shared words in the door of the path factors, see III] |
| 798 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | —[not in the two doors; shared words in the door of the path factors, see III] |
| 799 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | —[not in the two doors; shared words in the door of the path factors, see III] |
| 800 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | —[not in the two doors; shared words in the door of the path factors, see III] |
| 801 | 「爾時應知五障礙法」—“at that time five obstructing dharmas should be known” | 〔T30n1579 0866a10〕 | [cf.] five things · sleep |
| 802 | 「為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿」—“in order to counteract the false imaginings of the portion of ignorance, one purely cultivates the perception of the portion of knowledge, and makes it swiftly attain fulfilment” | 〔T30n1579 0866a22〕 | the perception of the portion of knowledge |
| 803 | 「入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相」—“the differences in the cultivation of mindfulness of the in-and-out breath are of sixteen steps; their meaning is distinguished at length, and their characteristics should be known as in the Śrāvaka Level” | 〔T30n1579 0866a08〕 | [cf.] the treatise names sixteen steps · the discourse goes sentence by sentence |
| 804 | 「又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利」—“further, to speak briefly, because one is able to cut off forever six kinds of bonds, it should be known that the excellent benefits of the fruits are established as of two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds” | 〔T30n1579 0866a29〕 | two · four · seven fruits |
| 805 | 「於緣過去諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間缺者,速得損減」—“thought and examination directed at past formations, which can cause the samādhi arising without interval to be interrupted, is swiftly diminished” | 〔T30n1579 0866a24〕 | past formations · future formations · present formations |
| 806 | 「發生廣大身心所有妙輕安故,名不可伏」—“because it gives rise to the vast and excellent pliant ease of body and mind, it is called unsubduable” | 〔T30n1579 0866b17〕 | [cf.] body and mind |
| 807 | 「謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別」—“namely, by the differences of the heavenly dwelling and the Brahmā dwelling, the differences of the training in the higher mind should be known” | 〔T30n1579 0867b29〕 | the heavenly dwelling · the Brahmā dwelling · the noble dwelling; [cf.] subtle |
| 808 | 「應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別」—“it should be known that these two dwellings apart from the hindrances differ greatly” | 〔T30n1579 0866c04〕 | the Tathāgata · the five hindrances · cutting off |
| 809 | 「復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住」—“further, this dwelling of mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath, because it takes the form of subtle wind as its object, is called the subtle dwelling” | 〔T30n1579 0866b15〕 | the subtle dwelling |
| 810 | 「精勤修習諸息念者,由正修習四種念住,無我等故,平等平等」—“those who diligently cultivate mindfulness of breathing, through rightly cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, because of non-self and the like, are equal and equal” | 〔T30n1579 0866c21〕 | [cf.] foundation of mindfulness · body |
| 811–812 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 813 | 「又於此中,身等四法如四大路」—“further, in this, the four dharmas of body and the rest are like four great roads” | 〔T30n1579 0866c16〕 | cart · carriage · four [the same simile, different words] |
| 814 | 「令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故」—“it makes the body without fatigue, for it is well able to remove the secondary defilements of the side of calm” | 〔T30n1579 0866b19〕 | body · eyes · contemplating in accordance · happiness |
| 815 | 「由正修習入出息念,令尋伺等悉皆靜息」—“through rightly cultivating mindfulness of the in-and-out breath, thought and examination, and the like are all stilled” | 〔T30n1579 0866a21〕 | [cf.] cutting off thoughts and perceptions |
| 816 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」—“training is of three kinds, namely the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind (心), and the training in the higher wisdom” | 〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 | the three trainings · the training in the higher precepts · the training in the higher wisdom |
| 817 | 「學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學」—“training is of three kinds, namely the training in the higher precepts, the training in the higher mind (心), and the training in the higher wisdom” | 〔T30n1579 0867a03〕 | the three trainings · the training in the higher precepts · the training in the higher wisdom |
| 818 | 「當知此中,若有定學,必有戒學;若有慧學,必有定學;有戒學者,不必定有定學、慧學」—“it should be known that in this, if there is the training in concentration, there is necessarily the training in the precepts; if there is the training in wisdom, there is necessarily the training in concentration; one who has the training in the precepts does not necessarily have the training in concentration and the training in wisdom” | 〔T30n1579 0867a22〕 | the training in the precepts · the training in wisdom |
| 819 | 「建立如是三學差別,如聲聞地應知其相」—“the establishing of such differences among the three trainings should be known in its characteristics as in the Śrāvaka Level” | 〔T30n1579 0867a04〕 | [cf.] the three trainings |
| 820 | 「下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上」—“as for lower right conduct, it is like someone who esteems the pure precepts and also takes the pure precepts as the higher” | 〔T30n1579 0867a12〕 | precepts · higher · esteem |
| 821 | 「中正行者,謂於戒定皆悉尊重,亦為增上」—“as for middle right conduct, it is that one esteems both precepts and concentration, and also takes them as the higher” | 〔T30n1579 0867a16〕 | precepts · concentration · higher [the treatise has no characters shared with the names of the stages of fruit] |
| 822 | 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」—“further, dwelling complete in the precepts and the rest should be known as already distinguished in the Śrāvaka Level” | 〔T30n1579 0867b15〕 | complete in the precepts |
| 823 | 「復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯」—“further, dwelling complete in the precepts and the rest should be known as already distinguished in the Śrāvaka Level” | 〔T30n1579 0867b15〕 | complete in the precepts [the treatise has no characters shared with the names of the stages of fruit] |
| 824 | 「一、增上現行,二、增上毘奈耶,三、增上別解脫」—“first, higher present conduct; second, the higher discipline; third, higher separate liberation” | 〔T30n1579 0867b10〕 | [cf.] the words differ · the number of points of training differs |
| 825 | 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」—“further, the dwelling in the benefit of training, wisdom as the foremost, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the swift fulfilment of cultivating the three trainings, and the rest, should be known as distinguished at length in the Compendium of Explanations” | 〔T30n1579 0867b12〕 | liberation firm · mindfulness as higher · the three trainings |
| 826 | 「復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知」—“further, the dwelling in the benefit of training, wisdom as the foremost, liberation firm, mindfulness as higher, the swift fulfilment of cultivating the three trainings, and the rest, should be known as distinguished at length in the Compendium of Explanations” | 〔T30n1579 0867b12〕 | liberation firm · mindfulness as higher |
| 827 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 828 | 「言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,汎爾出家」—“as for wrong conduct, it is like someone who does not esteem the precepts and goes forth casually” | 〔T30n1579 0867a06〕 | [cf.] the words differ |
| 829 | 「此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能」—“this one has already attained the realization of the fruits of an ascetic, and does not wait on considering whether he is able or not able” | 〔T30n1579 0867a20〕 | [cf.] able |
② Saṃyutta coordinates
| Discourse | Taishō note (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 797 | — | — |
| 798 | — | — |
| 799 | — | — |
| 800 | S. 45. 37-38. Brahmañña. (the original printing’s note reads 45. 37-38. Brahmañña.); S. 45. 39-40. Brahmacariya. (the original printing’s note reads 45. 39-40. Brahmacariya.) | 0205c20; 0205c22 |
| 801 | — | — |
| 802 | — | — |
| 803 | S. 54. 1. Ekadhamma. | 0206a14 |
| 804 | S. 54. 3-5. Suddhaka; phala. | 0206b15 |
| 805 | S. 54. 6. Ariṭṭha. (阿梨瑟吒) | 0206b25 |
| 806 | S. 54. 7. Kappina. | 0206c14 |
| 807 | S. 54. 11. Icchānaṅgala. (一奢能伽羅) | 0207a08 |
| 808 | S. 54. 12. Kaṅkheyya. | 0207b06 |
| 809 | cf. S. 54. 9. Vesāli. | 0207b21 |
| 810 | S. 54. 13-14. Ānanda. | 0208a09 |
| 811–812 | (811-812)S. 54. 15-16. Bhikkhu. | 0208c10 |
| 813 | S. 54. 10. Kimbila. | 0208c12 |
| 814 | — | — |
| 815 | — | — |
| 816 | — | — |
| 817 | — | — |
| 818 | — | — |
| 819 | — | — |
| 820 | — | — |
| 821 | — | — |
| 822 | — | — |
| 823 | — | — |
| 824 | — | — |
| 825 | — | — |
| 826 | — | — |
| 827 | — | — |
| 828 | — | — |
| 829 | — | — |
The S. coordinates of the Taishō notes for this fascicle are twelve entries: ten notes of the original printing, attached to ten discourses from Discourse 803 to Discourse 813 (Discourses 811 to 812 headed together in parentheses as one entry); and two notes of the current edition, attached to Discourse 800.
Taishō notes other than S. coordinates (copied as they stand, not explained): Discourse 816, 「A. III. 89. Sikkha.」—“A. III. 89. Sikkha.” (0210a06); Discourse 819, 「A. III. 87. Sādhika.」—“A. III. 87. Sādhika.” (0210b13); Discourse 820, 「A. III. 85-86. Sekha.」—“A. III. 85-86. Sekha.” (0210b19); Discourse 821, 「cf. A. III. 85-86. Sekha.」—“cf. A. III. 85-86. Sekha.” (0210c13); Discourse 823, 「cf. A. III. 84. Sekha.」—“cf. A. III. 84. Sekha.” (0211b06); Discourse 824, 「cf. Itiv. 46. Sikkhā.」—“cf. Itiv. 46. Sikkhā.” (0211c01; the current edition’s note reads cf. It. 46. Sikkhā.); Discourse 825, 「cf. Itiv. 45. Sikkhā.」—“cf. Itiv. 45. Sikkhā.” (0211c13; the current edition’s note reads It. 46. Sikkhā., a number different from the original printing’s note); Discourse 827, 「A. III. 82. Sukhetta.」—“A. III. 82. Sukhetta.” (0212a24); Discourse 828, 「A. III. 81. Samaṇa.」—“A. III. 81. Samaṇa.” (0212b18); Discourse 829, 「A. III. 83. Vajjiputta.(跋耆子)」—“A. III. 83. Vajjiputta. (Baqizi)” (0212c08). Discourses with no coordinate note of any kind: 797, 798, 799, 801, 802, 814, 815, 817, 818, 822, 826.
Taishō notes on transcription (only the note text is recorded; the translation is not changed on their basis): 安那般那念 Ānāpānasati. (0206a18); 罽賓那 Kappina. (0206c18); 聖住 Ariyavihāra., Brahmavihāra. (0207a29); Tathāgatavihāra. (0207b01); Kapilavatthusmiṃ. Nigrodha-ārāme. (0207b06); Mahānāma. (0207b07); Sekhavihāra. (0207b09); 多羅 Tālā. (0207b13); 於未…不生法 Āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. (0207b14); Asubhakathā. (0207b23); 明解脫 Vijjāvimutti. (0208a21); Adhisīlasikkhā., Adhicittasikkhā., Adhipaññāsikkā. (0210a08).
③ Variants of the Alternate Translation—the Taishō notes for this fascicle record no separate translation, and there is nothing to collate.